10-K

U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

Form 10-K

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012

Commission File Number 000-51371

LINCOLN EDUCATIONAL SERVICES CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

New Jersey	57-1150621
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(IRS Employer Identification No.)

200 Executive Drive, Suite 340

West Orange, NJ 07052

(Address of principal executive offices)

(973) 736-9340

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class	Name of exchange on which registered
Common Stock, no par value per share	The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes o   No  x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o  No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  x No  o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes x  No o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer  o Accelerated filer  x Non-accelerated filer o Smaller reporting company o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes o  No  x

The aggregate market value of the 22,513,670 shares of common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2012, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was $146,338,855. This amount is based on the closing price of the common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market of $6.50 per share on June 30, 2012. Shares of common stock held by executive officers and directors and persons who own 5% or more of outstanding common stock have been excluded since such persons may be deemed affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not a determination for any other purpose.

The number of shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding as of March 6, 2013 was 23,658,752.

Documents Incorporated by Reference

Portions of the Proxy Statement for the Registrant’s 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  With the exception of those portions that are specifically incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, such Proxy Statement shall not be deemed filed as part of this Report or incorporated by reference herein.

LINCOLN EDUCATIONAL SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

INDEX TO FORM 10-K

FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012

PART I.			1
	ITEM 1.	BUSINESS	1
	ITEM 1A.	RISK FACTORS	22
	ITEM 1B.	UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS	33
	ITEM 2.	PROPERTIES	34
	ITEM 3.	LEGAL PROCEEDINGS	35
	ITEM 4.	MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES	35
PART II.			36
	ITEM 5.	MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES	36
	ITEM 6.	SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA	39
	ITEM 7.	MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS	41
	ITEM 7A.	QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK	54
	ITEM 8	FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA	54
	ITEM 9.	CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE	54
	ITEM 9A.	DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES	54
	ITEM 9B.	OTHER INFORMATION	55
PART III.			56
	ITEM 10.	DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE	56
	ITEM 11.	EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION	56
	ITEM 12.	SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS	56
	ITEM 13.	CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE	56
	ITEM 14.	PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES	56
PART IV.			57
	ITEM 15.	EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE	57

Forward-Looking Statements

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains “forward-looking statements,” within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which include information relating to future events, future financial performance, strategies, expectations, competitive environment, regulation and availability of resources. These forward-looking statements include, without limitation, statements regarding: proposed new programs; expectations that regulatory developments or other matters will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity; statements concerning projections, predictions, expectations, estimates or forecasts as to our business, financial and operating results and future economic performance; and statements of management’s goals and objectives and other similar expressions concerning matters that are not historical facts. Words such as “may,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “predicts,” “potential,” “continue,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “future,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “estimates,” and similar expressions, as well as statements in future tense, identify forward-looking statements.

Forward-looking statements should not be read as a guarantee of future performance or results, and will not necessarily be accurate indications of the times at, or by, which such performance or results will be achieved. Forward-looking statements are based on information available at the time those statements are made and/or management’s good faith belief as of that time with respect to future events, and are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual performance or results to differ materially from those expressed in or suggested by the forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause such differences include, but are not limited to:

· our failure to comply with the extensive regulatory framework applicable to our industry or our failure to obtain timely regulatory approvals in connection with a change of control of our company or acquisitions;

· our success in updating and expanding the content of existing programs and developing new programs in a cost-effective manner or on a timely basis;

· risks associated with changes in applicable federal laws and regulations, including final rules that took effect during 2011 and other pending rulemaking by the U.S. Department of Education;

· uncertainties regarding our ability to comply with federal laws and regulations regarding the 90/10 rule and cohort default rates;

· risks associated with the opening of new campuses;

· risks associated with integration of acquired schools;

· industry competition;

· our ability to continue to execute our growth strategies;

· conditions and trends in our industry;

· general economic conditions; and

· other factors discussed under the headings “Business,” “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date the statements are made.  Except as required under the federal securities laws and rules and regulations of the SEC, we undertake no obligation to update or revise forward-looking statements to reflect actual results, changes in assumptions or changes in other factors affecting forward-looking information.  We caution you not to unduly rely on the forward-looking statements when evaluating the information presented herein.

PART I.

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

OVERVIEW

We are a leading provider of diversified career-oriented post-secondary education as measured by total enrollment.   As of December 31, 2012, we operated 38 campuses and five training sites in 17 states (exclusive of discontinued operations).  We offer recent high school graduates and working adults degree and diploma programs in five areas of study: automotive technology, health sciences, skilled trades, hospitality services and business and information technology. For the year ended December 31, 2012, our automotive technology program, our health sciences program, our skilled trades program, our hospitality services program and our business and information technology program accounted for approximately 38%, 35%, 12%, 9%, and 6%, respectively, of our average enrollment.  As of December 31, 2012, we had 16,235 students enrolled in diploma and degree programs and an additional 305 students enrolled in certificate programs. Our average enrollment for the year ended December 31, 2012 was 18,086 students in diploma and degree programs and 292 students in certificate programs, which represented a decrease of 22.3% from average enrollment of 23,276 for 2011 in diploma and degree programs. We did not offer certificate programs in 2011.  For the year ended December 31, 2012, our revenues were $402.7 million, which represented a decrease of 18.1% from the year ended December 31, 2011. For more information relating to our revenues, profits and financial condition, please refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  For the year ended December 31, 2011, our revenues were $491.8 million, which represented a decrease of 18.7% from the year ended December 31, 2010.

Our schools operate under the Lincoln Technical Institute, Lincoln College of Technology, Lincoln College of New England, and Euphoria Institute of Beauty Arts and Sciences brand names.  Most of our campuses serve major metropolitan markets and each typically offers courses in multiple areas of study. Five of our campuses are destination schools, which attract students from across the United States and, in some cases, from abroad. Our other campuses primarily attract students from their local communities and surrounding areas.  All of our campuses are nationally or regionally accredited and are eligible to participate in federal financial aid programs by the U.S. Department of Education, or DOE, and applicable state education agencies and accrediting commissions which allow students to apply for and access federal student loans as well as other forms of financial aid.

We believe that we provide our students with the highest quality career-oriented training available for our areas of study in our markets. We offer programs in areas of study that we believe are typically underserved by traditional providers of post-secondary education and for which we believe there exists significant demand among students and employers. Furthermore, we believe our convenient class scheduling, career focused curricula and emphasis on job placement offer our students valuable advantages that have been neglected by the traditional academic sector. By combining substantial hands-on training with traditional classroom-based training led by experienced instructors, we believe we offer our students a unique opportunity to develop practical job skills in many of the key areas of expected job demand. We believe these job skills enable our students to compete effectively for employment opportunities and to pursue on-going salary and career advancement.

Each of our schools is a reporting unit.  Our reporting units have been aggregated into one operating segment because, in our judgment, the reporting units have similar products, production processes, types of customers, methods of distribution, regulatory environment and economic characteristics.

We are a New Jersey corporation organized in 2003.

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

Our website is www.lincolnedu.com. We make available on this website our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, annual proxy statement on Schedule 14A and amendments to those reports as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file or furnish such materials to the Securities and Exchange Commission. You can access this information on our website, free of charge, by clicking on “Investor Relations.” The information contained on or connected to our website is not a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

BUSINESS STRATEGY

Our goal is to strengthen our position as a leading and diversified provider of career-oriented post-secondary education by continuing to pursue the following strategy:

Expand Existing Areas of Study and Existing Facilities.  We believe we can leverage our operations to expand our program offerings in existing areas of study and expand into new areas of study to capitalize on demand from students and employers in our target markets. Whenever possible, we seek to replicate programs across our campuses. In 2010, we moved our Paramus, New Jersey and Mount Laurel, New Jersey campuses into larger facilities and selectively added additional square feet at several other campuses. In 2011, we introduced seven new programs to our facilities in Colorado, Kentucky and Massachusetts.

1

Maximize Utilization of Existing Facilities.  We are focused on improving capacity utilization of existing facilities through increased enrollments and the introduction of new programs. In 2012, we introduced one new program.  We expect to continue investing in marketing, recruiting and retention resources to increase enrollment.

Expand Geographic Presence.  We believe that we can leverage our marketing and recruiting programs by opening additional campuses in selected markets and obtaining greater market penetration. In 2010, we entered a lease for a new school in Cleveland, Ohio, which opened in 2011.  We believe we can also increase our student enrollments by entering selected new geographic markets that we believe have significant growth potential and where we can leverage our reputation and operating expertise.

Pursue Strategic Acquisitions.  We continue to evaluate acquisition candidates. In evaluating potential acquisitions, we seek to identify schools that provide the potential for program replication at our existing campuses, expand our program and degree offerings, and extend our presence into markets with attractive growth opportunities. In 2012, we purchased Florida Medical Training Institute (“FMTI”) which offers short term certificate programs in the fields of Emergency Medical Technician, Paramedic, EKG/Phlebotomy, Nursing Assistant and Fire Fighter, and Associate of Science Degrees in Emergency Medical Services and Fire Science Technology.

Expand Market.  We believe that we can enter new markets and broaden the Lincoln brand by partnering with nationally well-known brands to provide the skills needed to train our nation’s workforce.

PROGRAMS AND AREAS OF STUDY

We structure our program offerings to provide our students with a practical, career-oriented education and position them for attractive entry-level job opportunities in their chosen fields. Our diploma/certificate programs typically take between 22 to 112 weeks to complete, with tuition ranging from $5,000 to $36,000.  Our associate’s degree programs typically take between 48 to 123 weeks to complete, with tuition ranging from $16,000 to $56,000.  Our bachelor’s degree programs typically take between 132 and 284 weeks to complete, with tuition ranging from $47,000 to $75,000. As of December 31, 2012, all of our schools offer diploma and certificate programs, 18 of our schools are currently approved to offer associate’s degree programs and two schools are approved to offer bachelor’s degree programs. In order to accommodate the schedules of our students and maximize classroom utilization, at some of our campuses we typically offer courses four to five days a week in three shifts per day and start new classes every month. Other campuses are structured more like a traditional college and start classes every quarter. Also, for those students who do not live near one of our campuses or whose schedules prevent them from attending classes in person, we offer several programs online.  We update and expand our programs frequently to reflect the latest technological advances in the field, providing our students with the specific skills and knowledge required in the current marketplace. Classroom instruction combines lectures and demonstrations by our experienced faculty with comprehensive hands-on laboratory exercises in simulated workplace environments.

2

The following table lists the programs offered as of December 31, 2012 with the average number of students enrolled in each area of study for the year ended December 31, 2012:

Programs Offered
Area of Study	Bachelor's Degree	Associate's Degree	Diploma and Certificate	Average Enrollment	Percent of Total Enrollment
Automotive	-	Automotive Technology, Master Certified Auto Service Management, Collision Repair & Refinishing Service Management, Diesel Technology, Master Certified Diesel & Truck Service Management	Automotive Mechanics, Master Certified Automotive Technology, Master Certified Automotive Technology w/High Performance,  Collision Repair & Refinishing Technology, Diesel & Truck Mechanics, Diesel & Truck Technology, Master Certified Diesel & Truck Technology, Motorcycle Technology	6,819	38%
Health Sciences	-	Medical Assisting Technology, Health Information Administration, Dental Office Management, Child Development, Health Information Technology, Medical Office Management, Mortuary Science, Nuclear Medicine Technology, Occupational Therapy Assistant, Dental Hygiene, Dental Administrative Assistant, Surgical Technology, Advanced Medical Coding & Billing, Nurse	Medical Office Assistant, Medical Assistant, Pharmacy Technician, Medical Coding & Billing, Dental Assistant, Licensed Practical Nursing, Phlebotomy, Medical Assistant w/Basic X-ray, Basic X-Ray Technician, Surgical Technologist, Paramedic	6,322	35%
Skilled Trades	-	Electronic Engineering Technology, HVAC, Electronics Systems Service Management	Electrical Technology, Electronics Systems Technician, HVAC, Welding Technology	2,173	12%

3

Programs Offered (Continued)
Area of Study	Bachelor's Degree	Associate's Degree	Diploma or Certificate	Average Enrollment	Percent of Total Enrollment
Hospitality Services	Culinary Arts	Culinary Arts, Salon Management, International Baking and Pastry	Culinary Arts, Cosmetology, Aesthetics, Therapeutic Massage & Bodywork Technician, Italian Culinary Arts, International Baking and Pastry	1,614	9%
Business and Information Technology	Business Management, Criminal Justice, Funeral Service Management	PC Systems & Networking Technology, Business Administration, Criminal Justice, Business Management, Broadcasting and Communications, Paralegal, Computer Networking and Security, Accounting	PC Support Technician, Criminal Justice, Business Office Technology, Computer Networking and Security	1,158	6%
		Total:		18,086	100%

4

Automotive Technology.    Automotive technology represents our largest area of study, with 38% of our total average student enrollment for the year ended December 31, 2012. Our automotive technology programs are 24 to 123 weeks in length, with tuition rates of $10,000 to $35,000. We believe we are a leading provider of automotive technology education in each of our local markets. Graduates of our programs are qualified to obtain entry level employment ranging from positions as technicians and mechanics to various apprentice level positions. Our graduates are employed by a wide variety of companies, ranging from automotive and diesel dealers, to independent auto body paint and repair shops to trucking and construction companies.

As of December 31, 2012, 13 campuses offered programs in automotive technology and most of these campuses offer other technical programs. Our campuses in East Windsor, Connecticut; Nashville, Tennessee; Grand Prairie, Texas; Indianapolis, Indiana; and Denver, Colorado are destination campuses, attracting students throughout the United States and, in some cases, from abroad.

Health Sciences.    For the year ended December 31, 2012, health sciences was our second largest area of study, representing 35% of our total average student enrollment. Our health science programs are 24 to 104 weeks in length, with tuition rates of $5,000 to $56,000. Graduates of our programs are qualified to obtain positions such as licensed practical nurse, medical assistant, medical administrative assistant, EKG technician, claims examiner and pharmacy technician. Our graduates are employed by a wide variety of employers, including hospitals, laboratories, insurance companies, doctors' offices and pharmacies. Our practical nursing, medical assistant and medical administrative assistant programs are our largest health science programs. As of December 31, 2012, we offered health science programs at 23 of our campuses and five training sites.

Skilled Trades.    For the year ended December 31, 2012, 12% of our total average student enrollment was in our skilled trades programs. Our skilled trades programs are 35 to 97 weeks in length, with tuition rates of $17,500 to $29,000. Our skilled trades programs include electrical, heating, and air conditioning repair, welding and electronic system technician. Graduates of our programs are qualified to obtain entry level employment positions such as electrician, cable installer, welder, wiring and heating, ventilating and air conditioning, or HVAC installer. Our graduates are employed by a wide variety of employers, including residential and commercial construction, telecommunications installation companies and architectural firms. As of December 31, 2012, we offered skilled trades programs at 14campuses.

Hospitality Services.    For the year ended December 31, 2012, 9% of our total average student enrollment was in our hospitality services programs. Our hospitality services programs are 22 to 132 weeks in length, with tuition rates of $12,000 to $46,000.  Our hospitality programs include culinary, therapeutic massage, cosmetology and aesthetics.  Graduates work in salons, spas or cruise ships or are self-employed.  We offer massage programs at five campuses and cosmetology programs at five campuses.  Our culinary graduates are employed by restaurants, hotels, cruise ships and bakeries.  As of December 31, 2012, we offered culinary programs at five campuses.

Business and Information Technology.    For the year ended December 31, 2012, 6% of our total average student enrollment was in our business and information technology programs, which include our diploma and degree criminal justice programs. Our business and information technology programs are 30 to 284 weeks in length, with tuition rates of $13,000 to $75,000.  We have focused our current information technology, or IT, program offerings on those that are most in demand, such as our personal computer, or PC, systems technician, computer networking and security and business administration programs.  Our IT and business graduates work in entry level positions for both small and large corporations.  Our criminal justice graduates work in the security industry and for various government agencies and departments.  As of December 31, 2012, we offered these programs at 19 of our campuses.

MARKETING AND STUDENT RECRUITMENT

We utilize a variety of marketing and recruiting methods to attract students and increase enrollment. Our marketing and recruiting efforts are targeted at potential students who are entering the workforce, or who are underemployed or unemployed and require additional training to enter or re-enter the workforce.

Marketing and Advertising.    Our marketing program utilizes integrated advertising such as the Internet, television, and various print media, direct mail, and event marketing campaigns.  These campaigns are enhanced by student and alumni referrals.  Internet lead generation is our most successful medium, built upon successful search engine optimization and specific keywords.  Our website inquiries incorporate integrated campaigns that direct potential students to the Lincoln website where they may request additional information on a program of interest.  Our internal systems enable us to closely monitor and track the effectiveness of each advertisement on a daily or weekly basis and make adjustments accordingly to enhance efficiency and limit our student acquisition costs.

Referrals.    Referrals from current students, high school counselors and satisfied graduates and their employers have historically represented 18% to 25% of our new enrollments. Our school administrators actively work with our current students to encourage them to recommend our programs to potential students. We continue to build strong relationships with high school guidance counselors and instructors by offering annual seminars at our training facilities to further educate these individuals on the strengths of our programs. Graduates who have gone on to enjoy success in the workforce frequently recommend our programs, as do employers who are pleased with the performance of our graduates whom they have hired.

5

Recruiting.    Our recruiting efforts are conducted by a group of approximately 425 field and campus-based representatives who meet directly with potential students during presentations conducted at high schools, in the potential student's home or during a visit to one of our campuses.

Field-Based Recruiting.    Our field-based recruiting representatives make presentations at high schools to attract students to both our local and destination campuses. Our field-based representatives also visit directly with potential students in their homes. During 2012, we recruited approximately 21% of our students directly out of high school.

Campus-Inquiries.    When a potential student contacts us as a result of our marketing and outreach efforts, an admissions representative contacts the potential student to follow up on an individual basis. The admissions representative provides information on the programs of interest available at the campus location selected by the potential student and offers an appointment to visit the school and tour the school's facilities.

STUDENT ADMISSIONS, ENROLLMENT AND RETENTION

Admissions.    In order to attend our schools, students must complete an application and pass an entrance assessment. While each of our programs has different admissions criteria, we screen all applications and counsel the students on the most appropriate program to increase the likelihood that our students complete the requisite coursework and obtain and sustain employment following graduation.

Enrollment.    We enroll students continuously throughout the year, with our largest classes enrolling in late summer or early fall following high school graduation. We had 16,235 students enrolled in diploma and degree programs and an additional 305 students enrolled in certificate programs as of December 31, 2012 and our average enrollment for the year ended December 31, 2012 was 18,086 students in diploma and degree programs and 292 in certificate programs, a decrease of 22.3% from December 31, 2011. We did not offer certificate programs in 2011.  We had 18,585 students enrolled as of December 31, 2011 and our average enrollment for the year ended December 31, 2011 was 23,276 students, a decrease of 21.7% from December 31, 2010.

Retention.    To maximize student retention, the staff at each school is trained to recognize the early warning signs of a potential drop and to assist and advise students on academic, financial, employment and personal matters. We monitor our retention rates by instructor, course, program and school. When we notice that a particular instructor or program is experiencing a higher than normal dropout rate, we quickly seek to determine the cause of the problem and attempt to correct it. When we identify that a student is having trouble academically, we offer tutoring.

JOB PLACEMENT

We believe that assisting our graduates in securing employment after completing their program of study is critical to our ability to attract high quality students. In addition, we believe that high job placement rates result in low student loan default rates, an important requirement for continued participation in Title IV Programs. See "Regulatory Environment—Regulation of Federal Student Financial Aid Programs." Accordingly, we dedicate significant resources to maintaining an effective graduate placement program. Our non-destination schools work closely with local employers to ensure that we are training students with skills that employers need. Each school has an advisory council made up of local employers who provide us with direct feedback on how well we are preparing our students to succeed in the workplace. This enables us to tailor our programs to the market. The placement staff in each of our destination schools maintains databases of potential employers throughout the country, allowing us to more effectively assist our graduates in securing employment in their career field upon graduation. Throughout the year, we hold numerous job fairs at our facilities where we provide the opportunity for our students to meet and interact with potential employers.  We also have internship programs that provide our students with opportunities to work with employers prior to graduation. For example, some of the students in our automotive programs have the opportunity to complete a portion of their hands-on training in an actual work environment. In addition, some of our allied health students are required to participate in an externship program during which they work in the field as part of their career training. We also assist students with resume writing, interviewing and other job search skills.

FACULTY AND EMPLOYEES

We hire our faculty in accordance with established criteria, including relevant work experience, educational background and accreditation and state regulatory standards. We require meaningful industry experience of our teaching staff in order to maintain the quality of instruction in all of our programs and to address current and industry-specific issues in our course content. In addition, we provide intensive instructional training and continuing education, including quarterly instructional development seminars, annual reviews, technical upgrade training, faculty development plans and weekly staff meetings.

The staff of each school typically includes a school director, a director of graduate placement, an education director, a director of student services, a financial-aid director, an accounting manager, a director of admissions and instructors, all of whom are industry professionals with experience in our areas of study.

6

As of December 31, 2012, we had approximately 3,570 employees, including 815 full-time faculty and 758 part-time instructors.   At five of our campuses, the teaching professionals are represented by unions. These employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements that expire between 2014 and 2017. We believe that we have good relationships with these unions and our employees.

COMPETITION

The for-profit, post-secondary education industry is highly competitive and highly fragmented, with no one provider controlling significant market share. Direct competition between career-oriented schools and traditional four-year colleges or universities is limited. Thus, our main competitors are other for-profit, career-oriented schools, as well as public and private two-year junior and community colleges. Competition is generally based on location, the type of programs offered, the quality of instruction, placement rates, reputation, recruiting and tuition rates. Public institutions are generally able to charge lower tuition than our schools, due in part to government subsidies and other financial sources not available to for-profit schools. In addition, some of our other competitors have a more extensive network of schools and campuses than we do, which enables them to recruit students more efficiently from a wider geographic area. Nevertheless, we believe that we are able to compete effectively in our local markets because of the diversity of our program offerings, quality of instruction, the strength of our brands, our reputation and our graduates’ success in securing employment after completing their program of study.

We compete with other institutions that are eligible to receive Title IV funding. This includes four-year, not-for-profit public and private colleges and universities, community colleges and all for-profit institutions whether they are four years, two years or less. Our competition differs in each market depending on the curriculum that we offer. For example, a school offering automotive, allied health and skilled trades programs will have a different group of competitors than a school offering allied health, business/IT and skilled trades. Also, because schools can add new programs within six to twelve months, competition can emerge relatively quickly. Moreover, with the introduction of online learning, the number of competitors in each market has increased because students can now attend classes from an online institution.

Our primary competition for students are community colleges and other career schools, both for-profit and not-for-profit. We focus on programs that are in high demand. We compete against community colleges by seeking to offer more frequent start dates, more flexible hours, better instructional resources, more hands on training, shorter program length and greater assistance with job placement. We compete against the other career schools by seeking to offer a higher quality of education, higher quality instructional equipment and a better overall value. On average, each of our schools has at least three direct competitors and at least a dozen indirect competitors. As we continue to add courses and degree programs, our competitors within a given market increase.

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

We use hazardous materials at our training facilities and campuses, and generate small quantities of waste such as used oil, antifreeze, paint and car batteries. As a result, our facilities and operations are subject to a variety of environmental laws and regulations governing, among other things, the use, storage and disposal of solid and hazardous substances and waste, and the clean-up of contamination at our facilities or off-site locations to which we send or have sent waste for disposal. We are also required to obtain permits for our air emissions and to meet operational and maintenance requirements. In the event we do not maintain compliance with any of these laws and regulations, or are responsible for a spill or release of hazardous materials, we could incur significant costs for clean-up, damages, and fines or penalties. Climate change has not had and is not expected to have a significant effect on our operations.

REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT

Students attending our schools finance their education through a combination of family contributions, individual resources, private loans and federal financial aid programs. Each of our schools participates in the federal programs of student financial aid authorized under Title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended (“Title IV Programs”), which are administered by the DOE. For the year ended December 31, 2012, approximately 81% (calculated based on cash receipts) of our revenues were derived from the Title IV Programs. Students obtain access to federal student financial aid through a DOE prescribed application and eligibility certification process. Student financial aid funds are generally made available to students at prescribed intervals throughout their predetermined expected length of study. Students typically use the funds received from the federal financial aid programs to pay their tuition and fees and, in some cases, for living expenses or other costs of attendance.

In connection with the students' receipt of federal financial aid under the Title IV Programs, our schools are subject to extensive regulation by governmental agencies and licensing and accrediting bodies. In particular, the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended, and the regulations issued thereafter by the DOE, subject us to significant regulatory scrutiny in the form of numerous standards that each of our schools must satisfy in order to participate in the Title IV Programs. To participate in the Title IV Programs, a school must be authorized to offer its programs of instruction by the applicable state education agencies in the states in which it is physically located, be accredited by an accrediting commission recognized by the DOE and be certified as an eligible institution by the DOE. The DOE defines an eligible institution to consist of both a main campus and its additional locations, if any. Each of our schools is either a main campus or an additional location of a main campus. Each of our schools is subject to extensive regulatory requirements imposed by state education agencies, accrediting commissions, and the DOE. Because the DOE periodically revises its regulations and changes its interpretations of existing laws and regulations, we cannot predict with certainty how Title IV Program requirements will be applied in all circumstances. Our schools also participate in other federal and state financial aid programs that assist students in paying the cost of their education.

7

State Authorization

Each of our schools must be authorized by the applicable education agencies in the states in which the school is physically located, and in some cases other states, in order to operate and to grant degrees, diplomas or certificates to its students. Some states have sought to assert jurisdiction over online educational institutions that offer educational services to residents in the state or to institutions that advertise or recruit in the state, notwithstanding the lack of a physical location in that state.  State agency authorization is also required in each state in which a school is physically located in order for the school to become and remain eligible to participate in Title IV Programs.  If we are found not to be in compliance with the applicable state regulation and a state seeks to restrict one or more of our business activities within its boundaries, we may not be able to recruit or enroll students in that state and may have to stop providing services in that state, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.  Currently, each of our schools is authorized by the applicable state education agencies in the states in which the school is physically located and in which it recruits students.

Our schools are subject to extensive, ongoing regulation by each of these states. State laws typically establish standards for instruction, curriculum, qualifications of faculty, location and nature of facilities and equipment, administrative procedures, marketing, recruiting, financial operations, student outcomes and other operational matters. State laws and regulations may limit our ability to offer educational programs and to award degrees, diplomas or certificates. Some states prescribe standards of financial responsibility that are different from, and in certain cases more stringent than, those prescribed by the DOE. Some states require schools to post a surety bond. We have posted surety bonds on behalf of our schools and education representatives with multiple states in a total amount of approximately $14.9 million.

The DOE published new regulations that took effect on July 1, 2011 (the “2011 DOE Rules”), and that expand the requirements for an institution to be considered legally authorized in the state in which it is physically located for Title IV purposes.  In some cases, the regulations will require states to revise their current requirements and/or to license schools in order for institutions to be deemed legally authorized in those states and, in turn, to participate in Title IV Programs.  If the states do not amend their requirements where necessary and if schools do not receive approvals where necessary that comply with these new requirements, then the institution could be deemed to lack the state authorization necessary to participate in Title IV Programs.  The DOE stated when it published the final regulations that it will not publish a list of states that meet, or fail to meet, the requirements, and it is uncertain how the DOE will interpret these requirements in each state.

In addition, the 2011 DOE Rules also require institutions offering postsecondary education through distance education, such as online programs, to students in a state in which the institution is not physically located or in which it is otherwise subject to state jurisdiction as determined by the state to meet any state requirements for it to be legally offering postsecondary distance education in that state.  The regulations require an institution to document upon request by the DOE that it has the applicable state approval.  As a result, some of our schools and distance education programs may be required to obtain additional or revised state authorizations.  State regulatory requirements for online education vary among the states, are not well developed in many states, are imprecise or unclear in some states, and are subject to change.  Any failure to comply with state requirements under the new DOE rules could result in our inability to enroll students or receive Title IV funds for students in those states.

In June 2012, the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia vacated the 2011 DOE Rules with respect to state authorization of distance education.  The Court affirmed an order of a Federal District Court that vacated the portion of the state authorization regulation that requires an institution to meet state requirements in a state in which it has distance education students, but in which it is not physically located or otherwise subject to state jurisdiction.  The DOE issued a Dear Colleague Letter acknowledging the decision of the Court of Appeals and stating that the DOE would not enforce the requirements of the regulation and commenting that institutions continue to be responsible for complying with all state laws as they relate to distance education.

If any of our schools fail to comply with state licensing requirements, they are subject to the loss of state licensure or authorization. If any one of our schools lost its authorization from the education agency of the state in which the school is located, that school and its related main campus and/or additional locations would lose their eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs, be unable to offer their programs and we could be forced to close those schools. If one of our schools lost its state authorization from a state other than the state in which the school is located, the school would not be able to recruit students or to operate in that state.

Due to state budget constraints in certain states in which we operate, it is possible that those states may continue to reduce the number of employees in, or curtail the operations of, the state education agencies that oversee our schools. A delay or refusal by any state education agency in approving any changes in our operations that require state approval could prevent us from making such changes or could delay our ability to make such changes.  States periodically change their laws and regulations applicable to our schools and such changes could require us to change our practices and could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

8

Accreditation

Accreditation is a non-governmental process through which a school submits to ongoing qualitative and quantitative review by an organization of peer institutions. Accrediting commissions primarily examine the academic quality of the school's instructional programs, and a grant of accreditation is generally viewed as confirmation that the school's programs meet generally accepted academic standards. Accrediting commissions also review the administrative and financial operations of the schools they accredit to ensure that each school has the resources necessary to perform its educational mission.

Accreditation by an accrediting commission recognized by the DOE is required for an institution to be certified to participate in Title IV Programs. In order to be recognized by the DOE, accrediting commissions must adopt specific standards for their review of educational institutions. As of December 31, 2012, 17 of our campuses are accredited by the Accrediting Commission of Career Schools and Colleges, or ACCSC; 19 of our campuses are accredited by the Accrediting Council for Independent Colleges and Schools, or ACICS; one of our campuses is accredited by the New England Association of Schools and Colleges of Technology, or NEASC; and three of our campuses are accredited by the Accrediting Bureau of Health Education Schools, or ABHES. All of these accrediting commissions are recognized by the DOE. The following is a list of the dates on which each campus was accredited by its accrediting commission, the date by which its accreditation must be renewed and the type of accreditation.

Accrediting Commission of Career Schools and Colleges Reaccreditation Dates

School	Last Accreditation Letter	Next Accreditation	Type of Accreditation
Philadelphia, PA2	December 5, 2008	May 1, 2013	National
Union, NJ	December 9, 2009	February 1, 2014	National
Mahwah, NJ1	March 10, 2010	August 1, 2014	National
Melrose Park, IL2	June 2, 2010	November 1, 2014	National
Denver, CO	March 9, 2011	February 1, 2016	National
Columbia, MD	March 7, 2012	February 1, 2017	National
Grand Prairie, TX3	December 7, 2011	August 1, 2016	National
Allentown, PA	March 7, 2012	January 1, 2017	National
Nashville, TN3	November 30, 2012	May 1, 2017	National
Indianapolis, IN	November 30, 2012	November 1, 2017	National
New Britain, CT	September 5, 2008	January 1, 20134	National
Shelton, CT2	December 9, 2009	September 1, 2013	National
Hamden, CT2	September 7, 2007	July 1, 20124	National
Queens, NY1	September 5, 2008	June 1, 20124	National
Hartford, CT	June 2, 2010	November 1, 2014	National
East Windsor, CT2	September 5, 2008	February 1, 20134	National
South Plainfield, NJ	September 11, 2009	August 1, 2014	National

1 Branch campus of main campus in Union, NJ

2 Branch campus of main campus in New Britain, CT

3 Branch campus of main campus in Indianapolis, IN

4 Campus going through re-accreditation.  Each campus has received written confirmation that it remains accredited pending consideration of its application for reaccreditation.

9

Accrediting Council for Independent Colleges and Schools Reaccreditation Dates

School	Last Accreditation Letter	Next Accreditation	Type of Accreditation
Brockton, MA3	December 16, 2008	December 31, 2014	National
Lincoln, RI	December 16, 2008	December 31, 2014	National
Lowell, MA3	December 16, 2008	December 31, 2014	National
Somerville, MA3	December 16, 2008	December 31, 2014	National
Philadelphia (Center City), PA1	April 23, 2007	December 31, 20124	National
Edison, NJ	April 23, 2007	December 31, 20124	National
Marietta, GA3	December 16, 2008	December 31, 2014	National
Moorestown, NJ1	April 23, 2007	December 31, 20124	National
Paramus, NJ1	April 23, 2007	December 31, 20124	National
Philadelphia (Northeast), PA1	April 23, 2007	December 31, 20124	National
Dayton, OH	August 13, 2009	December 31, 2015	National
Cincinnati (Northland Blvd.), OH2	August 13, 2009	December 31, 2015	National
Florence, KY2	August 13, 2009	December 31, 2015	National
Toledo, OH2	December 9, 2009	December 31, 2015	National
West Palm Beach, FL	April 16, 2008	December 31, 2014	National
Las Vegas (Summerlin), NV3	December 16, 2008	December 31, 2014	National
Henderson (Green Valley), NV3	December 16, 2008	December 31, 2014	National
Las Vegas (Aliante), NV3	April 8, 2009	December 31, 2014	National
Cleveland, OH2	May 11, 2011	December 31, 2015	National

1 Branch campus of main campus in Edison, NJ

2 Branch campus of main campus in Dayton, OH

3 Branch campus of main campus in Lincoln, RI

4 Campus going through re-accreditation.  Each campus has received written confirmation that it remains accredited pending consideration of its application for reaccreditation.

New England Association of Schools and Colleges of Technology Reaccreditation Dates

School	Last Accreditation Letter	Comprehensive Evaluation	Type of Accreditation
Southington, CT	June 29, 2012	Fall 2017	Regional

Accrediting Bureau of Health Education Schools Reaccreditation Dates

School	Last Accreditation Letter	Next Accreditation	Type of Accreditation
Fern Park, FL	December 17, 2010	December 31, 2013	National
Coral Springs, FL	August 10, 2012	February 28, 2016	National
Miami, FL1	August 10, 2012	February 28, 2016	National

1  Branch campus of main campus in Coral Springs, FL

If one of our schools fails to comply with accrediting commission requirements, the institution and its main and/or branch campuses are subject to the loss of accreditation or may be placed on probation or a special monitoring or reporting status which, if the noncompliance with accrediting commission requirements is not resolved, could result in loss of accreditation. If any one of our schools loses its accreditation, students attending that school would no longer be eligible to receive Title IV Program funding, and we could be forced to close that school.  In January 2013, our Toledo campus received a request for additional placement data from the accrediting commission.  As a result, the Toledo campus will be required to receive approval from the accrediting commission in order to submit any new program application.

Nature of Federal and State Support for Post-Secondary Education

The federal government provides a substantial part of the support for post-secondary education through Title IV Programs, in the form of grants and loans to students who can use those funds at any institution that has been certified as eligible by the DOE. Most aid under Title IV Programs is awarded on the basis of financial need, generally defined as the difference between the cost of attending the institution and the expected amount a student and his or her family can reasonably contribute to that cost. All recipients of Title IV Program funds must maintain a satisfactory grade point average and progress in a timely manner toward completion of their program of study. In addition, each school must ensure that Title IV Program funds are properly accounted for and disbursed in the correct amounts to eligible students.

10

Students at our schools received grants and loans to fund their education under the following Title IV Programs:  (1) the Federal Direct Loan, or FDL, Program, (2) the Federal Pell Grant, or Pell, program, (3) the Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant program, and (4) the Federal Perkins Loan, or Perkins, program.

Federal Direct Loan Program.    The lender under this program is the DOE rather than a bank or other lending institution.  For the year ended December 31, 2012, we derived approximately 57% of our Title IV revenues (calculated based on cash receipts) from the FDL Program.

Pell.    Under the Pell program, the DOE makes grants to students who demonstrate the greatest financial need. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we derived approximately 22% of our revenues (calculated based on cash receipts) from the Pell program.

Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant.    Under the Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant program, the DOE issues grants which are designed to supplement Pell grants for students with the greatest financial needs. An institution is required to make a 25% matching contribution for all funds received from the DOE under this program. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we received 1% of our revenues (calculated based on cash receipts) from the Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant program.

Perkins.    Perkins loans are made from a revolving institutional account, 75% of which is funded by the DOE and the remainder by the school receiving the funds. Each school is responsible for collecting payments on Perkins loans from its former students and lending those funds to currently enrolled students. Defaults by students on their Perkins loans reduce the amount of funds available in the applicable school's revolving account to make loans to additional students, but the school does not have any obligation to guarantee the loans or repay the defaulted amounts. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we derived less than 1% of our revenues (calculated based on cash receipts) from the Perkins program.

Other Financial Assistance Programs

Some of our students receive financial aid from federal sources other than Title IV Programs, such as programs administered by the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs and under the Workforce Investment Act. In addition, some states also provide financial aid to our students in the form of grants, loans or scholarships. The eligibility requirements for state financial aid and these other federal aid programs vary among the funding agencies and by program. States that provide financial aid to our students are facing significant budgetary constraints. Some states have reduced the level of state financial aid for our students.  Due to state budgetary shortfalls and constraints in certain states in which we operate, we believe that the overall level of state financial aid for our students is likely to continue to decrease in the near term, but we cannot predict how significant any such reductions will be or how long they will last. Federal budgetary shortfalls and constraints, or decisions by federal lawmakers to limit or prohibit access by our institutions or their students to federal financial aid, could result in a decrease in the level of federal financial aid for our students.

In addition to Title IV and other government-administered programs, all of our schools participate in alternative loan programs for their students. Alternative loans fill the gap between what the student receives from all financial aid sources and what the student may need to cover the full cost of their education. Students or their parents can apply to a number of different lenders for this funding at current market interest rates.

11

Regulation of Federal Student Financial Aid Programs

To participate in Title IV Programs, an institution must be authorized to offer its programs by the relevant state education agencies in the state in which it is physically located, be accredited by an accrediting commission recognized by the DOE and be certified as eligible by the DOE. The DOE will certify an institution to participate in Title IV Programs only after reviewing and approving an institution’s application to participate in the Title IV Programs. The DOE defines an institution to consist of both a main campus and its additional locations, if any. Under this definition, for DOE purposes, we had the following 14 institutions as of December 31, 2012, collectively consisting of 14 main campuses and 24 additional locations:

Brand	Main Campus(es)	Additional Location(s)
Lincoln Technical Institute	Union, NJ	Mahwah, NJ
		Queens, NY
	Allentown, PA
	Edison, NJ	Moorestown, NJ
		Paramus, NJ
		Philadelphia, PA (Center City)
		Philadelphia, PA (Northeast)
	Lincoln, RI	Marietta, GA1
		Brockton, MA
		Henderson, NV (Green Valley)2
		Las Vegas, NV (Summerlin)2
		Las Vegas, NV (Aliante)2
		Somerville, MA4
		Lowell, MA4
	New Britain, CT	Shelton, CT
		Hamden, CT
		Philadelphia, PA3
		East Windsor, CT3
		Melrose Park, IL1,3
	Hartford, CT
	South Plainfield, NJ
	Fern Park, FL
Lincoln College of Technology	Indianapolis, IN	Nashville, TN
		Grand Prairie, TX
	Columbia, MD
	Denver, CO
	West Palm Beach, FL
	Dayton, OH	Cincinnati, OH (Northland Blvd.)
		Florence, KY
		Toledo, OH
		Cleveland, OH
Lincoln College of New England	Southington, CT

1 This campus operates under the Lincoln College of Technology brand.

2 These campuses operate under the Euphoria Institute of Beauty Arts & Sciences brand.

3 On September 6, 2012, the DOE approved the merger of the Philadelphia, PA, Melrose Park, IL and East Windsor, CT institutions into the New Britain, CT institution to become a new Office of Postsecondary Education Identification, or OPEID, institution.

4 On December 7, 2012 the DOE approved the merger of the Somerville, MA and Lowell, MA institutions into the Lincoln, RI institution to become a new Office of Postsecondary Education Identification, or OPEID, institution.

The DOE, accrediting commissions and state education agencies have responsibilities for overseeing compliance with Title IV Program requirements. As a result, each of our schools is subject to detailed oversight and review, and must comply with a complex framework of laws and regulations. Because the DOE periodically revises its regulations and changes its interpretation of existing laws and regulations, we cannot predict with certainty how the Title IV Program requirements will be applied in all circumstances.

12

Significant factors relating to Title IV Programs that could adversely affect us include the following:

Congressional Action.   Political and budgetary concerns significantly affect Title IV Programs. Congress periodically revises the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended (“HEA”) and other laws governing Title IV programs.  On August 14, 2008, the Higher Education Opportunity Act, Public Law 110-315, reauthorized the Title IV HEA programs through at least September 30, 2014. The HEA reauthorization among other things revised the 90/10 Rule, as described below, revised the calculation of an institution's cohort default rate, required additional disclosures and certifications with respect to non-Title IV alternative loans, prohibited certain activities or relations between lenders and schools to discourage preferential treatment of lenders based on factors not in students' best interests, and made other changes.  Congress will be considering reauthorization of the Title IV HEA programs, but it is unknown when Congress will begin or complete that process or what changes will be made to the HEA or other laws affecting Federal student aid.

In addition, Congress reviews and determines federal appropriations for Title IV Programs on an annual basis. Congress can also make changes in the laws affecting Title IV Programs in the annual appropriations bills and in other laws it enacts between the HEA reauthorizations. Because a significant percentage of our revenues are derived from Title IV Programs, any action by Congress that significantly reduces Title IV Program funding or the ability of our schools or students to participate in Title IV Programs could reduce our student enrollment and our revenues. Congressional action may also increase our administrative costs and require us to modify our practices in order for our schools to comply fully with Title IV Program requirements.

The Health, Education, Labor and Pensions Committee of the U.S. Senate, or the HELP Committee, held several hearings beginning in 2010 focusing on the proprietary education sector.  In August 2010, the HELP Committee issued a wide-ranging request for information from 30 proprietary education entities, including our company.  We responded to this request, and in February 2011 to a follow-up request.  The majority staff of the HELP Committee issued a report in July 2012 with its findings from the review of the proprietary education sector, some of which were critical of the sector.

We cannot predict what, if any, legislation or other actions will be taken or proposed by the HELP Committee or Congress in response to the hearings, the requests for information from our company and other entities, the reauthorization of the HEA, or other activities of the Committee or Congress.  Any action by Congress that significantly reduces funding for Title IV Programs or that limits or restricts the ability of our schools, programs, or students to receive funding through those programs, or that imposes new restrictions or constraints upon our business or operations could result in increased administrative costs and decreased profit margin.  In addition, current requirements for student or school participation in Title IV programs may change or one or more of the present Title IV programs could be replaced by other programs with materially different student or school eligibility requirements.  If we cannot comply with the provisions of the HEA, as they may be amended, or if the cost of such compliance is excessive, or if funding is materially reduced, our revenues or profit margin could be materially adversely affected.

DOE Development of New Regulations. The DOE issued final regulations on October 29, 2010, with a general effective date of July 1, 2011, and which included, but were not limited to:  revisions to the incentive compensation rule, a significant expansion of the notice and approval requirements for adding new academic programs and new reporting and disclosure requirements for such programs, the definition of high school diploma for the purpose of establishing institutional eligibility to participate in the Title IV programs and student eligibility to receive Title IV aid, ability to benefit students, misrepresentation of information provided to students and prospective students, incentive compensation, state authorization as a component of institutional eligibility, agreements between institutions of higher education, verification of information included on student aid applications, satisfactory academic progress, monitoring grade point averages, retaking coursework, return of Title IV funds with respect to term-based programs with modules or compressed courses and with respect to taking attendance, and the timeliness and method of disbursements of Title IV funds. The topics covered in these regulations also included a new federal definition of a “credit hour” for federal student aid purposes.  The new definition has resulted in changes to the number of credit hours awarded for certain of our educational programs and in changes to the amount of federal student aid available to students enrolled in such programs.  The implementation of all of the October 2010 final regulations required us to change certain of our practices to comply with these requirements.  The changes to our practices, or our inability to comply with the final regulations on or after their effective date, have had and may continue to have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

On June 13, 2011, the DOE published final regulations in the Federal Register regarding gainful employment that were scheduled to take effect on July 1, 2012 and would apply to all educational programs that are subject to the DOE requirement of preparing students for gainful employment in a recognized occupation. Such educational programs include all of the Title IV-eligible educational programs at each of our institutions.  The gainful employment regulations would, among other things, measure each educational program against threshold benchmarks in each of three debt measure categories:  (1) an annual loan repayment rate, (2) an annual debt-to-annual earnings ratio, and (3) an annual debt-to-discretionary income ratio.  The various formulas are calculated under complex methodologies and definitions outlined in the regulations, and are based on data that may not be readily accessible to institutions.  If an educational program fails to achieve threshold rates in all three categories for one federal fiscal year (beginning with debt measures calculated for the 2012 federal fiscal year), the institution must, among other things, disclose the amount by which the program missed the minimum acceptable performance and the institution’s plan to improve the program. If an educational program fails to achieve threshold rates in all three categories in two out of three federal fiscal years, the institution must, among other things, warn students in the failing program that they should expect difficulty in repaying their loans, disclose the options available to the student if the program loses eligibility for Title IV funds, and disclose resources available to research other educational options and compare program costs.  If an educational program fails to achieve threshold rates in all three categories in three out of four federal fiscal years, the program loses its Title IV eligibility for a period of at least three years.  We have analyzed the available data to assess the potential impact of the gainful employment regulations on each of our institutions and educational programs.  Although we have not identified to date any material number of educational programs that we believe are likely to lose eligibility under the regulations’ threshold benchmarks, if the data were to change unfavorably, the regulations could nonetheless have a material adverse effect on our business and operations by requiring us to eliminate certain educational programs, and the disclosure requirements and related components of the regulations could have a material adverse effect on the rate at which students enroll in our programs.

13

On June 30, 2012, the United States District Court for the District of Columbia issued a decision that vacated most of the gainful employment regulations and remanded those regulations to the DOE for further action.  On July 6, 2012, the DOE issued an electronic announcement acknowledging that the Court had vacated the repayment rate metric as well as the debt-to-income gainful employment metrics that would have gone into effect on July 1, 2012.  The DOE also noted that institutions are not required to comply with related regulations relating to gainful employment reporting requirements and adding new educational programs, but are required to comply with requirements to disclose certain information about educational programs.  The Court’s decision is subject to appeal by the DOE and could be modified or reversed on appeal.  Moreover, the DOE could take further action to address the Court’s concerns regarding the regulations and obtain approval to enforce the regulations, or the DOE could issue new regulations regarding gainful employment.  We cannot predict what steps the DOE will take in response to the Court’s decision, how long those steps would take, or whether those steps will result in the DOE being able to enforce the gainful employment regulations or issuing new regulations.

The implementation of gainful employment regulations, or any other changes the DOE may propose and implement, could require us to eliminate certain educational programs, and could have a material adverse effect on the rate at which students enroll in our programs and on our business and results of operations.

The "90/10 Rule."   Under the HEA reauthorization, a proprietary institution that derives more than 90% of its total revenue from Title IV Programs, or 90/10 Rule percentage, for two consecutive fiscal years becomes immediately ineligible to participate in Title IV Programs and may not reapply for eligibility until the end of at least two fiscal years. An institution with revenues exceeding 90% for a single fiscal year ending after August 14, 2008 will be placed on provisional certification and may be subject to other enforcement measures.  If an institution violated the 90/10 Rule and became ineligible to participate in Title IV Programs but continued to disburse Title IV Program funds, the DOE would require the institution to repay all Title IV Program funds received by the institution after the effective date of the loss of eligibility.

We have calculated that, for our 2012 fiscal year, our institutions' 90/10 Rule percentages ranged from 72.3% to 93.0%.  For 2011 none of our institutions derived more than 90% of their revenues from Title IV Programs.  For 2012, our Dayton institution (consisting of a main campus and eight additional locations) derived 93.0% of its revenues from Title IV programs.  It was our only institution with a 90/10 Rule percentage above 90%.  If the Dayton institution derives more than 90% of its revenues from Title IV Programs for 2013, this campus and its eight additional locations will become ineligible to participate in Title IV Programs and may not reapply for eligibility until the end of at least two additional fiscal years.  For 2010, our Dayton institution (consisting of a main campus and six additional locations) derived 96.9% of its revenues from Title IV programs.  It was our only institution with a 90/10 Rule percentage above 90% in 2010.  We regularly monitor compliance with this requirement to minimize the risk that any of our institutions would derive more than the maximum percentage of its revenues from Title IV Programs for any fiscal year.

Effective July 1, 2008, the annual Stafford loans available for undergraduate students under the Federal Family Education Loan Program, or FFEL program, increased. This increase, coupled with increases in grants from the Pell program and other Title IV loan limits, resulted in some of our schools experiencing an increase in the proportion of revenues they receive from Title IV Programs. The HEA reauthorization provided temporary relief from the impact of the loan limit increases by counting as non-Title IV revenue in the 90/10 Rule calculation amounts received from loans received between July 1, 2008 and June 30, 2011 that are attributable to the increased annual loan limits.  The HEA authorization also provided other relief by allowing institutions to include as non-Title IV revenue in its 90/10 Rule calculation the net present value of certain institutional loans subject to certain limitations and conditions. Because of the increases in Title IV student loan limits and grants in recent years, it will be increasingly difficult for us to comply with the 90/10 Rule without increasing tuition prices above the applicable maximums for Title IV student loans and grants, because this is one of the more effective methods of reducing the 90/10 Rule percentage, although this method may not be successful.  Moreover, the above-mentioned relief from certain loan limit increases expired for loans received on or after July 1, 2011, and the above-mentioned institutional loan relief expired for institutional loans made on or after July 1, 2012.  If Congress or the DOE were to amend the 90/10 Rule to treat other forms of federal financial aid as Title IV revenue for 90/10 purposes, to change the calculation methodology, or to make other changes, those changes could make it more difficult for our institutions to comply with the 90/10 Rule.  If any of our institutions loses eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs, that loss would cause an event of default under our credit agreement, and would also adversely affect our students’ access to various government-sponsored student financial aid programs, which could have a material adverse effect on the rate at which our students enroll in our programs and on our business and results of operations.

Student Loan Defaults.    The HEA limits participation in Title IV Programs by institutions whose former students defaulted on the repayment of federally guaranteed or funded student loans above a prescribed rate (the “cohort default rate”).  The DOE calculates these rates based on the number of students who have defaulted, not the dollar amount of such defaults.

14

Under the HEA, an institution whose FFEL and Federal Direct Loan, or FDL, cohort default rate is 25% or greater for three consecutive federal fiscal years loses eligibility to participate in the FFEL, FDL, and Pell programs for the remainder of the federal fiscal year in which the DOE determines that such institution has lost its eligibility and for the two subsequent federal fiscal years. An institution whose FFEL and FDL cohort default rate for any single federal fiscal year exceeds 40% loses its eligibility to participate in the FFEL and FDL programs for the remainder of the federal fiscal year in which the DOE determines that such institution has lost its eligibility and for the two subsequent federal fiscal years.  If an institution’s cohort default rate equals or exceeds 25% in any of its three most recent fiscal years, the institution may be placed on provisional certification status.

The HEA increased the measuring period for each cohort default rate calculation by one year. Starting with the 2009 cohort, the DOE will calculate both the current two-year and the new three-year cohort default rates. Beginning with the 2011 three-year cohort default rate, which is expected to be published for each of our institutions in September 2014, the three-year rates will be applied for purposes of measuring compliance with the requirements instead of the two-year rates currently used for those purposes.   If the 2011 three-year cohort default rate exceeds 40%, the institution will cease to be eligible to participate in the FDL and Federal Stafford Loan programs for the remainder of the federal fiscal year in which the DOE determines that such institution has lost its eligibility and for the two subsequent federal fiscal years.   If the institution’s three-year cohort default rate equals or exceeds 30% (an increase from the current 25% threshold applicable to the two-year cohort default rates) for three consecutive years, beginning with the 2009 cohort, the institution will cease to be eligible to participate in the Pell, FDL, and FFEL programs for the remainder of the federal fiscal year in which the DOE determines that such institution has lost its eligibility and for the two subsequent federal fiscal years.

In September 2012, the DOE published final two-year cohort default rates for each of our institutions for the 2010 fiscal year. The rates range from 11.6% to 23.9%.  None of our institutions had a cohort default rate (as defined by the DOE) of 25% or greater for the 2010, 2009, or 2008 fiscal years.  The following table sets forth the cohort default rates for each of our 14 DOE institutions for the fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, the three most recent years for which the DOE has published such rates:

Institution	2010			2009			2008
Union, NJ		17.6	%		19.1	%		14.1	%
Indianapolis, IN		21.0	%		15.8	%		11.8	%
Columbia, MD		16.7	%		17.7	%		13.7	%
Allentown, PA		13.8	%		15.2	%		11.2	%
Edison, NJ		17.0	%		17.4	%		17.3	%
Denver, CO		23.9	%		20.9	%		11.7	%
Lincoln, RI		21.2	%		16.0	%		14.0	%
Dayton, OH		19.4	%		19.6	%		20.2	%
New Britain, CT		18.3	%		12.0	%		9.0	%
West Palm Beach, FL		16.0	%		18.8	%		14.2	%
Southington, CT*		11.6	%		9.4	%		18.6	%
South Plainfied, NJ**		17.5	%		8.1	%		4.6	%
Fern Park, FL**		15.7	%		13.3	%		7.0	%
Hartford, CT**		14.6	%		10.7	%		4.1	%

*  This institution was acquired on December 1, 2008.

**  These institutions were acquired on January 20, 2009.

In late March 2013, the DOE is expected to issue draft two-year cohort default rates for the 2011 fiscal year.

15

In September 2012, the DOE released final three-year cohort default rates for fiscal year 2009.  The rates for the 2009 fiscal year under the new methodology ranged from 16.9% to 36.3%.  For the 2009 fiscal year, seven of our institutions had three-year cohort default rates of at least 30%.  The following table sets forth the cohort default rates for each of our 14 DOE institutions for the fiscal year 2009, the only year for which the DOE has published such rates:

Institution	2009
Union, NJ		32.1	%
Indianapolis, IN		33.9	%
Columbia, MD		28.3	%
Allentown, PA		26.4	%
Edison, NJ		31.0	%
Denver, CO		36.3	%
Lincoln, RI		30.3	%
Dayton, OH		36.3	%
New Britain, CT		24.0	%
West Palm Beach, FL		32.1	%
Southington, CT		16.9	%
South Plainfied, NJ*		25.0	%
Fern Park, FL*		22.9	%
Hartford, CT*		19.4	%

*  These institutions were acquired on January 20, 2009.

In late March 2013, the DOE is expected to release draft three-year cohort default rates for the fiscal year 2010.

Perkins Loan Program

An institution whose Perkins cohort default rate is 50% or greater for three consecutive federal award years loses eligibility to participate in the Perkins program for the remainder of the federal award year in which the DOE determines that the institution has lost its eligibility and for the two subsequent federal award years. None of our institutions has had a Perkins cohort default rate of 50% or greater for any of the last three federal award years. The DOE also will not provide any additional federal funds to an institution for Perkins loans in any federal award year in which the institution's Perkins cohort default rate is 25% or greater. Such institutions also may be subject to provisional certification.  Our Denver, Colorado institution and our New Britain, Connecticut institution are our only institutions participating in the Perkins program. The Perkins cohort default rate at our Denver institution was 30.5% for students scheduled to begin repayment in the 2011-2012 federal award year.  The DOE did not provide any additional Federal Capital Contribution Funds for Perkins loans to the institution. Our Denver institution continues to make loans out of its existing Perkins loan fund. It is provisionally certified because its default rate under the Federal Perkins Loan program that was published most recently prior to the effective date of its program participation agreement exceeded 30.0% and also based on its change in ownership. The Perkins cohort default rate at our New Britain institution was 0% for students scheduled to begin repayment in the 2011-2012 federal award year.  The institution is provisionally certified by the DOE as a result of its change in ownership.

Financial Responsibility Standards.    All institutions participating in Title IV Programs must satisfy specific standards of financial responsibility. The DOE evaluates institutions for compliance with these standards each year, based on the institution's annual audited financial statements, as well as following a change in ownership resulting in a change of control of the institution.

The most significant financial responsibility measurement is the institution's composite score, which is calculated by the DOE based on three ratios:

· The equity ratio, which measures the institution's capital resources, ability to borrow and financial viability;

· The primary reserve ratio, which measures the institution's ability to support current operations from expendable resources; and

· The net income ratio, which measures the institution's ability to operate at a profit.

The DOE assigns a strength factor to the results of each of these ratios on a scale from negative 1.0 to positive 3.0, with negative 1.0 reflecting financial weakness and positive 3.0 reflecting financial strength. The DOE then assigns a weighting percentage to each ratio and adds the weighted scores for the three ratios together to produce a composite score for the institution. The composite score must be at least 1.5 for the institution to be deemed financially responsible without the need for further oversight. If an institution's composite score is below 1.5, but is at least 1.0, it is in a category denominated by the DOE as "the zone." Under the DOE regulations, institutions that are in the zone are deemed to be financially responsible for a period of up to three years but are required to accept payment of Title IV Program funds under the cash monitoring or reimbursement method of payment and to provide to the DOE timely information regarding various oversight and financial events.

16

If an institution's composite score is below 1.0, the institution is considered by the DOE to lack financial responsibility. If the DOE determines that an institution does not satisfy the DOE's financial responsibility standards, depending on its composite score and other factors, that institution may establish its financial responsibility on an alternative basis by, among other things:

· Posting a letter of credit in an amount equal to at least 50% of the total Title IV Program funds received by the institution during the institution's most recently completed fiscal year;

· Posting a letter of credit in an amount equal to at least 10% of such prior year's Title IV Program funds, accepting provisional certification, complying with additional DOE monitoring requirements and agreeing to receive Title IV Program funds under an arrangement other than the DOE's standard advance funding arrangement; and/or

· Complying with additional DOE monitoring requirements and agreeing to receive Title IV Program funds under an arrangement other than the DOE's standard advance funding arrangement.

The DOE has evaluated the financial responsibility of our institutions on a consolidated basis.  We have submitted to the DOE our audited financial statements for the 2011 and 2010 fiscal years reflecting a composite score of 2.1 and 1.8, respectively, based upon our calculations, and that our schools meet the DOE standards of financial responsibility. For the 2012 fiscal year, we have calculated our composite score to be 1.6.  However, this is subject to determination by the DOE once it receives and reviews our audited financial statements for the 2012 fiscal year.

Return of Title IV Funds.    An institution participating in Title IV Programs must calculate the amount of unearned Title IV Program funds that have been disbursed to students who withdraw from their educational programs before completing them, and must return those unearned funds to the DOE or the applicable lending institution in a timely manner, which is generally within 45 days from the date the institution determines that the student has withdrawn.

If an institution is cited in an audit or program review for returning Title IV Program funds late for 5% or more of the students in the audit or program review sample, the institution may be required to post a letter of credit in favor of the DOE in an amount equal to 25% of the total amount of Title IV Program funds that should have been returned for students who withdrew in the institution's previous fiscal year.  None of our institutions are currently required to submit a letter of credit to the DOE based on late return of Title IV funds.

School Acquisitions.    When a company acquires a school that is eligible to participate in Title IV Programs, that school undergoes a change of ownership resulting in a change of control as defined by the DOE. Upon such a change of control, a school's eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs is generally suspended until it has applied for recertification by the DOE as an eligible school under its new ownership, which requires that the school also re-establish its state authorization and accreditation. The DOE may temporarily and provisionally certify an institution seeking approval of a change of control under certain circumstances while the DOE reviews the institution's application. The time required for the DOE to act on such an application may vary substantially. DOE recertification of an institution following a change of control will be on a provisional basis. Our expansion plans are based, in part, on our ability to acquire additional schools and have them certified by the DOE to participate in Title IV Programs. Our expansion plans take into account the approval requirements of the DOE and the relevant state education agencies and accrediting commissions.

Change of Control.  In addition to school acquisitions, other types of transactions can also cause a change of control. The DOE, most state education agencies and our accrediting commissions have standards pertaining to the change of control of schools, but these standards are not uniform. DOE regulations describe some transactions that constitute a change of control, including the transfer of a controlling interest in the voting stock of an institution or the institution's parent corporation. For a publicly traded corporation, DOE regulations provide that a change of control occurs in one of two ways: (a) if a person acquires ownership and control of the corporation so that the corporation is required to file a Current Report on Form 8-K with the Securities and Exchange Commission disclosing the change of control or (b) if the corporation has a shareholder that owns at least 25% of the total outstanding voting stock of the corporation and is the largest shareholder of the corporation, and that shareholder ceases to own at least 25% of such stock or ceases to be the largest shareholder.  These standards are subject to interpretation by the DOE.   A significant purchase or disposition of our common stock could be determined by the DOE to be a change of control under this standard.

Most of the states and our accrediting commissions include the sale of a controlling interest of common stock in the definition of a change of control although some agencies could determine that the sale or disposition of a smaller interest would result in a change of control. A change of control under the definition of one of these agencies would require the affected school to reaffirm its state authorization or accreditation. Some agencies would require approval prior to a sale or disposition that would result in a change of control in order to maintain authorization or accreditation.  The requirements to obtain such reaffirmation from the states and our accrediting commissions vary widely.

A change of control could occur as a result of future transactions in which our company or schools are involved. Some corporate reorganizations and some changes in the board of directors are examples of such transactions. Moreover, the potential adverse effects of a change of control could influence future decisions by us and our stockholders regarding the sale, purchase, transfer, issuance or redemption of our stock. In addition, the adverse regulatory effect of a change of control also could discourage bids for shares of common stock and could have an adverse effect on the market price of our shares.

17

Opening Additional Schools and Adding Educational Programs.    For-profit educational institutions must be authorized by their state education agencies and be fully operational for two years before applying to the DOE to participate in Title IV Programs. However, an institution that is certified to participate in Title IV Programs may establish an additional location and apply to participate in Title IV Programs at that location without reference to the two-year requirement, if such additional location satisfies all other applicable DOE eligibility requirements. Our expansion plans are based, in part, on our ability to open new schools as additional locations of our existing institutions and take into account the DOE's approval requirements.

A student may use Title IV Program funds only to pay the costs associated with enrollment in an eligible educational program offered by an institution participating in Title IV Programs. Generally, unless otherwise required by the DOE, an institution that is eligible to participate in Title IV Programs may add a new educational program without DOE approval if that new program leads to an associate’s level or higher degree and the institution already offers programs at that level, or if that program prepares students for gainful employment in the same or a related occupation as an educational program that has previously been designated as an eligible program at that institution and meets minimum length requirements. If an institution erroneously determines that an educational program is eligible for purposes of Title IV Programs, the institution would likely be liable for repayment of Title IV Program funds provided to students in that educational program. Our expansion plans are based, in part, on our ability to add new educational programs at our existing schools. We do not believe that current DOE regulations will create significant obstacles to our plans to add new programs.

Under final regulations published in October 2010 and that were scheduled to take effect on July 1, 2011, a proprietary institution must notify the DOE at least 90 days before the first day of a new additional program (as defined by applicable DOE regulations).  The regulations apply to both degree-granting and non-degree granting educational programs.  The notice must describe how the institution determined the need for the new program and how the program was designed to meet local market needs, or for an online program, regional or national market needs. The institution must also describe how the program was reviewed or approved by, or developed in conjunction with, business advisory committees, program integrity boards, public or private oversight or regulatory agencies and businesses that would likely employ graduates of the program. The institution must include in its notice that the program has been approved by its accrediting agency or is otherwise included in the institution’s accreditation by its accrediting agency and state oversight agencies, as well as a description of any wage analysis it may have performed that is related to the new program. Unless otherwise required by the DOE to obtain approval for the new program, an institution that provides a notice may proceed with its plans to offer the new program based on its determination that the program is an eligible program that prepares students for gainful employment in a recognized occupation. However, the DOE may alert the institution, at least 30 days before the first day of class, that the DOE must approve the program for Title IV purposes. If any new program submitted by our institutions is identified as being subject to DOE review and approval for Title IV purposes, it could result in difficulties or delays in introducing the program, which could have a negative impact on our growth and enrollments.  On June 30, 2012, the United States District Court for the District of Columbia issued a decision that vacated most of the gainful employment regulations, including the above-described regulations for approval of new educational programs, and remanded those regulations to the DOE for further action.  On July 6, 2012, the DOE issued an electronic announcement acknowledging that, among other things, institutions would not be required to comply with the gainful employment regulations relating to adding new educational programs.  The Court’s decision is subject to appeal by the DOE and could be modified or reversed on appeal.  See “Regulatory Environment – DOE Development of New Regulations.”

Some of the state education agencies and our accrediting commission also have requirements that may affect our schools' ability to open a new campus, establish an additional location of an existing institution or begin offering a new educational program. Any institution required to submit retention or placement data to the ACICS may be required to obtain prior permission from the ACICS for the initiation of any new program. We do not believe that these standards will create significant obstacles to our expansion plans.

Administrative Capability.    The DOE assesses the administrative capability of each institution that participates in Title IV Programs under a series of separate standards. Failure to satisfy any of the standards may lead the DOE to find the institution ineligible to participate in Title IV Programs or to place the institution on provisional certification as a condition of its participation. These criteria require, among other things, that the institution:

· Comply with all applicable federal student financial aid regulations;

· Have capable and sufficient personnel to administer the federal student financial aid programs;

· Administer Title IV programs with adequate checks and balances in its system of internal controls over financial reporting;

· Divides the function of authorizing and disbursing or delivering Title IV Program Funds so that no office has the responsibility for both functions;

· Establish and maintain records required under the Title IV regulations;

· Develop and apply an adequate system to identify and resolve discrepancies in information from sources regarding a student’s application for financial aid under Title IV;

· Have acceptable methods of defining and measuring the satisfactory academic progress of its students;

· Refer to the Office of the Inspector General any credible information indicating that any applicant, student, employee or agent of the school has been engaged in any fraud or other illegal conduct involving Title IV Programs;

· Not be, and not have any principal or affiliate who is, debarred or suspended from federal contracting or engaging in activity that is cause for debarment or suspension;

· Provide financial aid counseling to its students;

18

· Submit in a timely manner all reports and financial statements required by the regulations; and

· Not otherwise appear to lack administrative capability.

Failure by an institution to satisfy any of these or other administrative capability criteria could cause the institution to lose its eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs, which would have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Other standards provide that an institution may be found to lack administrative capability and be placed on provisional certification if its student loan default rate under the FFEL and FDL program is 25% or greater for any of the three most recent federal fiscal years, or if its Perkins cohort default rate exceeds 15%. Our Denver institution's Perkins Loan cohort default rate was 30.5% for students scheduled to begin repayment in the 2011-2012 federal award year. Institutions with default rates that exceed statutory or regulatory benchmarks may be subject to consequences that include but are not limited to loss of eligibility to participate in the Title IV programs.  See “Regulatory Environment – Student Loan Defaults” and “Regulatory Environment – Perkins Loans Program”.

Ability to Benefit Regulations.    Under certain circumstances, an institution had been permitted to admit non-high school graduates, or "ability to benefit," students, into certain of its programs of study and allow those students to receive Title IV Program funds to the extent eligible. In order for ability to benefit students to be eligible for Title IV Program participation, the institution was required to  comply with the ability to benefit requirements set forth in the Title IV Program requirements. The basic evaluation method to determine that a student has the ability to benefit from the program is the student's achievement of a minimum score on a test approved by the DOE and independently administered in accordance with DOE regulations. The HEA also permitted students to demonstrate their ability to benefit and become eligible to receive Title IV funds upon satisfactory completion of six credit hours or the equivalent coursework. In addition to the testing requirements, the DOE regulations also prohibit ability to benefit student enrollments from constituting 50% or more of the total enrollment of the institution.

On December 23, 2011, the Consolidated Appropriations Act, Public Law 112-74, among other things, eliminated federal student aid eligibility, with certain exceptions, for all students who first enroll on or after July 1, 2012 and who do not have a certificate of graduation from a school providing secondary education or the recognized equivalent of such a certificate.  As a result, many of these students who would have qualified to receive Title IV funds as ability-to-benefit students are not eligible for Title IV assistance under the law.  As of December 31, 2012, approximately 4.2%, or 683 students of our total student population were ability-to-benefit students compared to 5.1% or 951 students as of December 31, 2011.  As a result we stopped enrolling ATB students as of July 1, 2012.  This reduction in ATB students has impacted and will continue to impact our total enrollment and our revenue.

Restrictions on Payment of Commissions, Bonuses and Other Incentive Payments.    An institution participating in Title IV Programs may not provide any commission, bonus or other incentive payment based directly or indirectly on success in securing enrollments or financial aid to any person or entity engaged in any student recruiting or admission activities or in making decisions regarding the awarding of Title IV Program funds. The DOE’s regulations established twelve “safe harbors” identifying types of compensation that could be paid without violating the incentive compensation rule.  On October 29, 2010, the DOE adopted final rules that took effect on July 1, 2011 and amended the incentive compensation rule by, among other things, eliminating the twelve safe harbors  (and thereby reducing the scope of permissible payments under the rule) and expanding the scope of payments and employees subject to the rule.  The DOE has stated that it does not intend to provide private guidance regarding particular compensation structures in the future and will enforce the regulations as written.  We cannot predict how the DOE will interpret and enforce the revised incentive compensation rule.  The implementation of the final regulations required us to change our compensation practices and has had and will continue to have a material adverse effect on the rate at which students enroll in our programs and on our business and results of operations.

Eligibility and Certification Procedures.    Each institution must periodically apply to the DOE for continued certification to participate in Title IV Programs. The institution must also apply for recertification when it undergoes a change in ownership resulting in a change of control. The institution also may come under DOE review when it undergoes a substantive change that requires the submission of an application, such as opening an additional location or raising the highest academic credential it offers.

The DOE may place an institution on provisional certification status if it determines that the institution does not fully satisfy certain administrative and financial standards or if the institution undergoes a change in ownership resulting in a change of control. As a result of our then largest shareholder’s sale of a portion of its ownership in our company during 2010, all institutions went through a change in ownership and were issued provisional program participation agreements except for our New Britain institution which is certified. The DOE may withdraw an institution's provisional certification with the institution having fewer due process protections than if it were fully certified. In addition, the DOE may more closely review an institution that is provisionally certified if it applies for approval to open a new location, add an educational program, acquire another school or make any other significant change. Provisional certification does not otherwise limit an institution's access to Title IV Program funds.

19

All institutions are recertified on various dates for various amounts of time.  The following table sets forth the expiration dates for each of our institutions' current program participation agreements:

Institution	Expiration Date of Current Program Participation Agreement
Allentown, PA	September 30, 20131
Columbia, MD	September 30, 20131
Denver, CO	September 30, 20132
Lincoln, RI	June 30, 20141
Edison, NJ	September 30, 20131
Union, NJ	September 30, 20131
Indianapolis, IN	December 31, 20131
Dayton, OH	September 30, 20131
New Britain, CT	June 30, 2016
West Palm Beach, FL	September 30, 20131
Southington, CT	June 30, 20131
Fern Park, FL	September 30, 20131
South Plainfield, NJ	September 30, 20131
Hartford, CT	September 30, 20131

1  Provisionally certified as a result of our then largest shareholder’s sale of a portion of its ownership in our company during 2010.

2 Provisionally certified as a result of our then largest shareholder’s sale of a portion of its ownership in our company during 2010 and for having a default rate under the Perkins program in excess of 30%.

Compliance with Regulatory Standards and Effect of Regulatory Violations.    Our schools are subject to audits, program reviews, and site visits by various regulatory agencies, including the DOE, the DOE's Office of Inspector General, state education agencies, student loan guaranty agencies, the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs and our accrediting commissions. In addition, each of our institutions must retain an independent certified public accountant to conduct an annual audit of the institution's administration of Title IV Program funds. The institution must submit the resulting audit report to the DOE for review.

On July 16, 2012, the DOE notified our Lincoln, RI campus that an on-site Program Review was scheduled to begin on August 6, 2012.  The Program Review assessed the institution’s administration of Title IV, HEA Programs in which the campus participated for the 2010-2011 and 2011-2012 award years.  The Lincoln, RI, campus has not yet received the Program Review Determination Letter from the DOE.

On January 3, 2013, the DOE notified our New Britain, CT campus that an on-site Program Review was scheduled to begin on January 28, 2013. The Program Review assessed the institution’s administration of Title IV, HEA Programs in which the campus participated for the 2011-2012 and 2012-2103 award years.  The New Britain, CT, campus has not yet received the Program Review Determination Letter from the DOE.

On January 7, 2013, the DOE notified our Columbia, MD campus that an on-site Program Review was scheduled to begin on March 4, 2013. The Program Review assessed the institution’s administration of Title IV, HEA Programs in which the campus participated for the 2011-2012 and 2012-13 award years.

If one of our schools fails to comply with accrediting or state licensing requirements, such school and its main and/or branch campuses could be subject to the loss of state licensure or accreditation, which in turn could result in a loss of eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs. If the DOE determined that one of our institutions improperly disbursed Title IV Program funds or violated a provision of the HEA or DOE regulations, the institution could be required to repay such funds and related costs to the DOE and lenders, and could be assessed an administrative fine. The DOE could also place the institution on provisional certification and/or transfer the institution to the reimbursement or cash monitoring system of receiving Title IV Program funds, under which an institution must disburse its own funds to students and document the students' eligibility for Title IV Program funds before receiving such funds from the DOE.  An institution that is operating under this "Heightened Cash Monitoring, Type 1 status," is required to credit student accounts before drawing down funds under Title IV Programs and to draw down funds in an amount no greater than the previous disbursement to students and parents. Additionally, an institution's compliance audit is required to contain verification that this did occur throughout the year. In addition to the above, the DOE requires institutions to comply with certain requirements if they are operating in "the zone," which is indicative of a composite score between 1.0 and 1.4. Those requirements include providing timely information regarding any of the following oversight and financial events:

20

· Any adverse action, including a probation or similar action, taken against the institution by its accrediting agency;

· Any event that causes the institution, or related entity to realize any liability that was noted as a contingent liability in the institution's or related entity's most recent audited financial statements;

· Any violation by the institution of any loan agreement;

· Any failure of the institution to make a payment in accordance with its debt obligations that results in a creditor filing suit to recover funds under those obligations;

· Any withdrawal of owner's equity from the institution by any means, including by declaring a dividend; or

· Any extraordinary losses, as defined under Accounting Standards Codification 220-20.

Operating under the zone requirements may also require the institution to submit its financial statement and compliance audits earlier than the date previously required and require the institution to provide information about its current operations and future plans. An institution that continues to fail to meet the financial responsibility standards set by the DOE or does not comply with the zone requirements may lose its eligibility to continue to participate in Title IV funding.  If eligibility is lost, the institution may be required to post irrevocable letters of credit, for an amount determined by the DOE at a minimum of 50% of the Title IV Program funds received by the institution during its most recently completed fiscal year. The institution may also be required to post irrevocable letters of credit at a minimum of 10% of such funds and be provisionally certified and subject to other reporting and monitoring requirements.

Significant violations of Title IV Program requirements by us or any of our institutions could be the basis for a proceeding by the DOE to limit, suspend or terminate the participation of the affected institution in Title IV Programs or to civil or criminal penalties. Generally, such a termination extends for 18 months before the institution may apply for reinstatement of its participation. There is no DOE proceeding pending to fine any of our institutions or to limit, suspend or terminate any of our institutions' participation in Title IV Programs.

We and our schools are also subject to complaints and lawsuits relating to regulatory compliance brought not only by our regulatory agencies, but also by third parties, such as present or former students or employees and other members of the public. If we are unable to successfully resolve or defend against any such complaint or lawsuit, we may be required to pay money damages or be subject to fines, limitations, loss of federal funding, injunctions or other penalties. Moreover, even if we successfully resolve or defend against any such complaint or lawsuit, we may have to devote significant financial and management resources in order to reach such a result.

21

Item 1A. RISK FACTORS

The following risk factors and other information included in this Form 10-K should be carefully considered. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently believe are not material may also adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results, cash flows and prospects.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR INDUSTRY

Failure of our schools to comply with the extensive regulatory requirements for school operations could result in financial penalties, restrictions on our operations and loss of external financial aid funding, which could affect our revenues and impose significant operating restrictions on us.

Our schools are subject to extensive regulation by federal and state governmental agencies and by accrediting commissions. In particular, the HEA and the regulations promulgated thereunder by the DOE, set forth numerous standards that our schools must satisfy to participate in various federal student financial assistance programs under Title IV Programs. In 2012, we derived approximately 81% of our revenues, calculated based on cash receipts, from Title IV Programs. To participate in Title IV Programs, each of our schools must receive and maintain authorization by the applicable education agencies in the state in which each school is physically located, be accredited by an accrediting commission recognized by the DOE and be certified as an eligible institution by the DOE. These regulatory requirements cover the vast majority of our operations, including our educational programs, facilities, instructional and administrative staff, administrative procedures, marketing, recruiting, student performances and outcomes, financial operations and financial condition. These regulatory requirements also affect our ability to acquire or open additional schools, add new educational programs, expand existing educational programs, and change our corporate structure and ownership.

If any of our schools fails to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, the school and its related main campus and/or additional locations could be subject to the loss of state licensure or accreditation, the loss of eligibility to participate in and receive funds under the Title IV Programs, the loss of the ability to grant degrees, diplomas and certificates, provisional certification, or the imposition of liabilities or monetary penalties, each of which could adversely affect our revenues and impose significant operating restrictions upon us. In addition, the loss by any of our schools of its accreditation, its state authorization or license, or its eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs constitutes an event of default under our credit agreement, which we and our subsidiaries entered into with a syndicate of banks on April 5, 2012. An event of default on our credit agreement could result in the acceleration of all amounts then outstanding under our credit agreement. The various regulatory agencies periodically revise their requirements and modify their interpretations of existing requirements and restrictions. We cannot predict with certainty how any of these regulatory requirements will be applied or whether each of our schools will be able to comply with these requirements or any additional requirements instituted in the future.

Congress has changed, and may make other changes, to the laws applicable to, or reduce funding for, Title IV Programs, which could reduce our student population, revenues or profit margin.

Political and budgetary concerns significantly affect Title IV programs.  Congress periodically revises the HEA and other laws governing Title IV HEA Programs and annually determines the funding level for each Title IV Program. On August 14, 2008, the Higher Education Opportunity Act, Public Law 110-315 reauthorized the Title IV programs through at least September 30, 2014.  Congress will be considering reauthorization of the Title IV HEA programs, but it is unknown when Congress will begin or complete that process or what changes will be made to the HEA or other laws affecting Federal student aid.  Any action by Congress that significantly reduces funding for Title IV Programs or the ability of our schools or students to receive funding through those programs could result in increased administrative costs and decreased profit margin.

In addition, Congress reviews and determines federal appropriations for Title IV Programs on an annual basis. Congress can also make changes in the laws affecting Title IV Programs in the annual appropriations bills and in other laws it enacts between the HEA reauthorizations. Because a significant percentage of our revenues are derived from Title IV Programs, any action by Congress that significantly reduces Title IV Program funding or the ability of our schools or students to participate in Title IV Programs could reduce our student enrollment and our revenues. Congressional action may also increase our administrative costs and require us to modify our practices in order for our schools to comply fully with Title IV Program requirements.

The HELP Committee held several hearings beginning in 2010 focusing on the proprietary education sector.  In August 2010, the HELP Committee issued a wide-ranging request for information from 30 proprietary education entities, including our company.  We responded to this request and in February 2011 to a follow-up request.  The majority staff of the HELP Committee issued a report in July 2012 with its findings from the review of the proprietary education sector, some of which were critical of the proprietary education sector.

We cannot predict what if any legislation or other actions will be taken or proposed by the HELP Committee or Congress in response to the hearings, the requests for information from our company and other entities, the reauthorization of the HEA, or other activities of the Committee or Congress.  Any action by Congress that significantly reduces funding for Title IV Programs or that limits or restricts the ability of our schools, programs, or students to receive funding through those programs or that imposes new restrictions or constraints upon our business or operations could result in increased administrative costs and decreased profit margin.  In addition, current requirements for student or school participation in Title IV programs may change or one or more of the present Title IV programs could be replaced by other programs with materially different student or school eligibility requirements.  If we cannot comply with the provisions of the HEA, as they may be revised, or if the cost of such compliance is excessive, or if funding is materially reduced, our revenues or profit margin could be materially adversely affected.

22

Congress has made recent changes to the law that have and could continue to have an adverse effect on our business.

On December 23, 2011, President Obama signed into law the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2012 (Public Law 112-74) (the “Appropriations Act”). The new law significantly impacted the federal student aid programs authorized under Title IV of HEA.

Ability-to-Benefit — The Appropriations Act also eliminated federal student aid eligibility for all students without a “certificate of graduation from a school providing secondary education or the recognized equivalent of such a certificate.”  The Appropriations Act makes an exception for students who have completed a secondary school education in a home school setting that is treated as a home school or private school under state law. Therefore, students who do not have a high school diploma or a recognized equivalent (e.g., a GED), or do not meet the home school requirements, and who first enroll in a program of study on or after July 1, 2012, are not eligible to receive Title IV student aid.   Students will qualify for Title IV student aid under one of the ability-to-benefit (ATB) alternatives if the student was enrolled in a Title IV eligible program prior to July 1, 2012. Those alternatives include the student passing an independently-administered, approved ATB test or successfully completing at least six credit hours or 225 clock hours of postsecondary education. A student who does not possess a high school diploma, or a recognized equivalent, but who is enrolled in a Title IV eligible program any time prior to July 1, 2012 may be eligible to receive Title IV student assistance after July 1, 2012.  As of December 31, 2012, approximately 4.2% of our total student population were ATB students.  We ceased enrolling ability to benefit students effective July 1, 2012.

Auto-Zero EFC Income Threshold — The Appropriations Act amended the HEA to reduce the income threshold for an automatic zero “expected family contribution” to $23,000 for the 2012-2013 award year for both dependent and independent students.  The threshold for 2012-2013 was scheduled to be $32,000, but now will be $23,000.  For students whose families make between $23,000 and $32,000 per year, this will decrease the amount of Pell grants such students will receive.

Federal Pell Grant Duration of Eligibility — The Appropriations Act also amended the HEA to reduce the duration of a student’s eligibility to receive a federal Pell Grant from 18 semesters (or its equivalent) to 12 semesters (or its equivalent). This provision applies to all federal Pell Grant eligible students effective with the 2012-13 award year. This eliminated the ability of some of our students to continue to receive Pell Grants, depending on their prior receipt of Pell Grants from our institutions and from other institutions prior to enrolling in our schools.

On April 15, 2011, President Obama signed H.R. 1473, the Full-Year Continuing Resolution which funds the federal government for the remainder of the 2011 fiscal year.  This Continuing Resolution, among other things, permanently repeals the year-round Pell Grant beginning with the 2011-2012 award year.  The year-round program had allowed students in accelerated programs to obtain two Pell Grants in a single award year. As a result of the repeal, students may obtain only one Pell Grant per award year.  This change impacted some of our students’ ability to finance their education and/or affected their decision to attend our institutions, which had a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

The DOE has changed its regulations, and may make other changes in the future, in a manner which could require us to incur additional costs in connection with our administration of the Title IV programs, affect our ability to remain eligible to participate in the Title IV programs, impose restrictions on our participation in the Title IV programs, affect the rate at which students enroll in our programs, or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

The DOE issued final regulations on October 29, 2010, with a general effective date of July 1, 2011, that covered a broad range of topics.  See “Regulatory Environment – DOE Development of New Regulations.”  The implementation of all of the October 2010 final regulations required us to change certain of our practices to comply with these requirements.  The changes to our practices, or our inability to comply with the final regulations on or after their effective date, have had and may continue to have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

The DOE also published final regulations on June 30, 2011 regarding gainful employment that were scheduled to take effect on July 1, 2012, and would apply to all educational programs that are subject to the DOE requirement of preparing students for gainful employment in a recognized occupation. Such educational programs include all of the Title IV-eligible educational programs at each of our institutions.  See “Regulatory Environment – DOE Development of New Regulations.”  On June 30, 2012, the United States District Court for the District of Columbia issued a decision that vacated most of the gainful employment regulations and remanded those regulations to the DOE for further action.  On July 6, 2012, the DOE issued an electronic announcement acknowledging that the Court had vacated the repayment rate metric as well as the debt-to-income gainful employment metrics that would have gone into effect on July 1, 2012.  The DOE also noted that institutions are not required to comply with related regulations relating to gainful employment reporting requirements and adding new educational programs, but are required to comply with requirements to disclose certain information about educational programs.  The Court’s decision is subject to appeal by the DOE and could be modified or reversed on appeal.  Moreover, the DOE could take further action to address the Court’s concerns regarding the regulations and obtain approval to enforce the regulations, or the DOE could issue new regulations regarding gainful employment.  We cannot predict what steps the DOE will take in response to the Court’s decision, how long those steps would take, or whether those steps will result in the DOE being able to enforce the gainful employment regulations or issuing new regulations. The implementation of gainful employment regulations, or any other changes the DOE may propose and implement, could require us to eliminate certain educational programs, and could have a material adverse effect on the rate at which students enroll in our programs and on our business and results of operations.

23

If we or our eligible institutions do not meet the financial responsibility standards prescribed by the DOE, we may be required to post letters of credit or our eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs could be terminated or limited, which could significantly reduce our student population and revenues.

To participate in Title IV Programs, an eligible institution must satisfy specific measures of financial responsibility prescribed by the DOE or post a letter of credit in favor of the DOE and possibly accept other conditions on its participation in Title IV Programs.  Any obligation to post one or more letters of credit would increase our costs of regulatory compliance.  Our inability to obtain a required letter of credit or limitations on, or termination of, our participation in Title IV Programs could limit our students' access to various government-sponsored student financial aid programs, which could significantly reduce our student population and revenues.

Each year, based on the financial information submitted by an eligible institution that participates in Title IV Programs, the DOE calculates three financial ratios for the institution: an equity ratio, a primary reserve ratio and a net income ratio. Each of these ratios is scored separately and then combined into a composite score to measure the institution's financial responsibility. If the composite score for an institution falls below thresholds established by the DOE, the DOE could place the institution on provisional certification and/or transfer the institution to the reimbursement or cash monitoring system of receiving Title IV Program funds, under which an institution must disburse its own funds to students and document the student's eligibility for Title IV Program funds before receiving such funds from the DOE.  If an institution has a composite score between 1.0 and 1.4, the institution will be required to operate under "Heightened Cash Monitoring, Type 1 status."  If an institution's composite score is below 1.0, the institution is considered by the DOE to lack financial responsibility and, as a condition of Title IV Program participation, the institution may be required to, among other things, post a letter of credit in an amount of at least 10% to 50% of the institution's annual Title IV Program participation for its most recent fiscal year.

The DOE has evaluated the financial responsibility requirements of our institutions on a consolidated basis.  Based on our calculations, our 2012 and 2011 consolidated financial statements reflect a composite score for the Company of 1.6 and 2.1, respectively.  However, our 2012 composite score is subject to confirmation by the DOE once it receives and reviews our audited financial statements for the 2012 fiscal year.

If we fail to demonstrate "administrative capability" to the DOE, our business could suffer.

DOE regulations specify extensive criteria an institution must satisfy to establish that it has the requisite "administrative capability" to participate in Title IV Programs. For a description of these criteria, see “Regulatory Environment – Administrative Capability.”

Other standards provide that an institution may be found to lack administrative capability and be placed on provisional certification if its student loan default rate under the FFEL and FDL program is 25% or greater for any of the three most recent federal fiscal years, or if its Perkins cohort default rate exceeds 15%. Our Denver institution's Perkins Loan cohort default rate was 30.5% for students scheduled to begin repayment in the 2011-2012 federal award year.

If an institution fails to satisfy any of these criteria or any other DOE regulation, the DOE may, among other things:

· Require the repayment of Title IV funds;

· Impose a less favorable payment system for the institution's receipt of Title IV funds;

· Place the institution on provisional certification status; or

· Commence a proceeding to impose a fine or to limit, suspend or terminate the participation of the institution in Title IV Programs.

If we are found not to have satisfied the DOE's "administrative capability" requirements, one or more of our institutions, including its additional locations, could be limited in its access to, or lose, Title IV Program funding.  A decrease in Title IV funding could adversely affect our revenue, as we received approximately 81% of our revenue (calculated based on cash receipts) from Title IV Programs in 2012, which would have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

24

We are subject to fines and other sanctions if we pay impermissible commissions, bonuses or other incentive payments to individuals involved in certain recruiting, admissions or financial aid activities, which could increase our cost of regulatory compliance and adversely affect our results of operations.

An institution participating in Title IV Programs may not provide any commission, bonus or other incentive payment based  directly or indirectly on success in enrolling students or securing financial aid to any person involved in any student recruiting or admission activities or in making decisions regarding the awarding of Title IV Program funds. The DOE’s regulations established twelve “safe harbors” identifying types of compensation that could be paid without violating the incentive compensation rule.  On October 29, 2010, the DOE issued final rules effective July 1, 2011 that amended the incentive compensation rule by, among other things, eliminating the twelve safe harbors (and thereby reducing the scope of permissible payments under the rule) and expanding the scope of payments and employees subject to the rule.  The DOE has stated that it does not intend to provide private guidance regarding particular compensation structures in the future and will enforce the regulations as written.  We cannot predict how the DOE will interpret and enforce the revised incentive compensation rule.  The implementation of the final regulations required us to change our compensation practices and has had and may continue to have a material adverse effect on the rate at which students enroll in our programs and on our business and results of operations.  If we are found to have violated this law, we could be fined or otherwise sanctioned by the DOE or we could face litigation filed under the qui tam provisions of the Federal False Claims Act.

If our schools do not maintain their state authorizations and their accreditation, they may not participate in Title IV Programs, which could adversely affect our student population and revenues.

An institution that grants degrees, diplomas or certificates must be authorized by the appropriate education agency of the state in which it is located and, in some cases, other states. Requirements for authorization vary substantially among states. The school must be authorized by each state in which it is physically located in order for its students to be eligible for funding under Title IV Programs. Loss of state authorization by any of our schools from the education agency of the state in which the school is located would end that school's eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs and could cause us to close the school.

Some states have sought to assert jurisdiction over online educational institutions that offer educational services to residents in the state or to institutions that advertise or recruit in the state, notwithstanding the lack of a physical location in the state.  State regulatory requirements for online education vary among the states, are not well developed in many states, are imprecise or unclear in some states and are subject to change.  If we are found not to be in compliance with an applicable state regulation and a state seeks to restrict one or more of our business activities within its boundaries, we may not be able to recruit or enroll students in that state and may have to cease providing services and advertising in that state.

The DOE published new regulations that took effect on July 1, 2011 and expand the requirements for an institution to be considered legally authorized in the state in which it is physically located for Title IV purposes.  See “Regulatory Environment – State Authorization.”  If the states do not amend their requirements where necessary and if schools do not receive approvals where necessary that comply with these new requirements, then the institution could be deemed to lack the state authorization necessary to participate in the Title IV Programs. The DOE stated when it published the final regulations that it will not publish a list of states that meet, or fail to meet, the requirements, and it is uncertain how the DOE will interpret these requirements in each state.

In addition, the new DOE rules also require institutions offering postsecondary education through distance education, such as online programs, to students in a state in which the institution is not physically located or in which it is otherwise subject to state jurisdiction as determined by the state to meet any state requirements for it to be legally offering postsecondary distance education in that state.  See “Regulatory Environment – State Authorization.”  If we are unable to obtain the required approvals, our students in the affected schools or programs may be unable to receive Title IV funds, and we may be unable to recruit students or operate in that state, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and operations. In June 2012, the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia vacated the new DOE rules with respect to state authorization of distance education.  The Court affirmed an order of a Federal District Court that vacated the portion of the state authorization regulation that requires an institution to meet state requirements in a state in which it has distance education students, but in which it is not physically located or otherwise subject to state jurisdiction.  The DOE issued a Dear Colleague Letter acknowledging the decision of the Court of Appeals and stating that the DOE would not enforce the requirements of the regulation and commenting that institutions continue to be responsible for complying with all state laws as they related to distance education.

If any of our schools fail to comply with state licensing requirements, they are subject to the loss of state licensure or authorization. If any one of our schools lost its authorization from the education agency of the state in which the school is located, that school and its related main campus and/or additional locations would lose its eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs, be unable to offer its programs and we could be forced to close that school. If one of our schools lost its state authorization from a state other than the state in which the school is located, the school would not be able to recruit students or to operate in that state.

A school also must be accredited by an accrediting commission recognized by the DOE in order to participate in Title IV Programs. Accreditation is a non-governmental process through which an institution submits to qualitative review by an organization of peer institutions, based on the standards of the accrediting agency and the stated aims and purposes of the institution, including achieving and maintaining stringent retention, completion and placement outcomes. Certain states require institutions to maintain accreditation as a condition of continued authorization to grant degrees. The HEA requires accrediting commissions recognized by the DOE to review and monitor many aspects of an institution's operations and to take appropriate disciplinary action when the institution fails to comply with the accrediting agency's standards. Loss of accreditation by any of our main campuses would result in the termination of eligibility of that school and all of its branch campuses to participate in Title IV Programs and could cause us to close the school and its branches, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and operations.

25

Our institutions would lose eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs if the percentage of their revenues derived from those programs are too high, which could reduce our student population and revenues.

Under the HEA reauthorization, a proprietary institution that derives more than 90% of its total revenue from Title IV programs for two consecutive fiscal years becomes immediately ineligible to participate in Title IV programs and may not reapply for eligibility until the end of at least two fiscal years. An institution with revenues exceeding 90% for a single fiscal year ending after August 14, 2008 will be placed on provisional certification and may be subject to other enforcement measures.  If an institution violated the 90/10 Rule and became ineligible to participate in Title IV Programs but continued to disburse Title IV Program funds, the DOE would require the institution to repay all Title IV Program funds received by the institution after the effective date of the loss of eligibility.

We have calculated that, for our 2012 fiscal year, our institutions' 90/10 Rule percentages ranged from 72.3% to 93.0%.  For 2011, none of our institutions derived more than 90% of their revenues from Title IV Programs.  For 2012, our Dayton institution (consisting of a main campus and eight additional locations) had a 90/10 Rule percentage of 93.0% and was our only institution with a 90/10 Rule percentage above 90%.  For 2010, our Dayton institution (consisting of a main campus and six additional locations) had a 90/10 Rule percentage of 96.9% and was our only institution with a 90/10 Rule percentage above 90% in 2010.  We regularly monitor compliance with this requirement to minimize the risk that any of our institutions would derive more than the maximum percentage of its revenues from Title IV Programs for any fiscal year.

Effective July 1, 2008, the annual Stafford loans available for undergraduate students under the FFEL program, increased. This increase, coupled with recent increases in grants from the Pell program and other Title IV loan limits, resulted in some of our schools experiencing an increase in the revenues they receive from the Title IV programs. The HEA reauthorization provided temporary relief from the impact of the loan limit increases by counting as non-Title IV revenue in the 90/10 Rule calculation amounts received from loans received between July 1, 2008 and June 30, 2011 that are attributable to the increased annual loan limits.  The HEA authorization also provided other relief by allowing institutions to include as non-Title IV revenue in its 90/10 Rule calculation the net present value of certain institutional loans subject to certain limitations and conditions.  Because of the increases in Title IV student loan limits and grants in recent years, it will be increasingly difficult for us to comply with the 90/10 Rule without increasing tuition prices above the applicable maximums for Title IV student loans and grants, because this is one of the more effective methods of reducing the 90/10 Rule percentage, although this method may not be successful.  Moreover, the above-mentioned relief from certain loan limit increases expired for loans received on or after July 1, 2011, and the above-mentioned institutional loan relief is scheduled to expire for institutional loans made on or after July 1, 2012.  If Congress or the DOE were to amend the 90/10 Rule to treat other forms of federal financial aid as Title IV revenue for 90/10 purposes, to change the calculation methodology, to make other changes, or if there were a reduction in funding in other forms of federal or state financial aid, those changes could make it more difficult for our institutions to comply with the 90/10 Rule.  If any of our institutions loses eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs, that loss would cause an event of default under our credit agreement, and would also adversely affect our students’ access to various government-sponsored student financial aid programs, which could have a material adverse effect on the rate at which our students enroll in our programs and on our business and results of operations.

Our institutions would lose eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs if their former students defaulted on repayment of their federal student loans in excess of specified levels, which could reduce our student population and revenues.

An institution may lose its eligibility to participate in some or all Title IV Programs if the rates at which the institution's current and former students default on their federal student loans exceed specified percentages. The DOE calculates these rates based on the number of students who have defaulted, not the dollar amount of such defaults. The DOE calculates an institution's cohort default rate (as defined by the DOE regulations) on an annual basis as the rate at which borrowers scheduled to begin repayment on their loans in one year default on those loans by the end of the next year (two year ratio). An institution whose FFEL and FDL cohort default rate is 25% or greater for three consecutive federal fiscal years loses eligibility to participate in the FFEL, FDL, and Pell programs for the remainder of the federal fiscal year in which the DOE determines that such institution has lost its eligibility and for the two subsequent federal fiscal years. An institution whose FFEL and FDL cohort default rate for any single federal fiscal year exceeds 40% loses its eligibility to participate in the FFEL and FDL programs for the remainder of the federal fiscal year in which the DOE determines that such institution has lost its eligibility and for the two subsequent federal fiscal years.  If an institution’s cohort default rate equals or exceeds 25% in any of its three most recent fiscal years, the institution may be placed on provisional certification status.

The HEA has been amended by the HEOA to provide for the calculation of an institution’s cohort default rate using a three year period, beginning with the cohort default rate for the 2009 federal fiscal year.  Under the HEA reauthorization, an institution's cohort default rate is redefined to be based on the rate at which its former students default on their FFEL and FDL loans over a period of time that is one year longer than the period of time over which rates currently are calculated. As a result, most institutions' respective cohort default rates are expected to increase under the new provision, which first would apply to cohort default rates for the 2009 federal fiscal year. The DOE will not impose sanctions based on rates calculated under the new provision until three consecutive years have been calculated under the new method.  Until that time, the DOE will continue to calculate rates under the old method and impose sanctions based on those rates.  The HEOA also increases the cohort default three-year threshold from 25% to 30% effective for three year cohort default rates issued beginning in federal fiscal year 2012.  The revised law changes the threshold for placement on provisional certification to 30% for two of the three most recent fiscal years for which the DOE has published official three-year cohort default rates.

26

In September 2012, the DOE published final two-year cohort default rates for each of our institutions for the 2010 fiscal year.  The rates range from 11.6% to 23.9%.  None of our institutions had a cohort default rate (as defined by the DOE) of 25% or greater for the 2010 fiscal year.  See “Regulatory Environment – Student Loan Defaults.”  In late March 2013, the DOE is expected to issue draft two-year cohort default rates for the 2011 fiscal year.

In September 2012, the DOE released final three-year cohort default rates for fiscal year 2009.  The rates for the 2009 fiscal year under the new methodology ranged from 16.9% to 36.3%.  For the 2009 fiscal year, seven of our institutions had three-year cohort default rates of at least 30%.  See “Regulatory Environment – Student Loan Defaults.”  In late March 2013, the DOE is expected to release draft three-year cohort default rates for fiscal year 2010.

If former students defaulted on repayment of their federal student loans in excess of specified levels, our institutions would lose eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs, which could decrease our student population and revenues.

We are subject to sanctions if we fail to correctly calculate and timely return Title IV Program funds for students who withdraw before completing their educational program, which could increase our cost of regulatory compliance and decrease our profit margin.

An institution participating in Title IV Programs must correctly calculate the amount of unearned Title IV Program funds that have been credited to students who withdraw from their educational programs before completing them and must return those unearned funds in a timely manner, generally within 45 days of the date the institution determines that the student has withdrawn. If the unearned funds are not properly calculated and timely returned, we may have to post a letter of credit in favor of the DOE or may be otherwise sanctioned by the DOE, which could increase our cost of regulatory compliance and adversely affect our results of operations.

If regulators do not approve our acquisition of a school that participates in Title IV Programs, the acquired school would no longer be permitted to participate in Title IV Programs, which could impair our ability to operate the acquired school as planned or to realize the anticipated benefits from the acquisition of that school.

If we acquire a school that participates in Title IV Programs, we must obtain approval from the DOE and applicable state education agencies and accrediting commissions in order for the school to be able to continue operating and participating in Title IV Programs. An acquisition can result in the temporary suspension of the acquired school's participation in Title IV Programs unless we submit to the DOE a timely and materially complete application for recertification and the DOE issues a temporary provisional program participation agreement. If we are unable to timely re-establish the state authorization, accreditation or DOE certification of the acquired school, our ability to operate the acquired school as planned or to realize the anticipated benefits from the acquisition of that school could be impaired.

Issuance or sales of a substantial amount of our common stock could result in a change in control under the DOE standards, the standards of state education agencies, and/or the standards of certain institutional accrediting agencies, and could require each of our schools to apply for recertification for continued ability to participate in Title IV Programs and reaffirmation of their state authorizations and accreditations. The failure to obtain the required recertifications and reaffirmations could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

The DOE, most state education agencies and our accrediting commissions each have standards pertaining to a change in control of schools that are not uniform and are subject to interpretation by these respective agencies. A change in control under the definition of one of these agencies requires the affected school to reaffirm the applicable DOE approval, state authorization or accreditation. Each school that undergoes a change in control under the standards of the DOE must apply for recertification for continued ability to participate in Title IV Programs. Some agencies would require approval prior to a sale or disposition that would result in a change in control in order to maintain authorization or accreditation. The requirements to obtain such reaffirmation from the states and our accrediting commissions vary widely.  See “Regulatory Environment – Change of Control.”

A change of control could occur as a result of future transactions in which our company or schools are involved. Some corporate reorganizations and some changes in the board of directors are examples of such transactions. Moreover, the potential adverse effects of a change of control could influence future decisions by us and our stockholders regarding the sale, purchase, transfer, issuance or redemption of our stock. In addition, the adverse regulatory effect of a change of control also could discourage bids for your shares of common stock and could have an adverse effect on the market price of our shares.

If we fail to apply for or obtain approvals from the DOE and applicable state education agencies and accrediting commissions, our institutions could lose their approval to participate in the Title IV Programs, their accreditation, and their authority to operate in the applicable states, which would have a material adverse impact on our results of operation.

27

Regulatory agencies or third parties may conduct compliance reviews, bring claims or initiate litigation against us. If the results of these reviews or claims are unfavorable to us, our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

Because we operate in a highly regulated industry, we are subject to compliance reviews and claims of noncompliance and lawsuits by government agencies and third parties. If the results of these reviews or proceedings are unfavorable to us, or if we are unable to defend successfully against third-party lawsuits or claims, we may be required to pay money damages or be subject to fines, limitations on the operations of our business, loss of federal funding, injunctions or other penalties. Even if we adequately address issues raised by an agency review or successfully defend a third-party lawsuit or claim, we may have to divert significant financial and management resources from our ongoing business operations to address issues raised by those reviews or defend those lawsuits or claims.  Certain of our institutions are subject to ongoing reviews and proceedings.  See “Regulatory Environment – State Authorization,” “Regulatory Environment – Accreditation,” and “Regulatory Environment - Compliance with Regulatory Standards and Effect of Regulatory Violations.”

Our failure to comply with regulations promulgated by the DOE could result in financial penalties, or the limitation, suspension, or termination of our continued participation in the Title IV programs.

Students attending our schools finance their education through a combination of family contributions, individual resources, private loans and federal financial aid programs. Each of our schools participates in the federal programs of student financial aid authorized under the Title IV Programs, which are administered by the DOE. For the year ended December 31, 2012, approximately 81% (calculated based on cash receipts) of our revenues were derived from the Title IV Programs. Students obtain access to federal student financial aid through a DOE prescribed application and eligibility certification process. Student financial aid funds are generally made available to students at prescribed intervals throughout their predetermined expected length of study. Students typically use the funds received from the federal financial aid programs to pay their tuition and fees.

In connection with the students' receipt of federal financial aid, our schools are subject to extensive regulation by governmental agencies and licensing and accrediting bodies. In particular, the Title IV Programs, and the regulations issued thereafter by the DOE, subject us to significant regulatory scrutiny in the form of numerous standards that each of our schools must satisfy in order to participate in the various federal student financial aid programs.  The DOE has published new regulations, proposed other regulations, and may propose additional regulations in the future that are applicable to our institutions.  Failure of an institution to comply with new or existing DOE regulations could result in sanctions that could have a material adverse effect on our business, including, but not limited to:

· loss of eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs;

· requirement to repay Title IV funds and related costs to the DOE and lenders;

· transfer of the institution to the heightened cash monitoring level two method of payment or to the reimbursement method of payment, which would adversely affect the timing of the institution's receipt of Title IV funds;

· requirement to post a letter of credit in favor of the DOE as a condition for continued Title IV certification;

· requirement to provide timely information regarding certain oversight and financial events;

· proceedings to impose a fine or to limit, suspend or terminate the institution's participation in Title IV Programs;

· an emergency action to suspend the institution's participation in Title IV Programs without prior notice or a prior opportunity for a hearing;

· denial or refusal to consider an institution's application for renewal of its certification to participate in Title IV Programs; or

· referral of a matter for possible civil or criminal investigation.

Our regulatory environment and our reputation may be negatively influenced by the actions of other postsecondary institutions.

In recent years, regulatory investigations and civil litigation have been commenced against several postsecondary educational institutions. These investigations and lawsuits have alleged, among other things, deceptive trade practices and non-compliance with DOE regulations. These allegations have attracted adverse media coverage and have been the subject of federal and state legislative hearings. Although the media, regulatory and legislative focus has been primarily on the allegations made against these specific companies, broader allegations against the overall postsecondary sector may negatively impact public perceptions of postsecondary educational institutions, including us. Such allegations could result in increased scrutiny and regulation by the DOE, U.S. Congress, accrediting bodies, state legislatures or other governmental authorities on all postsecondary institutions, including us.

A decline in the overall growth of enrollment in postsecondary institutions, or in our core disciplines or in the number of students seeking degrees online, could cause us to experience lower enrollment at our schools, which could negatively impact our future growth.

The growth rate of enrollment in degree-granting, postsecondary institutions over the next ten years is expected to be slower than in the prior ten years.  Growth rates of online postsecondary education enrollment are also expected to be slower in future periods. In addition, the number of high school graduates eligible to enroll in degree-granting, postsecondary institutions is expected to fall before resuming a growth pattern for the foreseeable future. Although, as of December 31, 2012, only 15.7% of our students were enrolled in degree-granting programs (primarily at the associate's degree level), our strategy is to expand our degree granting offerings. In order to increase our current growth rates in degree granting programs, we will need to attract a larger percentage of students in existing markets and expand our markets by creating new academic programs. In addition, if job growth in the fields related to our core disciplines is weaker than expected, as a result of any regional or national economic downturn or otherwise, fewer students may seek the types of diploma or degree granting programs that we offer and seek to offer. Our failure to attract new students, or the decisions by prospective students to seek diploma or degree programs in other disciplines, would have an adverse impact on our future growth. Over the two years, we have seen decreases in our enrollment growth due to, among other things, eliminating “ability to benefit” students admitted to our schools.  Beginning July 1, 2012, “ability to benefit” students were no longer eligible to receive federal student aid.  Therefore, our institutions are unable to enroll “ability to benefit” students requiring federal student aid starting July 1, 2012.  See “Regulatory Environment – Ability To Benefit Students.”  These changes to our business model are decreasing our enrollments and our revenue and causing pressure on our margins.

28

Our business could be adversely impacted by additional legislation, regulations, or investigations regarding private student lending because students attending our schools rely on private student loans to pay tuition and other institutional charges.

The U.S. Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”), under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, has supervisory authority over private education loan providers.  The CFPB has been active in conducting investigations into the private student loan market and issuing several reports with findings that are critical of the private student loan market.  The CFPB has initiated investigations into the lending practices of other institutions in the for-profit education sector.  The CFPB has issued procedures for further examination of private education loans and published requests for information regarding repayment plans and regarding arrangements between schools and financial institutions.  We cannot predict whether any of this activity, or other activities, will result in Congress, the CFPB or other regulators adopting new legislation or regulations, or conducting new investigations, into the private student loan market or into the loans received by our students to attend our institutions.  Any new legislation, regulations, or investigations regarding private student lending could limit the availability of private student loans to our students, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and operations.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS

We may not be able to successfully integrate acquisitions into our business, which may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and could cause the market value of our common stock to decline.

Since 1999, we have acquired a number of schools and we intend to continue to grow our business through acquisitions and internal expansion of our programs. The anticipated benefits of an acquisition may not be achieved unless we successfully integrate the acquired school or schools into our operations and are able to effectively manage, market and apply our business strategy to any acquired schools. Integration challenges include, among others, regulatory approvals, significant capital expenditures, assumption of known and unknown liabilities and our ability to control costs. The successful integration of future acquisitions may also require substantial attention from our senior management and the senior management of the acquired schools, which could decrease the time that they devote to the day-to-day management of our business. The difficulties of integration may initially be increased by the necessity of integrating personnel with disparate business backgrounds and corporate cultures. Management's focus on the integration of acquired schools and on the application of our business strategy to those schools could interrupt or cause loss of momentum in our other ongoing activities.  Our inability to properly manage or support the growth may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations and could cause the market value of our common stock to decline.

Failure on our part to establish and operate additional schools or campuses or effectively identify suitable expansion opportunities could reduce our ability to implement our growth strategy.

As part of our business strategy, we anticipate opening and operating new schools or campuses. Establishing new schools or campuses poses unique challenges and requires us to make investments in management and capital expenditures, incur marketing expenses and devote financial and other resources that are different, and in some cases greater than those required with respect to the operation of acquired schools.

To open a new school or campus, we would be required to obtain appropriate state and accrediting commission approvals, which may be conditioned or delayed in a manner that could significantly affect our growth plans. In addition, to be eligible for federal Title IV Program funding, a new school or campus would have to be certified by the DOE and would require federal authorization and approvals. In the case of entirely separate, freestanding U.S. schools, a minimum of two years' operating history is required to be eligible for Title IV Program funding. We cannot be sure that we will be able to identify suitable expansion opportunities or that we will be able to successfully integrate or profitably operate any new schools or campuses. A failure by us to effectively identify suitable expansion opportunities and to establish and manage the operations of newly established schools or online offerings could make any newly established schools or our online programs unprofitable or more costly to operate than we had planned.

Our success depends in part on our ability to update and expand the content of existing programs and develop new programs in a cost-effective manner and on a timely basis.

Prospective employers of our graduates increasingly demand that their entry-level employees possess appropriate technological skills. These skills are becoming more sophisticated in line with technological advancements in the automotive, diesel, information technology, or IT, skilled trades, healthcare industries and hospitality services. Accordingly, educational programs at our schools must keep pace with those technological advancements. The expansion of our existing programs and the development of new programs may not be accepted by our students, prospective employers or the technical education market. Even if we are able to develop acceptable new programs, we may not be able to introduce these new programs as quickly as our competitors or as quickly as employers demand. If we are unable to adequately respond to changes in market requirements due to financial constraints, unusually rapid technological changes or other factors, our ability to attract and retain students could be impaired, our placement rates could suffer and our revenues could be adversely affected.

29

In addition, if we are unable to adequately anticipate the requirements of the employers we serve, we may offer programs that do not teach skills useful to prospective employers or students seeking a technical or career-oriented education which could affect our placement rates and our ability to attract and retain students, causing our revenues to be adversely affected.

We may not be able to retain our key personnel or hire and retain the personnel we need to sustain and grow our business.

Our success has depended, and will continue to depend, largely on the skills, efforts and motivation of our executive officers who generally have significant experience within the post-secondary education industry. Our success also depends in large part upon our ability to attract and retain highly qualified faculty, school directors, administrators and corporate management. Due to the nature of our business, we face significant competition in the attraction and retention of personnel who possess the skill sets that we seek. In addition, key personnel may leave us and subsequently compete against us. Furthermore, we do not currently carry "key man" life insurance on any of our employees. The loss of the services of any of our key personnel, or our failure to attract and retain other qualified and experienced personnel on acceptable terms, could have an adverse effect on our ability to operate our business efficiently and to execute our growth strategy.

If we are unable to hire, retain and continue to develop and train our employees responsible for student recruitment, the effectiveness of our student recruiting efforts would be adversely affected.

In order to support revenue growth, we need to hire new employees dedicated to student recruitment and retain and continue to develop and train our current student recruitment personnel. Our ability to develop a strong student recruiting team may be affected by a number of factors, including our ability to integrate and motivate our student recruiters; our ability to effectively train our student recruiters; the length of time it takes new student recruiters to become productive; regulatory restrictions on the method of compensating student recruiters; the competition in hiring and retaining student recruiters; and our ability to effectively manage a multi-location educational organization. If we are unable to hire, develop or retain our student recruiters, the effectiveness of our student recruiting efforts would be adversely affected.

Competition could decrease our market share and cause us to lower our tuition rates.

The post-secondary education market is highly competitive. Our schools compete for students and faculty with traditional public and private two-year and four-year colleges and universities and other proprietary schools, many of which have greater financial resources than we do. Some traditional public and private colleges and universities, as well as other private career-oriented schools, offer programs that may be perceived by students to be similar to ours. Most public institutions are able to charge lower tuition than our schools, due in part to government subsidies and other financial resources not available to for-profit schools. Some of our competitors also have substantially greater financial and other resources than we have which may, among other things, allow our competitors to secure strategic relationships with some or all of our existing strategic partners or develop other high profile strategic relationships, or devote more resources to expanding their programs and their school network, or provide greater financing alternatives to their students, all of which could affect the success of our marketing programs. In addition, some of our competitors have a larger network of schools and campuses than we do, enabling them to recruit students more effectively from a wider geographic area. If we are unable to compete effectively with these institutions for students, our student enrollment and revenues will be adversely affected.

We may be required to reduce tuition or increase spending in response to competition in order to retain or attract students or pursue new market opportunities. As a result, our market share, revenues and operating margin may be decreased. We cannot be sure that we will be able to compete successfully against current or future competitors or that the competitive pressures we face will not adversely affect our revenues and profitability.

We may experience business interruptions resulting from natural disasters, inclement weather, transit disruptions, or other events in one or more of the geographic areas in which we operate.

We may experience business interruptions resulting from natural disasters, inclement weather, transit disruptions, or other events in one or more of the geographic areas in which we operate. These events could cause us to close schools temporarily or permanently and could affect student recruiting opportunities in those locations, causing enrollment and revenues to decline.

Our financial performance depends in part on our ability to continue to develop awareness and acceptance of our programs among high school graduates and working adults looking to return to school.

The awareness of our programs among high school graduates and working adults looking to return to school is critical to the continued acceptance and growth of our programs. Our inability to continue to develop awareness of our programs could reduce our enrollments and impair our ability to increase our revenues or maintain profitability. The following are some of the factors that could prevent us from successfully marketing our programs:

· Student dissatisfaction with our programs and services;

30

· Diminished access to high school student populations;

· Our failure to maintain or expand our brand or other factors related to our marketing or advertising practices; and

· Our inability to maintain relationships with automotive, diesel, healthcare, skilled trades, IT and hospitality services manufacturers, suppliers and employers.

If students fail to pay their outstanding balances, our profitability will be adversely affected.

We offer a variety of payment plans to help students pay the portion of their education expense not covered by financial aid programs. These balances are unsecured and not guaranteed.  Although we have reserved for estimated losses related to unpaid student balances, losses in excess of the amounts we have reserved for bad debts will result in a reduction in our profitability.

An increase in interest rates could adversely affect our ability to attract and retain students.

Interest rates have reached historical lows in recent years, creating a favorable borrowing environment for our students. Much of the financing our students receive is tied to floating interest rates. Increases in interest rates result in a corresponding increase in the cost to our existing and prospective students of financing their education which could result in a reduction in the number of students attending our schools and could adversely affect our results of operations and revenues. Higher interest rates could also contribute to higher default rates with respect to our students' repayment of their education loans. Higher default rates may in turn adversely impact our eligibility for Title IV Program participation or the willingness of private lenders to make private loan programs available to students who attend our schools, which could result in a reduction in our student population.

Seasonal and other fluctuations in our results of operations could adversely affect the trading price of our common stock.

Our results of operations fluctuate as a result of seasonal variations in our business, principally due to changes in total student population. Student population varies as a result of new student enrollment, graduations and student attrition. Historically, our schools have had lower student populations in our first and second quarters and we have experienced large class starts in the third and fourth quarters and student attrition in the first half of the year. Our second half growth is largely dependent on a successful recruiting season. Our expenses, however, do not vary significantly over the course of the year with changes in our student population and net revenues. We expect quarterly fluctuations in results of operations to continue as a result of seasonal enrollment patterns. Such patterns may change, however, as a result of acquisitions, new school openings, new program introductions and increased enrollments of adult students. These fluctuations may result in volatility or have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.

Our total assets include substantial intangible assets. In the event that our schools do not achieve satisfactory operating results, we may be required to write-off of a significant portion of unamortized intangible assets which would negatively affect our results of operations.

Our total assets reflect substantial intangible assets. At December 31, 2012, goodwill and identified intangibles, net, associated with our acquisitions represented approximately 19.5% of total assets. On at least an annual basis, we assess whether there has been an impairment in the value of goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives. If the carrying value of the tested asset exceeds its estimated fair value, impairment is deemed to have occurred.  In this event, the amount is written down to fair value.  Under current accounting rules, this would result in a charge to operating earnings. Any determination requiring the write-off of a significant portion of goodwill or unamortized identified intangible assets would negatively affect our results of operations and total capitalization, which could be material.

In 2012, we tested goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles for impairment and determined that impairments existed which resulted in a pre-tax charge of $34.7 million ($5.5 million included in discontinued operations).

In 2011, we tested goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles for impairment and determined that an impairment existed which resulted in a pre-tax charge of $10.4 million ($2.1 million included in discontinued operations).

We cannot predict our future capital needs, and if we are unable to secure additional financing when needed, our operations and revenues would be adversely affected.

We may need to raise additional capital in the future to fund acquisitions, working capital requirements, expand our markets and program offerings or respond to competitive pressures or perceived opportunities. We cannot be sure that additional financing will be available to us on favorable terms, or at all particularly during times of uncertainty in the financial markets similar to that which is currently being experienced. If adequate funds are not available when required or on acceptable terms, we may be forced to forego attractive acquisition opportunities, cease our operations and, even if we are able to continue our operations, our ability to increase student enrollment and revenues would be adversely affected.

31

Our schools' failure to comply with environmental laws and regulations governing our activities could result in financial penalties and other costs which could adversely impact our results of operations.

We use hazardous materials at some of our schools and generate small quantities of waste, such as used oil, antifreeze, paint and car batteries. As a result, our schools are subject to a variety of environmental laws and regulations governing, among other things, the use, storage and disposal of solid and hazardous substances and waste, and the clean-up of contamination at our facilities or off-site locations to which we send or have sent waste for disposal. In the event we do not maintain compliance with any of these laws and regulations, or are responsible for a spill or release of hazardous materials, we could incur significant costs for clean-up, damages, and fines or penalties which could adversely impact our results of operations.

Approximately 42% of our schools are concentrated in the states of New Jersey, Connecticut and Pennsylvania and a change in the general economic or regulatory conditions in these states could increase our costs and have an adverse effect on our revenues.

As of December 31, 2012, we operated 38 campuses and five training sites in 17 states. 16 of those schools are located in the states of New Jersey, Connecticut and Pennsylvania. As a result of this geographic concentration, any material change in general economic conditions in New Jersey, Connecticut or Pennsylvania could reduce our student enrollment in our schools located in these states and thereby reduce our revenues. In addition, the legislatures in the states of New Jersey, Connecticut and/or Pennsylvania could change the laws in those states or adopt regulations regarding private, for-profit post-secondary coeducation institutions which could place additional burdens on us. If we were unable to comply with any such new legislation, we could be prohibited from operating in those jurisdictions, which could reduce our revenues.

A substantial decrease in student financing options, or a significant increase in financing costs for our students, could have a material adverse affect on our student population, revenues and financial results.

The consumer credit markets in the United States have recently suffered from increases in default rates and foreclosures on mortgages.  Adverse market conditions for consumer and federally guaranteed student loans could result in providers of alternative loans reducing the attractiveness and/or decreasing the availability of alternative loans to post-secondary students, including students with low credit scores who would not otherwise be eligible for credit-based alternative loans. Prospective students may find that these increased financing costs make borrowing prohibitively expensive and abandon or delay enrollment in post-secondary education programs. Private lenders could also require that we pay them new or increased fees in order to provide alternative loans to prospective students. If any of these scenarios were to occur, our students’ ability to finance their education could be adversely affected and our student population could decrease, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

In addition, any actions by the U.S. Congress or by states that significantly reduce funding for Title IV Programs or other student financial assistance programs, or the ability of our students to participate in these programs, or establish different or more stringent requirements for our schools to participate in those programs, could have a material adverse effect on our student population, results of operations and cash flows.

Anti-takeover provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our amended and restated bylaws and New Jersey law could discourage a change of control that our stockholders may favor, which could negatively affect our stock price.

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws and applicable provisions of the New Jersey Business Corporation Act may make it more difficult and expensive for a third party to acquire control of us even if a change of control would be beneficial to the interests of our stockholders. These provisions could discourage potential takeover attempts and could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. For example, applicable provisions of the New Jersey Business Corporation Act may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control by prohibiting us from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of five years after the person becomes an interested stockholder. Furthermore, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws:

· Authorize the issuance of blank check preferred stock that could be issued by our board of directors to thwart a takeover attempt;

· Prohibit cumulative voting in the election of directors, which would otherwise allow holders of less than a majority of stock to elect some directors;

· Require super-majority voting to effect amendments to certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation;

· Limit who may call special meetings of both the board of directors and stockholders;

· Prohibit stockholder action by non-unanimous written consent and otherwise require all stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of the stockholders;

· Establish advance notice requirements for nominating candidates for election to the board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholders' meetings; and

· Require that vacancies on the board of directors, including newly created directorships, be filled only by a majority vote of directors then in office.

32

We can issue shares of preferred stock without shareholder approval, which could adversely affect the rights of common stockholders.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation permits us to establish the rights, privileges, preferences and restrictions, including voting rights, of future series of our preferred stock and to issue such stock without approval from our stockholders. The rights of holders of our common stock may suffer as a result of the rights granted to holders of preferred stock that may be issued in the future. In addition, we could issue preferred stock to prevent a change in control of our company, depriving common stockholders of an opportunity to sell their stock at a price in excess of the prevailing market price.

A protracted economic slowdown and rising unemployment could harm our business if our students are unable to obtain employment upon completion of their programs, are unable to repay student loans or elect not to pursue an education with us.

We believe that many students pursue postsecondary education to be more competitive in the job market. However, the current economic recession has adversely affected job markets and a protracted economic slowdown could further increase unemployment and diminish job prospects and placement rates.  Diminished job prospects and placement rates and heightened financial worries could affect the willingness of students to incur loans to pay for postsecondary education and to pursue postsecondary education in general. As a result, our enrollment and operating performance could suffer. The recent weakness in the job markets could also affect the prospects for long-term job growth, and there can be no assurance that the growth projected by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics through 2016 will materialize.

In addition, many of our students borrow Title IV loans to pay for tuition, fees and other expenses. A protracted economic slowdown could negatively impact our students' ability to repay those loans which could negatively impact the cohort default rates of our institutions. Our 2010 cohort default rates at our institutions, as reported by the DOE range from 11.6% to 23.9%.  Our 2009 cohort default rates at our institutions, as reported by the DOE range from 8.1% to 20.9%. The weakness in the economy could continue to increase default rates. For information regarding the historical default rates for our schools, see "Business—Regulatory Environment—Federal Family Education Loan Program" in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. An increase in our cohort default rates in excess of specified levels could cause our institutions to lose their eligibility to participate in some or all Title IV Programs which could have a material adverse effect on our operations. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Industry.” Our institutions would lose eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs if their former students defaulted on repayment of their federal student loans in excess of specified levels, which could reduce our student population and revenues, in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

System disruptions to our technology infrastructure could impact our ability to generate revenue and could damage the reputation of our institutions.

The performance and reliability of our technology infrastructure is critical to our reputation and to our ability to attract and retain students. We license the software and related hosting and maintenance services for our online platform and our student information system from third-party software providers. Any system error or failure, or a sudden and significant increase in bandwidth usage, could result in the unavailability of systems to us or our students. Any such system disruptions could impact our ability to generate revenue and affect our ability to access information about our students and could also damage the reputation of our institutions.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

33

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

As of December 31, 2012, we leased all of our facilities, except for our campuses in West Palm Beach, Florida, Nashville, Tennessee, Grand Prairie, Texas, Cincinnati (Tri-County), Ohio, Suffield, Connecticut, and Denver, Colorado, all of which we own. Four of our facilities (Union, New Jersey; Allentown, Pennsylvania; Philadelphia, Pennsylvania; and one of our facilities in Grand Prairie, Texas) were also accounted for by us under a finance lease obligation. We continue to re-evaluate our facilities to maximize our facility utilization and efficiency and to allow us to introduce new programs and attract more students. As of December 31, 2012, all of our existing leases expire between March 2013 and October 2032.

The following table provides information relating to our facilities as of December 31, 2012, including our corporate office:

Location	Brand	Approximate Square Footage
Henderson, Nevada	Euphoria Institute	18,000
Las Vegas, Nevada	Euphoria Institute	19,000
North Las Vegas, Nevada	Euphoria Institute	12,000
Southington, Connecticut	Lincoln College of New England	113,000
Columbia, Maryland	Lincoln College of Technology	110,000
Denver, Colorado	Lincoln College of Technology	212,000
Grand Prairie, Texas	Lincoln College of Technology	146,000
Indianapolis, Indiana	Lincoln College of Technology	189,000
Marietta, Georgia	Lincoln College of Technology	30,000
Melrose Park, Illinois	Lincoln College of Technology	88,000
West Palm Beach, Florida	Lincoln College of Technology	117,000
Suffield, Connecticut		132,000
Hartford, Connecticut	Lincoln Technical Institute	367,000
Allentown, Pennsylvania	Lincoln Technical Institute	26,000
Brockton, Massachusetts	Lincoln Technical Institute	22,000
East Windsor, Connecticut	Lincoln Technical Institute	289,000
Edison, New Jersey	Lincoln Technical Institute	64,000
Fern Park, Florida	Lincoln Technical Institute	46,000
Hamden, Connecticut	Lincoln Technical Institute	14,000
Lincoln, Rhode Island	Lincoln Technical Institute	59,000
Lowell, Massachusetts	Lincoln Technical Institute	21,000
Mahwah, New Jersey	Lincoln Technical Institute	79,000
Moorestown, New Jersey	Lincoln Technical Institute	35,000
New Britain, Connecticut	Lincoln Technical Institute	35,000
Northeast Philadelphia, Pennsylvania	Lincoln Technical Institute	25,000
Paramus, New Jersey	Lincoln Technical Institute	30,000
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania	Lincoln Technical Institute	36,000
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania	Lincoln Technical Institute	29,000
Queens, New York	Lincoln Technical Institute	48,000
Shelton, Connecticut	Lincoln Technical Institute	42,000
Somerville, Massachusetts	Lincoln Technical Institute	33,000
South Plainfield, New Jersey	Lincoln Technical Institute	60,000
Union, New Jersey	Lincoln Technical Institute	56,000

34

Properties Continued
Location	Brand	Approximate Square Footage
Nashville, Tennessee	Lincoln College of Technology	278,000
Cincinnati (Tri-County), Ohio	Lincoln College of Technology	30,000
Dayton, Ohio	Lincoln College of Technology	27,000
Florence, Kentucky	Lincoln College of Technology	22,000
Toledo, Ohio	Lincoln College of Technology	28,000
Cleveland, Ohio	Lincoln College of Technology	25,000
West Orange, New Jersey	Corporate Office	52,000
Melbourne, Florida	Florida Medical Training Institute	11,000
Jacksonville, Florida	Florida Medical Training Institute	7,000
Tampa, Florida	Florida Medical Training Institute	8,000
Miami, Florida	Florida Medical Training Institute	7,000
Coral Springs, Florida	Florida Medical Training Institute	7,000

We believe that our facilities are suitable for their present intended purposes.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

In the ordinary conduct of our business, we are subject to periodic lawsuits, investigations and claims, including, but not limited to, claims involving students or graduates and routine employment matters.  Although we cannot predict with certainty the ultimate resolution of lawsuits, investigations and claims asserted against us, we do not believe that any currently pending legal proceeding to which we are a party will have a material effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

On November 21, 2012, we received a Civil Investigation Demand from the Attorney General of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts relating to their investigation of whether we and certain of our academic institutions have complied with certain Massachusetts state consumer protection and finance laws.  Pursuant to the Civil Investigative Demand, the Attorney General has requested from us and certain of our academic institutions documents and detailed information from the time period January 1, 2008 to the present.  The Company has responded to this request and intends to continue cooperating with the Attorney General’s Office.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

35

PART II.

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market for our Common Stock

Our common stock is quoted on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “LINC”.

The following table sets forth the range of high and low sales prices per share for our common stock, as reported by the Nasdaq Global Select Market, for the periods indicated and the cash dividends per share declared on our common stock:

	Price Range of Common Stock
	High		Low		Dividend
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2012
First Quarter	$	9.60	$	7.62	$	0.07
Second Quarter	$	7.91	$	5.49	$	0.07
Third Quarter	$	6.38	$	3.44	$	0.07
Fourth Quarter	$	5.94	$	3.64	$	0.07

	Price Range of Common Stock
	High		Low		Dividend
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2011
First Quarter	$	16.62	$	14.28	$	0.25
Second Quarter	$	17.29	$	14.11	$	0.25
Third Quarter	$	19.46	$	7.62	$	0.25
Fourth Quarter	$	9.64	$	6.89	$	0.07

On March 6, 2013, the last reported sale price of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market was $6.17 per share.  As of March 6, 2013, based on the information provided by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, there were approximately 42 stockholders of record of our common stock.

Dividend Policy

On October 30, 2012, our Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.07 per share of common stock outstanding, which was paid on December 31, 2012 to shareholders of record on December 14, 2012.  The establishment of future record and payment dates is subject to the final determination of the Company’s Board of Directors.

36

Stock Performance Graph

This stock performance graph compares our total cumulative stockholder return on our common stock during the period from January 2, 2008 through December 31, 2012 with the cumulative return on the Russell 2000 Index and a Peer Issuer Group Index. The peer issuer group consists of the companies identified below, which were selected on the basis of the similar nature of their business. The graph assumes that $100 was invested on January 2, 2008, and any dividends were reinvested on the date on which they were paid.

The information provided under the heading "Stock Performance Graph" shall not be considered "filed" for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or incorporated by reference in any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except to the extent that we specifically incorporate it by reference into a filing.

Companies in the Peer Group include Apollo Group, Inc., Corinthian Colleges, Inc., Career Education Corp., DeVry, Inc., ITT Educational Services, Inc., Strayer Education, Inc. and Universal Technical Institute, Inc.

37

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans

We have various equity compensation plans under which equity securities are authorized for issuance. Information regarding these securities as of December 31, 2012 is as follows:

Plan Category	Number of Securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights		Weighted- average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights		Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column)
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders		655,875	$	14.72		280,410
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders		-		-		-
Total		655,875	$	14.72		280,410

38

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following table sets forth our selected historical consolidated financial and operating data as of the dates and for the periods indicated. You should read these data together with Item 7 - "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The selected historical consolidated statement of operations data for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012 and historical consolidated balance sheet data at December 31, 2012 and 2011 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements which are included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The selected historical consolidated statements of operations data for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 and historical consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial information not included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future results.

	2012			2011			2010			2009			2008
	(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Statement of Operations Data, Year Ended December 31:
Revenue	$	402,697		$	491,821		$	604,762		$	526,745		$	364,617
Cost and expenses:
Educational services and facilities		192,205			210,892			227,331			202,501			150,394
Selling, general and administrative (1)		204,299			232,478			257,621			243,975			183,875
(Gain) loss on sale of assets		(75	)		5			(14	)		33			80
Impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets		33,925			8,290			4,850			215			-
Total costs and expenses		430,354			451,665			489,788			446,724			334,349
Operating (loss) income		(27,657	)		40,156			114,974			80,021			30,268
Other:
Interest income		2			40			30			29			113
Interest expense		(4,475	)		(4,369	)		(4,523	)		(4,272	)		(2,151	)
Other income		14			18			45			35			-
(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes		(32,116	)		35,845			110,526			75,813			28,230
(Benefit) provision for income taxes		(8,235	)		14,730			44,839			31,557			11,243
(Loss) income from continuing operations		(23,881	)		21,115			65,687			44,256			16,987
(Loss) gain from discontinued operations, net of income taxes		(13,305	)		(3,575	)		4,044			4,983			3,208
Net (loss) income	$	(37,186	)	$	17,540		$	69,731		$	49,239		$	20,195
Basic
(Loss) earnings per share from continuing operations	$	(1.08	)	$	0.96		$	2.69		$	1.68		$	0.67
(Loss) earnings per share from discontinued operations		(0.60	)		(0.16	)		0.17			0.19			0.13
Net (loss) income per share	$	(1.68	)	$	0.80		$	2.86		$	1.87		$	0.80
Diluted
(Loss) earnings per share from continuing operations	$	(1.08	)	$	0.95		$	2.63		$	1.63		$	0.65
(Loss) earnings per share from discontinued operations		(0.60	)		(0.16	)		0.16			0.19			0.13
Net (loss) income per share	$	(1.68	)	$	0.79		$	2.79		$	1.82		$	0.78
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:
Basic		22,195			22,020			24,418			26,337			25,308
Diluted		22,195			22,155			25,024			27,095			25,984
Other Data:
Capital expenditures	$	8,839		$	38,119		$	42,352		$	24,018		$	20,166
Depreciation and amortization from continuing operations		25,592			26,924			25,281			23,857			17,797
Number of campuses		38			39			39			38			34
Average student population from continuing operations (2)		18,086			23,276			29,735			26,404			19,199
Cash dividend declared per common share	$	0.28		$	0.07		$	1.00		$	-		$	-
Balance Sheet Data, At December 31:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	61,708		$	26,524		$	65,995		$	46,076		$	15,234
Working capital (deficit) (3)		40,939			1,540			(4,176	)		4,494			(19,840	)
Total assets		346,774			362,251			412,822			388,368			268,042
Total debt (4)		73,527			36,508			56,945			57,328			10,174
Total stockholders' equity		198,477			239,025			222,485			218,636			174,949

39

All amounts have been restated to give effect to discontinued operations in 2012.

(1)           Selling, general and administrative expenses include $1.4 million and $0.9 million of acquisition costs incurred during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, in connection with the acquisition of BAR which was completed on January 20, 2009.

(2)           Average student population includes diploma and above students and excludes short certificate programs.

(3)           Working capital (deficit) is defined as current assets less current liabilities.

(4)           Total debt consists of long-term debt including current portion, capital leases, auto loans and a finance obligation of $9.7 million for each of the years in the five-year period ended December 31, 2012 incurred in connection with a sale-leaseback transaction as further described in Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

40

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion together with the “Selected Financial Data,” “Forward Looking Statements” and the consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that are based on management’s current expectations, estimates and projections about our business and operations. Our actual results may differ materially from those currently anticipated and expressed in such forward-looking statements as a result of a number of factors, including those we discuss under “Risk Factors” and “Forward Looking Statements” and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

GENERAL

We are a leading provider of diversified career-oriented post-secondary education as measured by total enrollment. We offer recent high school graduates and working adults degree and diploma programs in five areas of study: automotive technology, health sciences, skilled trades, hospitality services and business and information technology. Each area of study is specifically designed to appeal to and meet the educational objectives of our student population, while also satisfying the criteria established by industry and employers. The resulting diversification limits dependence on any one industry for enrollment growth or placement opportunities and broadens potential branches for introducing new programs. As of December 31, 2012, we enrolled 16,235 students in diploma and degree programs and 305 in certificate programs at our 38 campuses and five training sites across 17 states (exclusive of discontinued operations).  Of those schools, 16 are located in the states of New Jersey, Connecticut and Pennsylvania.

We have increased our geographic footprint and our diversity through acquisitions and through initial start-ups. Our campuses, a majority of which serve major metropolitan markets, are located throughout the United States. Five of our campuses are destination schools, which attract students from across the United States and, in some cases, from abroad. Our other campuses primarily attract students from their local communities and surrounding areas. All of our schools are either nationally or regionally accredited and are eligible to participate in federal financial aid programs.

Our revenues consist primarily of student tuition and fees derived from the programs we offer.  Our revenues are reduced by scholarships granted to our students. We recognize revenues from tuition and one-time fees, such as application fees, ratably over the length of a program, including internships or externships that take place prior to graduation. We also earn revenues from our bookstores, dormitories, cafeterias and contract training services. These non-tuition revenues are recognized upon delivery of goods or as services are performed and represent less than 10% of our revenues.

Tuition varies by school and by program and on average we increase tuition once a year by 3% to 5%. Our ability to raise tuition is influenced by the demand for our programs, by the rate of tuition increase at other post-secondary schools and by regulatory requirements. If historical trends continue, we expect to be able to continue to raise tuition annually at comparable rates.

Historically, our revenue grew as a result of strategic acquisitions coupled with organic growth.  Commencing in late 2010, the DOE proposed regulations that place a greater focus on student outcomes.  Specifically, these regulations are intended to ensure that students' debt levels can be serviced with the salary levels they can obtain after graduation and, consequently, that students are able to repay their government loans.  The proposed regulations resulted in our admissions becoming more selective. As a result of the regulations, we identified “ability to benefit” students as a high risk due to their greater likelihood to drop out and subsequently default on their loans, and we reduced the number of “ability to benefit” students we would admit.  These changes to our business model decreased our enrollments and our revenues and caused pressure on our margins as we decreased these students to below 10% of our population over the last several years.

As a result of a greater percentage of financial aid available, a greater number of students were able to finance their educations entirely from financial aid sources. While this provided greater opportunities for our students, it also severely impacted our ability to comply with the 90/10 Rule. Because of the increases in Title IV student loan limits and grants in recent years, it has become difficult for us to comply with the 90/10 Rule. We considered two alternatives to aid us with our compliance with the 90/10 Rule: increasing tuition prices above the applicable maximums for Title IV student loans and grants or restructuring certain of our programs. We decided to restructure program offerings. This resulted in increasing the financing gaps between tuition and the amount of financial aid available to cover the financing gap. This resulted in students having to attend classes longer each week as well as students having to make regular monthly cash payments.   These actions have led to a decrease in the number of students who have enrolled at our institutions.  In addition, in May the President signed the Appropriations Act which eliminated the ability of ATB students to obtain financial aid.  This led to further reductions in our student population and revenues.

Our operating expenses, while a function of our revenue growth, contain a high fixed cost component. Our educational services and facilities expenses as a percentage of revenues increased to 47.7% in 2012 from 42.9% in 2011 and 37.6% in 2010, and selling, general and administrative expenses increased as a percentage of revenue to 50.8% in 2012 from 47.2% in 2011 and 42.6% in 2010. The revenue increases we experienced in 2010 produced meaningful leverage and operating margins.  As our enrollment declined, we experienced significant negative leverage due to lower utilization at our schools.

41

Our revenues are directly dependent on the average number of students enrolled in our schools and the courses in which they are enrolled. Our average enrollment is impacted by the number of new students starting, re-entering, graduating and withdrawing from our schools. In addition, our diploma/certificate programs range from 22 to 112 weeks, our associate’s degree programs range from 48 to 123 weeks, and our bachelor’s degree programs range from 132 to 284 weeks, and students attend classes for different amounts of time per week depending on the school and program in which they are enrolled. Because we start new students every month, our total student population changes monthly. The number of students enrolling or re-entering our programs each month is driven by the demand for our programs, the effectiveness of our marketing and advertising, the availability of financial aid and other sources of funding, the number of recent high school graduates, the job market and seasonality. Our retention and graduation rates are influenced by the quality and commitment of our teachers and student services personnel, the effectiveness of our programs, the placement rate and success of our graduates and the availability of financial aid. Although similar courses have comparable tuition rates, the tuition rates vary among our numerous programs. As more of our schools receive approval to offer associate’s degree and bachelor’s degree programs, which are longer than our diploma degree programs, we would expect our average enrollment and the average length of stay of our students to increase.

The majority of students enrolled at our schools rely on funds received under various government-sponsored student financial aid programs to pay a substantial portion of their tuition and other education-related expenses. The largest of these programs are Title IV Programs which represented approximately 81% of our cash receipts relating to revenues in 2012.

We extend credit for tuition and fees to many of our students that attend our campuses. Our credit risk is mitigated through the student’s participation in federally funded financial aid programs unless students withdraw prior to the receipt by us of Title IV funds for those students. Under Title IV Programs, the government funds a certain portion of a students’ tuition, with the remainder, referred to as “the gap,” financed by students themselves under private party loans, including credit extended by us. The gap amount has continued to increase over the last several years as we have raised tuition on average for the last several years by 3% to 5% per year and restructured certain programs to reduce the amount of financial aid available to students, while funds received from Title IV Programs increased at lower rates.

The additional financing that we are providing to students may expose us to greater credit risk and can impact our liquidity. However, we believe that these risks are somewhat mitigated due to the following:

· Annual federal Title IV loan limits, including grants have increased.  Title IV funds represented 81% of our 2012 revenue on a cash basis;

· Our internal financing is provided to students only after all other funding resources have been exhausted; thus, by the time this funding is available, students have completed approximately two-thirds of their curriculum and are more likely to graduate;

· Funding for students who interrupt their education is typically covered by Title IV funds as long as they have been properly packaged for financial aid; and

· We have a good collection history with our graduates.  Historically, 87% of all of our graduates have repaid their balances in full.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, approximately 81% of our revenue on a cash basis was derived from Title IV funds and approximately 19% was derived from state grants and cash payments made by students.  The HEA requires institutions to use the cash basis of accounting when determining its compliance with the 90/10 rule. For the year ended December 31, 2011, approximately 84% of our revenue on a cash basis was derived from Title IV funds, approximately 16% was derived from state grants and cash payments made by students.  The credit crisis that has impacted the financial markets has had a limited impact on our ability to finance our creditworthy students.  However, no assurance can be given that the worsening of the economy or tightening of the credit markets would not have a negative impact on our ability to continue to finance our creditworthy students.  We have several alternative lenders that will provide private party loans to creditworthy students.  For non-credit worthy students, we provide the gap financing for them to be able to attend school. As of December 31, 2012, we had outstanding loan commitments to our students of $34.7 million as compared to $26.4 million at December 31, 2011.  Loan commitments, net of interest that would be due on the loans through maturity, were $25.0 million at December 31, 2012 as compared to $20.2 million at December 31, 2011.  Commitments at December 31, 2012 represented an average commitment balance, including interest of approximately $6,500.

Our bad debt expense as a percentage of revenue decreased to 5.0% for 2012 from 5.9% in 2011 and 6.2% in 2010.  The decrease in 2012 as compared to 2011 was attributable to our focused efforts on improving financial aid processes and collection activities which resulted in lower outstanding balances of our students including better collections from graduates than historically estimated. The decrease in 2011 as compared to 2010 was attributable to improved cash collections as well as our continuing efforts to further centralize the administration of our financial aid department.  During the fourth quarter, we also reduced the allowance for our graduates as our experience has been significantly better than anticipated.  The impact of this reduction was $1.5 million for the fourth quarter and the year.  Had we kept our graduate reserve consistent with the prior year, our bad debt expense as a percentage of revenue would have been 5.4%.

All institutions participating in Title IV Programs must satisfy specific standards of financial responsibility. The DOE evaluates institutions for compliance with these standards each year, based on the institution’s annual audited financial statements, as well as following a change in ownership resulting in a change of control of the institution.

The most significant financial responsibility measurement is the institution's composite score, which is calculated by the DOE based on three ratios:

42

· the equity ratio, which measures the institution's capital resources, ability to borrow and financial viability;

· the primary reserve ratio, which measures the institution's ability to support current operations from expendable resources; and

· the net income ratio, which measures the institution's ability to operate at a profit.

The DOE assigns a strength factor to the results of each of these ratios on a scale from negative 1.0 to positive 3.0, with negative 1.0 reflecting financial weakness and positive 3.0 reflecting financial strength. The DOE then assigns a weighting percentage to each ratio and adds the weighted scores for the three ratios together to produce a composite score for the institution. The composite score must be at least 1.5 for the institution to be deemed financially responsible without the need for further oversight. If an institution's composite score is below 1.5, but is at least 1.0, it is in a category denominated by the DOE as "the zone." Under the DOE regulations, institutions that are in the zone are deemed to be financially responsible for a period of up to three years but are required to accept payment of Title IV Program funds under the cash monitoring or reimbursement method of payment and to provide to the DOE timely information regarding various oversight and financial events.

Based on audited financial statements for the 2012, 2011 and 2010 fiscal years, our calculations resulted in composite scores for those years of 1.6, 2.1 and 1.8, respectively.

The operating expenses associated with an existing school do not increase or decrease proportionally as the number of students enrolled at the school increases or decreases. We categorize our operating expenses as:

· Educational services and facilities.  Major components of educational services and facilities expenses include faculty compensation and benefits, expenses of books and tools, facility rent, maintenance, utilities, depreciation and amortization of property and equipment used in the provision of education services and other costs directly associated with teaching our programs excluding student services which is included in selling, general and administrative expenses.

· Selling, general and administrative.  Selling, general and administrative expenses include compensation and benefits of employees who are not directly associated with the provision of educational services (such as executive management and school management, finance and central accounting, legal, human resources and business development), marketing and student enrollment expenses (including compensation and benefits of personnel employed in sales and marketing and student admissions), costs to develop curriculum, costs of professional services, bad debt expense, rent for our corporate headquarters, depreciation and amortization of property and equipment that is not used in the provision of educational services and other costs that are incidental to our operations. Selling, general and administrative expenses also includes the cost of all student services including financial aid and career services.  All marketing and student enrollment expenses are recognized in the period incurred.

We use advertising to attract a substantial portion of our yearly student enrollment. We utilize a mix of different advertising mediums, including television, internet and direct mail.

DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

On July 31, 2012, our Board of Directors approved a plan to cease operations at seven of our campuses.  The adjustments made to our business model to better align with the DOE’s increased emphasis on student outcomes and our efforts to comply with the 90/10 rule and cohort default rates greatly impacted the population at these campuses.  In addition, the current economic environment and regulatory changes under the Appropriations Act which eliminated the ability to enroll ATB students, have made these campuses no longer viable.  Accordingly, we decided to cease operations at these campuses and stopped enrolling new students in 2012.  All seven schools had ceased operations as of December 31, 2012.  The results of their operations are reflected as discontinued operations in our consolidated financial statements.

The results of operations at these seven campuses for the three year periods ended December 31, 2012 were as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2012			2011			2010
Revenue	$	8,500		$	20,804		$	34,732
(Loss) income before income tax		(22,142	)		(5,260	)		7,657
Income tax (benefit) expense		(8,837	)		(1,685	)		3,613
Net (loss) income from discontinued operations	$	(13,305	)	$	(3,575	)	$	4,044

Amounts include impairments of goodwill and long-lived assets for these campuses of $9.5 million, $2.1 million and $1.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

43

ACQUISITIONS

Acquisitions have been, and are expected to continue to be, a component of our growth strategy. We conduct financial, operational and regulatory due diligence. After an acquisition is completed, we utilize our staff to integrate the acquisition with our policies, procedures and systems.

On April 18, 2012, we acquired all of the rights, title and interest in certain assets and liabilities of FMTI for total consideration of $1.7 million, net of cash acquired.  FMTI has five locations in Florida: Melbourne, Jacksonville, Tampa, Miami and Coral Springs.  FMTI currently offers certificate programs in the fields of Emergency Medical Technician, Paramedic, EKG/Phlebotomy, Nursing Assistant, Fire Fighter and Associate of Science Degrees in Emergency Medical Services and Fire Science Technology.  The acquisition of FMTI is an important part of our strategy to diversify the non-title IV cash received by us while remaining true to our core strengths of being a leading provider of vocational skills.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

Our discussions of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or GAAP. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the period. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions, including those related to revenue recognition, bad debts, fixed assets, goodwill and other intangible assets, income taxes and certain accruals. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The critical accounting policies discussed herein are not intended to be a comprehensive list of all of our accounting policies. In many cases, the accounting treatment of a particular transaction is specifically dictated by GAAP and does not result in significant management judgment in the application of such principles. We believe that the following accounting policies are most critical to us in that they represent the primary areas where financial information is subject to the application of management's estimates, assumptions and judgment in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

Revenue recognition.    Revenues are derived primarily from programs taught at our schools. Tuition revenues and one-time fees, such as nonrefundable application fees, and course material fees are recognized on a straight-line basis over the length of the applicable program, which is the period of time from a student's start date through his or her graduation date, including internships or externships that take place prior to graduation. If a student withdraws from a program prior to a specified date, any paid but unearned tuition is refunded. Refunds are calculated and paid in accordance with federal, state and accrediting agency standards. Other revenues, such as tool sales and contract training revenues are recognized as services are performed or goods are delivered. On an individual student basis, tuition earned in excess of cash received is recorded as accounts receivable, and cash received in excess of tuition earned is recorded as unearned tuition.

Allowance for uncollectible accounts.    Based upon experience and judgment, we establish an allowance for uncollectible accounts with respect to tuition receivables. We use an internal group of collectors, augmented by third-party collectors as deemed appropriate, in our collection efforts. In establishing our allowance for uncollectible accounts, we consider, among other things, current and expected economic conditions, a student's status (in-school or out-of-school), whether or not a student is currently making payments, and overall collection history. Changes in trends in any of these areas may impact the allowance for uncollectible accounts. The receivables balances of withdrawn students with delinquent obligations are reserved for based on our collection history. Although we believe that our reserves are adequate, if the financial condition of our students deteriorates, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances may be necessary, which will result in increased selling, general and administrative expenses in the period such determination is made.

Our bad debt expense as a percentage of revenues for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was 5.0%, 5.9% and 6.2%, respectively. Our exposure to changes in our bad debt expense could impact our operations. A 1% increase in our bad debt expense as a percentage of revenues for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 would have resulted in an increase in bad debt expense of $4.0 million, $4.9 million and $6.0 million, respectively.

We do not believe that there is any direct correlation between tuition increases, the credit we extend to students and our loan commitments.  Our loan commitments to our students are made on a student-by-student basis and are predominantly a function of the specific student’s financial condition.   We only extend credit to the extent there is a financing gap between the tuition charged for the program and the amount of grants, loans and parental loans each student receives.  Each student’s funding requirements are unique. Factors that determine the amount of aid available to a student are student status (whether they are dependent or independent students), Pell grants awarded, Plus loans awarded or denied to parents and family contributions. As a result, it is extremely difficult to predict the number of students that will need us to extend credit to them. Our tuition increases have ranged historically from 3% to 5% annually and have not meaningfully impacted overall funding requirements, since the amount of financial aid funding available to students in recent years has increased at greater rates than our tuition increases.

Because a substantial portion of our revenues are derived from Title IV Programs, any legislative or regulatory action that significantly reduces the funding available under Title IV Programs or the ability of our students or schools to participate in Title IV Programs could have a material effect on the realizability of our receivables.

44

Goodwill.    We test our goodwill for impairment annually, or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate an impairment may have occurred, by comparing its fair value to its carrying value. Impairment may result from, among other things, deterioration in the performance of the acquired business, adverse market conditions, adverse changes in applicable laws or regulations, including changes that restrict the activities of the acquired business, and a variety of other circumstances. If we determine that impairment has occurred, we are required to record a write-down of the carrying value and charge the impairment as an operating expense in the period the determination is made. In evaluating the recoverability of the carrying value of goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets, we must make assumptions regarding estimated future cash flows and other factors to determine the fair value of the acquired assets. Changes in strategy or market conditions could significantly impact these judgments in the future and require an adjustment to the recorded balances.

Goodwill represents a significant portion of our total assets. As of December 31, 2012, goodwill was approximately $65.5 million, or 18.9%, of our total assets.

We test our goodwill for impairment using a two-step approach.  The first step is conducted utilizing the multiple of earnings and discounted cash flow approach and comparing the carrying value of our reporting units to their implied fair value. If necessary, the second step is conducted comparing the carrying value of our reporting units to their implied fair value.

At December 31, 2012, we tested goodwill for impairment and determined that an impairment of approximately $18.3 million existed for seven of our reporting units.  At June 30, 2012, we concluded that the decrease in the Company’s market capitalization was an indicator of potential impairment and, accordingly, we tested goodwill for impairment.  The tests indicated that five of our reporting units were impaired as a result of lower than expected student population, which resulted in a pre-tax charge of $15.4 million in the second quarter of 2012 ($5.5 million included in discontinued operations).  The fair values of these reporting units were estimated using the expected present value of future cash flows.  No other reporting unit’s carrying goodwill amount exceeded or approximated its implied value.

We concluded that the decrease in our market capitalization as of September 30, 2011 was an indicator of potential impairment and, accordingly, we tested goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles for impairment.  The tests indicated that five of the Company’s reporting units were impaired, which resulted in an expense of $9.3 million in the third quarter of 2011 ($1.0 million included in discontinued operations).  At December 31, 2011, we tested goodwill for impairment and determined it did not have an impairment.  At December 31, 2010, we tested goodwill for impairment and determined that an impairment of approximately $6.2 million existed for three of our reporting units ($1.4 million included in discontinued operations).

Stock-based compensation.    We currently account for stock-based employee compensation arrangements by using the Black-Scholes valuation model and utilize straight-line amortization of compensation expense over the requisite service period of the grant.  We make an estimate of expected forfeitures at the time options are granted.

The fair value of the stock options used to compute stock-based compensation is the estimated present value at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. During 2011, there were no new stock option grants.  The weighted average fair values of options granted during 2012, and 2010 were $2.52, and $8.48, respectively, using the following weighted average assumptions for grants:

	At December 31,
	2012		2010
Expected volatility		51.25%		45.00%
Expected dividend yield		4%		0%
Expected life (term)	4.65 Years		4.82 Years
Risk-free interest rate		0.87%		1.95%
Weighted-average exercise price during the year	$	7.79	$	20.78

The expected volatility considers the volatility of our common stock that has been traded for a period commensurate with the expected life.  The expected term of options granted represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding based on historical experience. The risk-free rate used is based on the published U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for instruments with a similar life.  The 2012 expected dividend yield presumes a set dividend rate based on the current dividend yield.  For 2010, the dividend yield is 0% because at the time the options were granted we had not intended to declare or pay dividends on our common stock.

45

Results of Continuing Operations for the Three Years Ended December 31, 2012

The following table sets forth selected consolidated statements of continuing operations data as a percentage of revenues for each of the periods indicated:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2012			2011			2010
Revenue		100.0	%		100.0	%		100.0	%
Costs and expenses:
Educational services and facilities		47.7	%		42.9	%		37.6	%
Selling, general and administrative		50.8	%		47.2	%		42.6	%
Impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets		8.4	%		1.7	%		0.8	%
Total costs and expenses		106.9	%		91.8	%		81.0	%
Operating income		-6.9	%		8.2	%		19.0	%
Interest expense, net		-1.1	%		-0.9	%		-0.7	%
Other income		0.0	%		0.0	%		0.0	%
Income from continuing operations before income taxes		-8.0	%		7.3	%		18.3	%
Provision for income taxes		-2.1	%		3.0	%		7.4	%
Income from continuing operations		-5.9	%		4.3	%		10.9	%

Year Ended December 31, 2012 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2011

Revenue.   Revenue decreased by $89.1 million, or 18.1%, to $402.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $491.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.   The decrease was primarily attributable to a 22.3% decrease in average student population, which decreased to 18,086 for the year ended December 31, 2012 from 23,276 for the year ended December 31, 2011, partially offset by a 5.4% increase in average revenue per student.

The decrease in average student population is due to adjustments in our business model to be better aligned with the DOE’s increased emphasis on student outcomes as well as our efforts to comply with the 90/10 and cohort default rate rules.  In addition, the current economic environment, our decision to stop enrolling fully online students in early 2012 and regulatory changes under the Appropriations Act which eliminated our ability to enroll ATB students, also contributed to the decline in average student population.  As part of these measures, we implemented a more selective student enrollment policy to ensure that we enroll students who demonstrate a strong ability to achieve successful student outcomes, including higher graduation and repayment rates and lower student debt levels.  We also restructured certain programs and altered program offerings at some of our campuses which resulted in lower financial aid funding availability and higher student cash contributions.  We believe that these changes, coupled with the current economic conditions, have resulted in an increase in the number of potential students who are hesitant to take on debt and thus not enrolling in our schools.  This led to a significant decline in student starts and average student population.

Average revenue per student increased 5.4% for the year ended December 31, 2012 from the year ended December 31, 2011, primarily from tuition increases that averaged 3%, improved student retention which led to higher revenue per student and from changes to some of our program offerings, which shortened the delivery time of these programs thus slightly accelerating revenue. For a general discussion of trends in our student enrollment, see “Seasonality and Trends” below.

Educational services and facilities expense.   Our educational services and facilities expense decreased by $18.7 million, or 8.9%, to $192.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $210.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.  This decrease in educational services and facilities expense was due to a $15.3 million, or 13.2%, decrease in instructional expenses, a $1.7 million, or 7.7%, decrease in books and tools expense, and a $1.8 million, or 2.4%, decrease in facilities expense.

The decrease in instructional expenses was primarily due to a reduction in the number of instructors at most of our campuses resulting from a lower student population as well as our cost savings efforts in connection with the lower student population.  The decrease in books and tools expense was attributable to a decline in student starts of approximately 1,700 for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the year ended December 31, 2011. We began 2012 with approximately 9,000, or 32.8%, fewer students than we had on January 1, 2011.  Facilities expense decreased primarily due to lower depreciation expense related to an impairment charge of long-lived assets and lower capital expenditures during the current year as well as decreased repairs and maintenance expenses and utilities expenses due to rate reductions in certain states.

Education expenses contain a high fixed cost component and are not as leverageable as some of our other expenses.  As our student population decreases, we typically experience reductions in average class size and, therefore, are not always able to align these expenses with the corresponding drop in population.

46

As a result, educational services and facilities expenses, as a percentage of revenue, increased to 47.7% for the year ended December 31, 2012 from 42.9% for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Selling, general and administrative expense.    Our selling, general and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $204.3 million, a decrease of $28.2 million, or 12.1%, from $232.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.  This decrease was primarily due to an $11.4 million, or 9.4%, decrease in administrative expenses, a $13.3 million, or 15.3%, decrease in sales and marketing expenses and a $3.5 million, or 14.5%, decrease in student services expenses.

The decrease in administrative expenses was primarily due to:(a) a $8.6 million reduction in bad debt expense; (b) a $0.8 million decrease in costs associated with the financial accounting system implemented during 2011 as well as reduced maintenance expenses for our student management system; (c) $0.6 million lower non capitalized furniture expenses from the prior year as a result of the relocation of our Denver campus in 2011; and (d) a $1.0 million decrease in travel expenses attributed to our cost savings efforts.

The bad debt expense as a percentage of revenue was 5.0% for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to 5.9% for the year ended December 31, 2011. The reduction in bad debt as a percentage of revenue was due to our focused efforts on financial aid processes and collection activities which resulted in lower outstanding balances of our students and positive historical experience with graduate students.  The number of days revenue outstanding at December 31, 2012 increased to 21.2 days, compared to 17.7 days at December 31, 2011. This increase in days outstanding is attributable to the increase in our loan commitments to our students.

The decrease in sales and marketing expenses was primarily due to a reduction in marketing expenses as well as a reduction in the number of admissions representatives in order to align our cost structure to our student population.

Student services expenses decreased due to a reduction in the number of financial aid employees, as we aligned our cost structure to our student population. As a percentage of revenues, selling, general and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 increased to 50.8% from 47.2% for the year ended December 31, 2011.

As of December 31, 2012, we had outstanding loan commitments to our students of $34.7 million as compared to $26.4 million at December 31, 2011.  Loan commitments, net of interest that would be due on the loans through maturity, were $25.0 million at December 31, 2012 as compared to $20.2 million at December 31, 2011.  The increase in loan commitment during the year is attributable to changes we made to certain programs resulting in higher financing gaps for our students to better enable us to comply with the 90/10 Rule.

Impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets.    At December 31, 2012, we tested our goodwill and long-lived assets for impairment and determined that an impairment of approximately $19.6 million existed for seven of our reporting units and four asset groups related to long-lived assets.  At June 30, 2012, we tested our goodwill and long-lived assets for impairment and determined that an impairment charge of approximately $23.7 million existed for five reporting units related to goodwill and 10 asset groups related to long-lived assets ($9.4 million included in discontinued operations).  At September 30, 2011, we tested our goodwill and long-lived assets for impairment and determined that an impairment of approximately $10.4 million existed for five reporting units ($2.1 million included in discontinued operations).

Net interest expense.    Our net interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $4.5 million essentially flat compared to the year ended December 31, 2011.

Income taxes.    Our benefit for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $8.2 million, or 25.6% of pretax loss, compared to a provision for income taxes of $14.7 million, or 41.1%, of pretax income for the year ended December 31, 2011. The effective tax rate decrease was due to the effect of nondeductible permanent items mainly comprised of goodwill impairment charges.

Year Ended December 31, 2011 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2010

Revenue.   Revenue decreased by $112.9 million, or 18.7%, to $491.8 million for 2011 from $604.8 million for 2010.   The decrease in revenue was primarily attributable to a 21.7% decrease in average student population, which decreased to 23,276 for the year ended December 31, 2011 from 29,735 for the year ended December 31, 2010.

The decrease in average student population was due to adjustments in our business model to be better aligned with the DOE’s increased emphasis on student outcomes and our efforts to comply with the 90/10 and cohort default rate rules.  As part of these measures, we implemented a more selective student enrollment policy to ensure that we enroll students that demonstrate a strong ability to achieve successful student outcomes, including higher graduation and repayment rates and lower student debt levels.  We also restructured certain programs and altered program offerings at some of our campuses which resulted in lower financial aid funding availability and higher student cash contributions.  We believe these changes, coupled with the current economic conditions are resulting in an increase in the number of potential students who are hesitant to take on debt and thus not enrolling in our schools. Consequently, this has resulted in a significant decline in student starts and the average student population at these campuses.

Average revenue per student increased 3.9% for the year ended December 31, 2011 from the year ended December 31, 2010, primarily from tuition increases which ranged from 3% to 5% annually and from changes to some of our program offerings which shortened the delivery time of these programs and slightly accelerated revenue. For a general discussion of trends in our student enrollment, see “Seasonality and Trends” below.

47

Educational services and facilities expenses.   Our educational services and facilities expenses decreased by $16.4 million, or 7.2%, to $210.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $227.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010.  This decrease in educational services and facilities expenses was due to a $7.5 million, or 6.1% decrease in instructional expenses, a $9.6 million, or 30.9% decrease in books and tools expense, offset by a $0.7 million, or 0.9%, increase in facilities expense primarily related to higher depreciation expense.

The decrease in instructional expenses was primarily due to a reduction in the number of instructors at most of our campuses resulting from a lower student population.  The decrease in books and tools expense was attributable to a decline in student starts of approximately 13,500 for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to the year ended December 31, 2010, as well as the timing of class starts.  Facilities expense increased due to higher depreciation expense from capital expenditures in 2010, which was partially offset by a reduction in property taxes.

Our education expenses contain a high fixed cost component and are not as leverageable as some of our other expenses.  As population decreases, we typically experience reductions in average class size and thus are not always able to align these expenses with the corresponding drop in population.

We strive to align our expenses throughout the year to our student population.  As our population increases or decreases, we align our personnel and our expenses to the extent possible to meet the needs of our existing population.

As a result of the foregoing, educational services and facilities expenses, as a percentage of revenue, increased to 42.9% for the year ended December 31, 2011 from 37.6% for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Selling, general and administrative expenses.    Our selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2011 were $232.5 million, a decrease of $25.1 million, or 9.8%, from $257.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010.  The decrease in our selling, general and administrative expenses was primarily due to a $15.8 million, or 11.5%, decrease in administrative expenses, a $8.7 million, or 9.1%, decrease in sales and marketing expenses and a $0.6 million, or 2.6%, decrease in student services expenses.

The decrease in administrative expenses was primarily due to an $8.8 million reduction in bad debt expense and a $6.0 million reduction in compensation and benefits.

Our bad debt expense as a percentage of revenue was 5.9% for the year ended December 31, 2011, as compared to 6.2% for the year ended December 31, 2010.  The number of days revenue outstanding at December 31, 2011decreased to 17.7 days, compared to 23.5 days at December 31, 2010. This improvement in days outstanding is attributable to the completion of centralizing the transmission process of financial aid disbursement files.

As of December 31, 2011, we had outstanding loan commitments to our students of $26.4 million as compared to $17.3 million at December 31, 2010.  Loan commitments, net of interest that would be due on the loans through maturity, were $20.2 million at December 31, 2011 as compared to $15.4 million at December 31, 2010.  The increase in loan commitment during the year is attributable to changes we made to certain programs to create financing gaps for our students to better enable us to comply with the 90/10 Rule.

The decrease in sales and marketing expenses during the year ended December 31, 2011 was primarily due to a decrease in the number of admissions representatives in order to align our cost structure to our population.  This resulted in savings of approximately $2.1 million.  In addition, we aligned our marketing expenses to be more in line with our reduced revenue.

We strive to align our expenses throughout the year to our student population.  As our population increases or decreases, we align our personnel and our expenses to the extent possible to meet the needs of our existing population.

As a percentage of revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased to 47.2% from 42.6% for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets.     At September 30, 2011, we tested our goodwill and determined an impairment of approximately $9.4 million existed for five reporting units ($1.0 million included in discontinued operations).  The impairment of goodwill was triggered by a decrease in our market capitalization.  There was a $1.0 million impairment of long-lived assets due to a regional accreditation indefinite intangible asset that is no longer being utilized and which was included in discontinued operations.  At December 31, 2011, we tested our goodwill for impairment and determined no impairment charge was necessary.  At December 31, 2010, we tested our goodwill for impairment and determined that an impairment of approximately $6.2 million existed for three of our reporting units ($1.4 million included in discontinued operations).

Net interest expense.    Our net interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2011 was essentially flat compared to the year ended December 31, 2010.

48

Income taxes.    Our provision for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $14.8 million, or 41.1% of pretax income, compared to $44.8 million, or 40.6% of pretax income for the year ended December 31, 2010. The effective tax rate increase was due to an increase in nondeductible goodwill impairment charges for the year ended December 31, 2011.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Our primary capital requirements are for facilities expansion and maintenance, acquisitions and the development of new programs. Our principal sources of liquidity have been cash provided by operating activities and borrowings under our credit agreement. The following chart summarizes the principal elements of our cash flow for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012:

	Cash Flow Summary
	Year Ended December 31,
	2012			2011			2010
	(In thousands)
Net cash provided by operating activities	$	15,986		$	36,838		$	114,464
Net cash used in investing activities	$	(10,187	)	$	(37,389	)	$	(42,111	)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	$	29,385		$	(38,920	)	$	(52,434	)

As of December 31, 2012, we had cash and cash equivalents of $61.7 million, representing an increase of approximately $35.2 million as compared to $26.5 million as of December 31, 2011.  This increase is primarily due to $37.5 million of borrowings under our credit facility during the fourth quarter of 2012.  Historically, we have financed our operating activities and organic growth primarily through cash generated from operations.  We have financed acquisitions primarily through borrowings under our credit facility and cash generated from operations.  We currently anticipate that we will be able to meet both our short-term cash needs, as well as our need to fund operations and meet our obligations beyond the next twelve months with cash generated by operations, existing cash balances and, if necessary, borrowings under our credit facility.  In addition, we may also consider accessing the financial markets in the future as a source of liquidity for capital requirements, acquisitions and general corporate purposes to the extent such requirements are not satisfied by cash on hand, borrowings under our credit facility or operating cash flows.  However, we cannot assure you that we will be able to raise additional capital on favorable terms, if at all.  At December 31, 2012, we had net borrowings available under our $85 million credit agreement of approximately $45.9 million, including a $23.4 million sub-limit on letters of credit.  The credit agreement matures on April 5, 2015. As of December 31, 2012, we had $37.5 million outstanding under our credit agreement.  This amount was paid in full on January 3, 2013.  As of December 31, 2012, we had outstanding letters of credit aggregating $1.6 million, which primarily comprised of security deposits in connection with certain of our real estate leases.

Our primary source of cash is tuition collected from the students. The majority of students enrolled at our schools rely on funds received under various government-sponsored student financial aid programs to pay a substantial portion of their tuition and other education-related expenses. The largest of these programs are Title IV Programs which represented approximately 81% of our cash receipts relating to revenues in 2012. Students must apply for a new loan for each academic period. Federal regulations dictate the timing of disbursements of funds under Title IV Programs and loan funds are generally provided by lenders in two disbursements for each academic year. The first disbursement is usually received approximately 31 days after the start of a student's academic year and the second disbursement is typically received at the beginning of the sixteenth week from the start of the student's academic year. Certain types of grants and other funding are not subject to a 30-day delay. In certain instances, if a student withdraws from a program prior to a specified date, any paid but unearned tuition or prorated Title IV financial aid is refunded according to state and federal regulations.

As a result of the significance of the Title IV funds received by our students, we are highly dependent on these funds to operate our business. Any reduction in the level of Title IV funds that our students are eligible to receive or any impact on our ability to be able to receive Title IV funds would have a significant impact on our operations and our financial condition.

Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities was $16.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to $36.8 million for year ended December 31, 2011.  The $20.8 million decrease in net cash provided by operating activities primarily resulted from a reduction in net income, offset by decreases in income taxes paid and other working capital items.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities decreased by $27.2 million to $10.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $37.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The decrease was primarily attributable to a $29.3 million reduction in cash used for capital expenditures offset by the acquisition of FMTI of $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the year ended December 31, 2011.  Our 2012 capital expenditures mainly resulted from leasehold improvements and facility expansions as well as investments in campuses, classroom furniture and shop technology.  The decrease in capital expenditures for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the year ended December 31, 2011 was due to our relocation of our Denver campus in 2011 coupled with decreases in overall student population.

49

We currently lease a majority of our campuses. We own our campuses in Grand Prairie, Texas; West Palm Beach, Florida; Nashville, Tennessee; Cincinnati (Tri-County), Ohio; Suffield, Connecticut; and Denver, Colorado.  Although our current growth strategy is to continue our organic growth, strategic acquisitions of operations will be considered. To the extent that these potential strategic acquisitions are large enough to require financing beyond available cash from operations and borrowings under our credit facilities, we may incur additional debt and/or issue additional debt or equity securities.

Capital expenditures are expected to range from 4% to 5% of revenues in 2013 as compared to 2.1% in 2012.  We expect to fund these capital expenditures with cash generated from operating activities and, if necessary, with borrowings under our credit facility.

Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities was $29.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, as compared to net cash used in financing activities of $38.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The decrease of $68.3 million was primarily attributable to our increased net borrowings of $57.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the year ended December 31, 2011 and a reduction in dividends paid of $12.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the year ended December 31, 2011 as we lowered our dividend rate to $0.07 per quarter from $0.25 per quarter in 2011.

Credit Agreement. On April 5, 2012, we, as borrower, and certain of our wholly-owned subsidiaries, as guarantors, entered into the credit agreement with a syndicate of four lenders led by Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, swing line lender and letter of credit issuer, for an aggregate principal amount of up to $85 million (the “Credit Agreement”).

Under the Credit Agreement, we have the right to increase the aggregate amount available under the Credit Facility by up to $50 million upon satisfaction of certain conditions.  The Credit Facility may be used to finance capital expenditures and permitted acquisitions, to pay transaction expenses, for the issuance of letters of credit and for general corporate purposes.  The Credit Agreement includes a $5 million swing line sublimit and a $25 million letter of credit sublimit.  Borrowings under the Credit Facility are secured by a first priority lien on substantially all of our and our subsidiaries’ tangible and intangible assets exclusive of real estate.  The term of the Credit Facility is 36 months, maturing on April 5, 2015.

Amounts borrowed as revolving loans under the Credit Facility will bear interest, at our option, at either (i) an interest rate based on LIBOR and adjusted for any reserve percentage obligations under Federal Reserve Bank regulations (the “Eurodollar Rate”) for specified interest periods or (ii) the Base Rate (as defined in the Credit Agreement), in each case, plus an applicable margin rate as determined under the Credit Agreement.  The “Base Rate”, as defined under the Credit Agreement, is the highest of (a) the prime rate, (b) the Federal Funds rate plus 0.50% and (c) a daily rate equal to the one-month LIBOR rate plus 1.0%.  Under the Credit Agreement, the margin interest rate is subject to adjustment within a range of 1.25% to 2.75% based upon changes in our consolidated leverage ratio and depending on whether we have chosen the Eurodollar Rate or the Base Rate option.  Swing line loans will bear interest at the Base Rate plus the applicable margin rate.  Letters of credit will require a fee equal to the applicable margin rate multiplied by the daily amount available to be drawn under each issued letter of credit plus an agreed upon fronting fee and customary issuance, presentation, amendment and other processing fees associated with letters of credit.  At December 31, 2012, we had outstanding borrowings of $37.5 million. At December 31, 2012, we had outstanding letters of credit aggregating $1.6 million which is primarily comprised of letters of credit for the DOE matters and security deposits in connection with certain of our real estate leases.

The Credit Agreement contains customary representations, warranties and covenants including consolidated adjusted net worth, consolidated leverage ratio, consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio, minimum financial responsibility composite score, cohort default rate and other financial covenants, certain restrictions on capital expenditures as well as affirmative and negative covenants and events of default customary for facilities of this type.  In addition, we are paying fees to the lenders that are customary for facilities of this type.

	As of December 31,
	2012			2011
Credit agreement	$	37,500		$	-
Finance obligation		9,672			9,672
Capital lease-property (with a rate of 8.0%)		26,344			26,715
Capital leases-equipment (with rates ranging from 5.0% to 8.5%)		11			121
Subtotal		73,527			36,508
Less current maturities		(412	)		(481	)
Total long-term debt	$	73,115		$	36,027

We believe that our cash flows from operations and borrowings available under our credit agreement will provide us with adequate resources for our ongoing operations through 2013 and our currently identified and planned capital expenditures.

50

Climate Change

Climate change has not had and is not expected to have a significant effect on our operations.

Contractual Obligations

Long-Term Debt and Lease Commitments.    As of December 31, 2012, our long-term debt consisted of borrowings under our Credit Facility, the finance obligation in connection with our sale-leaseback transaction in 2001, and amounts due under capital lease obligations. We lease offices, educational facilities and various equipment for varying periods through the year 2032 at basic annual rentals (excluding taxes, insurance, and other expenses under certain leases).

The following table contains supplemental information regarding our total contractual obligations as of December 31, 2012:

	Payments Due by Period
	Total		Less than 1 year		1-3 years		3-5 years		More than 5 years
Credit agreement (including interest) (1)	$	37,514	$	-	$	37,514	$	-	$	-
Capital leases (including interest)		52,543		2,506		4,988		5,234		39,815
Uncertain income taxes		135		135		-		-		-
Operating leases		142,311		22,546		40,865		30,445		48,455
Rent on finance obligation		6,064		1,516		3,032		1,516		-
Total contractual cash obligations	$	238,567	$	26,703	$	86,399	$	37,195	$	88,270

(1) Amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement were repaid on January 3, 2013.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

We had no off-balance sheet arrangements as of December 31, 2012, except for our letters of credit and surety bonds.  Letters of credit of $1.6 million are primarily comprised of security deposits in connection with certain of our real estate leases. We are required to post surety bonds on behalf of our campuses and education representatives with multiple states to maintain authorization to conduct our business. At December 31, 2012, we posted surety bonds in the total amount of approximately $14.9 million. These off-balance sheet arrangements do not adversely impact our liquidity or capital resources.

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

On December 9, 2010, we purchased 5,307 shares of our common stock from our former Executive Chairman in connection with his exercise of 60,000 stock options on the same date.

SEASONALITY AND TRENDS

Seasonality

Our revenue and operating results normally fluctuate as a result of seasonal variations in our business, principally due to changes in total student population. Student population varies as a result of new student enrollments, graduations and student attrition. Historically, our schools have had lower student populations in our first and second quarters and we have experienced larger class starts in the third and fourth quarters and higher student attrition in the first half of the year. Our second half growth is largely dependent on a successful high school recruiting season. We recruit our high school students several months ahead of their scheduled start dates, and thus, while we have visibility on the number of students who have expressed interest in attending our schools, we cannot predict with certainty the actual number of new student enrollments and the related impact on revenue. Our expenses, however, typically do not vary significantly over the course of the year with changes in our student population and revenue. During the first half of the year, we make significant investments in marketing, staff, programs and facilities to ensure that we meet our second half of the year targets and, as a result, such expenses do not fluctuate significantly on a quarterly basis. To the extent new student enrollments, and related revenue, in the second half of the year fall short of our estimates, our operating results could be negatively impacted. We expect quarterly fluctuations in operating results to continue as a result of seasonal enrollment patterns. Such patterns may change as a result of new school openings, new program introductions, and increased enrollments of adult students and/or acquisitions.

51

90/10 Rule

The HEA, enacted in 2008, states that a proprietary institution will be ineligible to participate in Title IV programs if for any two consecutive fiscal years it derives more than 90% of its cash basis revenue from Title IV programs.    This is commonly known as the “90/10 Rule.”

We have calculated that, for our 2012 fiscal year, our institutions’ 90/10 Rule percentages ranged from 72.3% to 93.0%.  For 2012, our Dayton institution (consisting of a main campus and eight additional locations) derived 93.0% of its revenues from Title IV programs.  For 2011, none of our institutions derived more than 90% of their revenues from Title IV Programs.  For 2010, our Dayton institution (consisting of a main campus and six additional locations) derived 96.9% of its revenues from Title IV programs. It was our only institution with a 90/10 Rule percentage above 90%.  We regularly monitor compliance with this requirement to minimize the risk that any of our institutions would derive more than the maximum percentage of its revenues from Title IV Programs for any fiscal year.  We anticipate that our acquisition of FMTI in April 2012 will allow this institution to meet its 90/10 ratio in 2013.

Effective July 1, 2008, the annual Stafford loans available for undergraduate students under the FFEL, increased. This increase, coupled with increases in grants from the Pell program and other Title IV loan limits, resulted in some of our schools experiencing an increase in the proportion of the revenues they receive from Title IV Programs. The HEA reauthorization provided temporary relief from the impact of the loan limit increases by counting as non-Title IV revenue in the 90/10 Rule calculation amounts received from loans received between July 1, 2008 and June 30, 2011 that are attributable to the increased annual loan limits.  The temporary relief under the HEA for calculating 90/10 Rule compliance expired for loans received on or after July 1, 2011 and expired for institutional loans made on or after July 1, 2012.

The HEA authorization also provided other relief by allowing institutions to include as non-Title IV revenue in its 90/10 Rule calculation the net present value of certain institutional loans subject to certain limitations and conditions.  During 2010 and continuing into the first half of 2011, we saw a reduction in the loan commitments we offered our students to help them bridge the gap between the tuition charged for their particular program and the amount of grants, third-party loans and parental assistance each student received.  We believe that those reductions were due to increases in student loan limits available to students as well as an increase in Pell Grants.  As a result, a greater percentage of students were able to finance their educations entirely from financial aid sources.  While this provided greater opportunities for our students, it also severely impacted our ability to comply with the 90/10 Rule.  Because of the increases in Title IV student loan limits and grants in recent years, it has and will continue to be difficult for us to comply with the 90/10 Rule.  We have considered two alternatives to aid us with our compliance with the 90/10 Rule: increasing tuition prices above the applicable maximums for Title IV student loans and grants or restructuring certain of our programs to create a financing gap.  We decided to restructure program offerings. This resulted in an increase in the financing gap between tuition and the amount of financial aid available. To assist our students in closing their financing gaps we provided loans to our students.  Loan commitments to our students increased during 2012 by approximately $8.3 million.  If any of our institutions loses eligibility to participate in Title IV programs, that loss would cause an event of default under our credit agreement, and would also adversely affect our students’ access to various government-sponsored student financial aid programs, which could have a material adverse effect on the rate at which our students enroll in our programs and on our business and results of operations.

The overall increase in the percentages of Title IV received by our institutions has also caused us to look for other sources of non-Title IV cash.  This led to our acquisition of FMTI in April 2012 and may lead to additional acquisitions of complimentary “cash only” businesses.

Cohort Default Rates

The HEA limits participation in the Title IV Programs by institutions whose former students defaulted on the repayment of federally guaranteed or funded student loans above a prescribed rate (the “cohort default rate”).  The DOE calculates these rates based on the number of students who have defaulted, not the dollar amount of such defaults.

Under the HEA, an institution whose FFEL and FDL cohort default rate is 25% or greater for three consecutive federal fiscal years loses eligibility to participate in the FFEL, FDL, and Pell programs for the remainder of the federal fiscal year in which the DOE determines that such institution has lost its eligibility and for the two subsequent federal fiscal years. An institution whose FFEL and FDL cohort default rate for any single federal fiscal year exceeds 40% loses its eligibility to participate in the FFEL and FDL programs for the remainder of the federal fiscal year in which the DOE determines that such institution has lost its eligibility and for the two subsequent federal fiscal years.  If an institution’s cohort default rate equals or exceeds 25% in any of its three most recent fiscal years, the institution may be placed on provisional certification status.

The HEA increased the measuring period for each cohort default rate calculation by one year. Starting with the 2009 cohort, the DOE calculates both the current two-year and the new three-year cohort default rates. Beginning with the 2011 three-year cohort default rate, which is expected to be published for each of our institutions in September 2014, the three-year rates will be applied for purposes of measuring compliance with the requirements instead of the two-year rates currently used for those purposes.   If the 2011 three-year cohort default rate exceeds 40%, the institution will cease to be eligible to participate in the FDL and Federal Stafford Loan programs for the remainder of the federal fiscal year in which the DOE determines that such institution has lost its eligibility and for the two subsequent federal fiscal years.   If the institution’s three-year cohort default rate exceeds 30% (an increase from the current 25% threshold applicable to the two-year cohort default rates) for three consecutive years, beginning with the 2009 cohort, the institution will cease to be eligible to participate in the Pell, FDL, and FFEL programs for the remainder of the federal fiscal year in which the DOE determines that such institution has lost its eligibility and for the two subsequent federal fiscal years.

52

In September 2012, the DOE published final two-year cohort default rates for each of our institutions for the 2010 fiscal year.  The rates range from 11.6% to 23.9%.  None of our institutions had a cohort default rate (as defined by the DOE) of 25% or greater for the 2010 federal fiscal year. In late March 2013, the DOE is expected to issue draft two-year cohort default rates for the 2011 fiscal year.

In September 2012, the DOE released final three-year cohort default rates for fiscal year 2009.  The rates for the 2009 federal fiscal year under the new methodology ranged from 16.9% to 36.3%.  For the 2009 federal fiscal year, seven of our institutions had three-year cohort default rates of at least 30%. In late March 2013, the DOE is expected to release draft three-year cohort default rates for fiscal year 2010.

While we strive to improve the cohort default rates for each of our institutions, the current economic climate, combined with the demographics of the students that we traditionally serve, makes this objective even more challenging.  As a result, we have significantly increased our default management personnel to help enhance the financial literacy of our students and graduates, with the goal of helping students stay current in their loan payments. We have also engaged third-party consultants to assist those institutions who have historically had the highest cohort default rates.

Gainful Employment

On June 13, 2011, the DOE published final regulations in the Federal Register regarding gainful employment that were scheduled to take effect on July 1, 2012 and apply to all educational programs that are subject to the DOE requirement of preparing students for gainful employment in a recognized occupation. Such educational programs include all of the Title IV-eligible educational programs at each of our institutions.  The gainful employment regulations would, among other things, measure each educational program against threshold benchmarks in each of three debt measure categories:  (1) an annual loan repayment rate, (2) an annual debt-to-annual earnings ratio, and (3) an annual debt-to-discretionary income ratio.  The various formulas are calculated under complex methodologies and definitions outlined in the regulations, and are based on data that may not be readily accessible to institutions.  If an educational program fails to achieve threshold rates in all three categories for one federal fiscal year (beginning with debt measures calculated for the 2012 federal fiscal year), the institution must, among other things, disclose the amount by which the program missed the minimum acceptable performance and the institution’s plan to improve the program. If an educational program fails to achieve threshold rates in all three categories in two out of three federal fiscal years, the institution must, among other things, warn students in the failing program that they should expect difficulty in repaying their loans, disclose the options available to the student if the program loses eligibility for Title IV funds, and disclose resources available to research other educational options and compare program costs.  If an educational program fails to achieve threshold rates in all three categories in three out of four federal fiscal years, the program loses its Title IV eligibility for a period of at least three years.  We have analyzed the available data to assess the potential impact of the new gainful employment regulations on each of our institutions and educational programs.  Although we have not identified to date any material number of educational programs that we believe are likely to lose eligibility under the new regulations’ threshold benchmarks, if the data were to change unfavorably, the new regulations could nonetheless have a material adverse effect on our business and operations by requiring us to eliminate certain educational programs, and the new disclosure requirements and related components of the new regulations could have a material adverse effect on the rate at which students enroll in our programs.

On June 30, 2012, the United States District Court for the District of Columbia issued a decision that vacated most of the gainful employment regulations and remanded those regulations to the DOE for further action.  On July 6, 2012, the DOE issued an electronic announcement acknowledging that the Court had vacated the repayment rate metric as well as the debt-to-income gainful employment metrics that would have gone into effect on July 1, 2012.  The DOE also noted that institutions are not required to comply with related regulations relating to gainful employment reporting requirements and adding new educational programs, but are required to comply with requirements to disclose certain information about educational programs.  The Court’s decision is subject to appeal by the DOE and could be modified or reversed on appeal.  Moreover, the DOE could take further action to address the Court’s concerns regarding the regulations and obtain approval to enforce the regulations, or the DOE could issue new regulations regarding gainful employment.  We cannot predict what steps the DOE will take in response to the Court’s decision, how long those steps would take, or whether those steps will result in the DOE being able to enforce the gainful employment regulations or issuing new regulations.

ATB Students

ATB students are non-GED and non-high school graduates who are allowed to enroll in post-secondary institutions by passing a DOE approved exam.  ATB students are traditionally a higher risk population who complete their programs at a lower rate and default on their student loans at a higher rate than non-ATB students.   As of December 31, 2012, approximately 4.2% of our students were classified as ATB students.  On December 23, 2011, President Obama signed into law the Appropriations Act. This law eliminates the ability of ATB students who first enroll after July 1, 2012 to participate in federal student financial aid programs.  As a result, we stopped enrolling ATB students as of July 1, 2012.  This reduction in ATB students has negatively impacted our total enrollment and our revenue.

53

Outlook

In addition to the 90/10 Rule, cohort default rates, gainful employment and limits on the number of ATB students discussed above, changes to admissions advisor compensation policies, other changes promulgated by the DOE and the current economic slowdown have all led to significant deterioration in student enrollments. This deterioration continued into the fourth quarter of 2012 as we experienced a decrease in student starts of 21.5% versus the fourth quarter of 2011.  For the year ended December 31, 2012 student starts from continuing operations declined 7.7%.  Included in this amount is a decline of 76.7% from our decision in early 2012 to stop enrolling fully online students.  The economic environment continues to negatively impact enrollments as students and their parents are hesitant to take on debt.    We believe that the decline in student starts as compared to prior-year periods will continue to improve in the next few quarters but at a slower pace, and while we cannot accurately predict to what degree with any certainty, we believe that the loss of the ATB student enrollments coupled with what we expect to be a prolonged economic downturn will slow our rate of growth.

In addition, these changes, individually or in the aggregate, may impact our student enrollment, persistence and retention in ways that we cannot now predict and could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Effect of Inflation

Inflation has not had and is not expected to have a significant effect on our operations.

ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

We are exposed to certain market risks as part of our on-going business operations.  We have a credit agreement with a syndicate of banks.  Our obligations under the credit agreement are secured by a lien on substantially all of our assets and our subsidiaries and any assets that we or our subsidiaries may acquire in the future, including a pledge of substantially all of our subsidiaries’ common stock. Outstanding borrowings bear interest at the rate of 4.5% (as calculated in the credit agreement) as of December 31, 2012.  As of December 31, 2011, we had $37.5 million outstanding under our credit agreement.

Based on our outstanding debt balance as of December 31, 2012, a change of one percent in the interest rate would have caused a change in our interest expense of approximately $0.4 million, or less than $0.02 per basic share, on an annual basis.  Changes in interest rates could have an impact however on our operations, which are greatly dependent on students’ ability to obtain financing. Any increase in interest rates could greatly impact our ability to attract students and have an adverse impact on the results of our operations. The remainder of our interest rate risk is associated with miscellaneous capital equipment leases, which is not significant.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

See “Index to Consolidated Financial Statements” on page F-1 on this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A. DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures

Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, after evaluating, together with management, the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Securities Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e)) as of December 31, 2012 have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective to reasonably ensure that material information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified by Securities and Exchange Commissions’ Rules and Forms and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

During the quarter ended December 31, 2012, there has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

54

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

The management of Lincoln Educational Services Corporation (the “Company”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The Company’s internal control system was designed to provide reasonable assurance to the Company’s management and Board of Directors regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on the framework set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control—Integrated Framework. Based on its assessment, management believes that, as of December 31, 2012, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

The Company’s independent auditors, Deloitte &Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, as stated in their report included in this Form 10-K that follows.

/s/ Shaun McAlmont

Shaun McAlmont

Chief Executive Officer

March 12, 2013

/s/ Cesar Ribeiro

Cesar Ribeiro

Chief Financial Officer

March 12, 2013

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

55

PART III.

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Directors and Executive Officers

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 2013 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

Code of Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Conduct and Ethics applicable to our directors, officers and employees and certain other persons, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer. A copy of our Code of Ethics is available on our website at www.lincolnedu.com. If any amendments to or waivers from the Code of Conduct are made, we will disclose such amendments or waivers on our website.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Information required by Item 11 of Part III is incorporated by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 2013 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Information required by Item 12 of Part III is incorporated by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 2013 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

Information required by Item 13 of Part III is incorporated by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 2013 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

Information required by Item 14 of Part III is incorporated by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 2013 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

56

PART IV.

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE

1. Financial Statements

See “Index to Consolidated Financial Statements” on page F-1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

2. Financial Statement Schedule

See “Index to Consolidated Financial Statements” on page F-1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

3. Exhibits Required by Securities and Exchange Commission Regulation S-K

Exhibit Number	Description
3.1	Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (1).
3.2	Amended and Restated By-laws of the Company (2).
4.1	Management Stockholders Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2002, by and among Lincoln Technical Institute, Inc., Back to School Acquisition, L.L.C. and the Stockholders and other holders of options under the Management Stock Option Plan listed therein (1).
4.2	Assumption Agreement and First Amendment to Management Stockholders Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2007, by and among Lincoln Educational Services Corporation, Lincoln Technical Institute, Inc., Back to School Acquisition, L.L.C. and the Management Investors parties therein (3).
4.3	Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of June 27, 2005, between the Company and Back to School Acquisition, L.L.C. (2).
4.4	Specimen Stock Certificate evidencing shares of common stock (1).
10.1	Credit Agreement, dated as of April 5, 2012, among the Company, the Guarantors from time to time parties thereto, the Lenders from time to time parties thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent (5).
10.2	Employment Agreement, dated as of January 8, 2013, between the Company and Scott M. Shaw (8).
10.3	Employment Agreement, dated as of January 8, 2013, between the Company and Cesar Ribeiro (8).
10.4	Employment Agreement, dated as of January 8, 2013, between the Company and Shaun E. McAlmont (8).
10.5	Employment Agreement, dated as of January 8, 2013, between the Company and Piper P. Jameson (8).
10.6	Lincoln Educational Services Corporation Amended and Restated 2005 Long-Term Incentive Pl an (7).
10.7	Lincoln Educational Services Corporation 2005 Non-Employee Directors Restricted Stock Plan (1).
10.8	Lincoln Educational Services Corporation 2005 Deferred Compensation Plan (1).
10.9	Lincoln Technical Institute Management Stock Option Plan, effective January 1, 2002 (1).
10.10	Form of Stock Option Agreement, dated January 1, 2002, between Lincoln Technical Institute, Inc. and certain participants (1).
10.11	Form of Stock Option Agreement under our 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan (4).
10.12*	Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under our 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan.
10.13	Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Award Agreement under our Amended & Restated 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan (9).

57

10.14	Management Stock Subscription Agreement, dated January 1, 2002, among Lincoln Technical Institute, Inc. and certain management investors (1).
10.15	Stock Repurchase Agreement, dated as of December 15, 2009, among Lincoln Educational Services Corporation and Back to School Acquisition, L.L.C (6).
21.1*	Subsidiaries of the Company.
23*	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
31.1 *	Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
31.2 *	Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32 *	Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
101**	The following financial statements from Lincoln Educational Services Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012, filed on March 12, 2013, formatted in XBRL: (i) Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations, (ii) Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets, (iii) Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and (iv) the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements, tagged as blocks of text and in detail.

(1) Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-123644).

(2) Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K filed June 28, 2005.

(3) Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Registration No. 333-148406).

(4) Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007.

(5) Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K filed April 11, 2012.

(6) Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K filed December 21, 2009.

(7) Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-173880)

(8) Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K filed January 10, 2013.

(9) Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K filed May 5, 2011.

* Filed herewith.

** As provided in Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, this information is furnished and not filed for purposes of Sections 11 and 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

58

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Date:  March 12, 2013
	LINCOLN EDUCATIONAL SERVICES CORPORATION
	By:	/s/ Cesar Ribeiro
		Cesar Ribeiro
		Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
		(Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature	Title	Date
/s/ Shaun McAlmont	Chief Executive Officer and Director	March 12, 2013
Shaun McAlmont
/s/ Cesar Ribeiro	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and	March 12, 2013
Cesar Ribeiro	Treasurer (Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)
/s/ Alvin O. Austin	Director	March 12, 2013
Alvin O. Austin
/s/ Peter S. Burgess	Director	March 12, 2013
Peter S. Burgess
/s/ James J. Burke, Jr.	Director	March 12, 2013
James J. Burke, Jr.
/s/ Celia H. Currin	Director	March 12, 2013
Celia H. Currin
/s/ Paul E. Glaske	Director	March 12, 2013
Paul E. Glaske
/s/ Charles F. Kalmbach	Director	March 12, 2013
Charles F. Kalmbach
/s/ Alexis P. Michas	Director	March 12, 2013
Alexis P. Michas
/s/ J. Barry Morrow	Director	March 12, 2013
J. Barry Morrow

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

	Page Number
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011	F-4
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010	F-6
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010	F-7
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010	F-8
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010	F-9
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	F-11
Item 15
Schedule II-Valuation and Qualifying Accounts	F-30

F-1

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Lincoln Educational Services Corporation

West Orange, New Jersey

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Lincoln Educational Services Corporation and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive (loss) income, changes in stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Lincoln Educational Services Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 11, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Parsippany, New Jersey

March 11, 2013

F-2

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Lincoln Educational Services Corporation

West Orange, New Jersey

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Lincoln Educational Services Corporation and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company's principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company's board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2012 and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive (loss) income, changes in stockholders’ equity, cash flows and financial statement schedule for the year ended December 31, 2012, and our report dated March 11, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements and financial statement schedule.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Parsippany, New Jersey

March 11, 2013

F-3

LINCOLN EDUCATIONAL SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share amounts)

	December 31,
	2012		2011
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	61,708	$	26,524
Accounts receivable, less allowance of $17,751 and $20,194 at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively		17,370		19,696
Inventories		2,677		3,051
Prepaid income taxes and income taxes receivable		7,085		11,743
Deferred income taxes, net		7,729		8,725
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		2,944		2,919
Total current assets		99,513		72,658
PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES - At cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization of $137,834 and $122,274 at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively		154,096		180,014
OTHER ASSETS:
Noncurrent receivables, less allowance of $1,078 and $1,664 at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively		6,109		5,572
Deferred finance charges		774		329
Deferred income taxes, net		17,065		1,877
Goodwill		65,527		97,371
Other assets, net		3,690		4,430
Total other assets		93,165		109,579
TOTAL	$	346,774	$	362,251

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-4

LINCOLN EDUCATIONAL SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share amounts)

(Continued)

	December 31,
	2012			2011
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Current portion of long-term debt and lease obligations	$	412		$	481
Unearned tuition		34,648			43,242
Accounts payable		13,500			15,468
Accrued expenses		9,746			11,296
Other short-term liabilities		268			631
Total current liabilities		58,574			71,118
NONCURRENT LIABILITIES:
Long-term debt and lease obligations, net of current portion		73,115			36,027
Pension plan liabilities		6,901			6,594
Accrued rent		8,663			8,365
Other long-term liabilities		1,044			1,122
Total liabilities		148,297			123,226
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
Preferred stock, no par value - 10,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2011		-			-
Common stock, no par value - authorized 100,000,000 shares at December 31, 2012 and 2011, issued and outstanding 29,659,457 shares at December 31, 2012 and 28,548,274 shares at December 31, 2011		141,377			141,377
Additional paid-in capital		22,677			19,535
Treasury stock at cost - 5,910,541 shares at December 31, 2012 and 2011		(82,860	)		(82,860	)
Retained earnings		124,059			167,689
Accumulated other comprehensive loss		(6,776	)		(6,716	)
Total stockholders' equity		198,477			239,025
TOTAL	$	346,774		$	362,251

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-5

LINCOLN EDUCATIONAL SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

	Year Ended December 31,
	2012			2011			2010
REVENUE	$	402,697		$	491,821		$	604,762
COSTS AND EXPENSES:
Educational services and facilities		192,205			210,892			227,331
Selling, general and administrative		204,299			232,478			257,621
(Gain) loss on sale of assets		(75	)		5			(14	)
Impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets		33,925			8,290			4,850
Total costs & expenses		430,354			451,665			489,788
OPERATING (LOSS) INCOME		(27,657	)		40,156			114,974
OTHER:
Interest income		2			40			30
Interest expense		(4,475	)		(4,369	)		(4,523	)
Other income		14			18			45
(LOSS) INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS BEFORE INCOME TAXES		(32,116	)		35,845			110,526
(BENEFIT) PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES		(8,235	)		14,730			44,839
(LOSS) INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS		(23,881	)		21,115			65,687
(LOSS) INCOME FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS, NET OF INCOME TAXES		(13,305	)		(3,575	)		4,044
NET (LOSS) INCOME	$	(37,186	)	$	17,540		$	69,731
Basic
(Loss) earnings per share from continuing operations	$	(1.08	)	$	0.96		$	2.69
(Loss) earnings per share from discontinued operations		(0.60	)		(0.16	)		0.17
Net (loss) income per share	$	(1.68	)	$	0.80		$	2.86
Diluted
(Loss) earnings per share from continuing operations	$	(1.08	)	$	0.95		$	2.63
(Loss) earnings per share from discontinued operations		(0.60	)		(0.16	)		0.16
Net (loss) income per share	$	(1.68	)	$	0.79		$	2.79
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:
Basic		22,195			22,020			24,418
Diluted		22,195			22,155			25,024

See notes to consolidated financial statements

F-6

LINCOLN EDUCATIONAL SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME

(In thousands)

	December 31,
	2012			2011			2010
Net (loss) income	$	(37,186	)	$	17,540		$	69,731
Other comprehensive (loss) income
Employee pension plan adjustments, net of taxes of $25, $1,321 and $102 for  the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively		(60	)		(1,968	)		153
Comprehensive (loss) income	$	(37,246	)	$	15,572		$	69,884

See notes to consolidated financial statements

F-7

LINCOLN EDUCATIONAL SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(In thousands, except share amounts)

																Accumulated
							Additional									Other
	Common Stock						Paid-in			Treasury			Retained			Comprehensive
	Shares			Amount			Capital			Stock			Earnings			Loss			Total
BALANCE - January 1, 2010		27,722,471		$	137,689		$	14,161		$	(32,771	)	$	104,458		$	(4,901	)	$	218,636
Net income		-			-			-			-			69,731			-			69,731
Employee pension plan adjustments, net of taxes		-			-			-			-			-			153			153
Stock-based compensation expense
Restricted stock		17,624			-			2,036			-			-			-			2,036
Stock options		-			-			629			-			-			-			629
Purchase of treasury stock		-			-			-			(50,089	)		-			-			(50,089	)
Tax benefit of options exercised		-			-			1,484			-			-			-			1,484
Net share settlement for equity-based compensation		(52,214	)		(112	)		(932	)		-			-			-			(1,044	)
Cash dividend of $1.00 per common share		-			-			-			-			(22,200	)		-			(22,200	)
Exercise of stock options		422,106			3,149			-			-			-			-			3,149
BALANCE - December 31, 2010		28,109,987			140,726			17,378			(82,860	)		151,989			(4,748	)		222,485
Net income		-			-			-			-			17,540			-			17,540
Employee pension plan adjustments, net of taxes		-			-			-			-			-			(1,968	)		(1,968	)
Stock-based compensation expense
Restricted stock		393,431			-			3,141			-			-			-			3,141
Stock options		-			-			400			-			-			-			400
Tax benefit of option exercised		-			-			158			-			-			-			158
Tax deficiency of stock-based awards and canceled		-			-			(740	)		-			-			-			(740	)
Net share settlement for equity-based compensation		(68,250	)		(60	)		(802	)		-			-			-			(862	)
Cash dividend of $0.07 per common share		-			-			-			-			(1,583	)		-			(1,583	)
Cash dividend declared true-up		-			-			-			-			(257	)		-			(257	)
Exercise of stock options		113,106			711			-			-			-			-			711
BALANCE - December 31, 2011		28,548,274			141,377			19,535			(82,860	)		167,689			(6,716	)		239,025
Net loss		-			-			-			-			(37,186	)		-			(37,186	)
Employee pension plan adjustments, net of taxes		-			-			-			-			-			(60	)		(60	)
Stock-based compensation expense
Restricted stock		1,213,621			-			3,982			-			-			-			3,982
Stock options		-			-			358			-			-			-			358
Tax deficiency of stock-based awards and cancels		-			-			(667	)		-			-			-			(667	)
Net share settlement for equity-based compensation		(102,438	)		-			(531	)		-			-			-			(531	)
Cash dividend of $0.28 per common share		-			-			-			-			(6,444	)		-			(6,444	)
BALANCE - December 31, 2012		29,659,457		$	141,377		$	22,677		$	(82,860	)	$	124,059		$	(6,776	)	$	198,477

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-8

LINCOLN EDUCATIONAL SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 (In thousands)

	Year Ended December 31,
	2012			2011			2010
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net (loss) income	$	(37,186	)	$	17,540		$	69,731
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization		26,848			28,464			26,218
Deferred income taxes		(14,229	)		3,200			2,431
(Gain) loss on disposition of assets		(71	)		5			(8	)
Impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets		43,364			10,377			6,244
Provision for doubtful accounts		21,056			30,553			39,106
Stock-based compensation expense		4,340			3,541			2,665
Tax benefit associated with exercise of share based payments		-			(158	)		(1,484	)
Deferred rent		421			768			1,566
(Increase) decrease in assets, net of acquisition of business:
Accounts receivable		(19,202	)		(15,317	)		(36,732	)
Inventories		421			504			(226	)
Prepaid income taxes and income taxes receivable		4,053			(13,268	)		(2,830	)
Prepaid expenses and current assets		(1,274	)		(1,670	)		4,511
Other assets		999			696			(439	)
Increase (decrease) in liabilities, net of acquisition of business:
Accounts payable		(2,180	)		(5,510	)		2,338
Accrued expenses		(1,688	)		(14,936	)		(984	)
Pension plan liabilities		(718	)		(276	)		(822	)
Unearned tuition		(9,466	)		(7,702	)		2,857
Other liabilities		498			27			322
Total adjustments		53,172			19,298			44,733
Net cash provided by operating activities		15,986			36,838			114,464
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Restricted cash		-			694			164
Capital expenditures		(8,839	)		(38,119	)		(42,352	)
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment		124			36			77
Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired		(1,472	)		-			-
Net cash used in investing activities		(10,187	)		(37,389	)		(42,111	)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from borrowings		37,500			-			20,000
Payments on borrowings		-			(20,000	)		(20,000	)
Payment of deferred finance fees		(659	)		-			-
Proceeds from exercise of stock options		-			711			3,149
Tax benefit associated with exercise of share based payments		-			158			1,484
Net share settlement for equity-based compensation		(531	)		(862	)		(1,044	)
Dividends paid		(6,444	)		(18,490	)		(5,550	)
Principal payments under capital lease obligations		(481	)		(437	)		(384	)
Purchase of treasury stock		-			-			(50,089	)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		29,385			(38,920	)		(52,434	)
NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS		35,184			(39,471	)		19,919
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—Beginning of year		26,524			65,995			46,076
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—End of year	$	61,708		$	26,524		$	65,995

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-9

LINCOLN EDUCATIONAL SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

(Continued)

	Year Ended December 31,
	2012		2011		2010
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
Cash paid during the year for:
Interest	$	4,184	$	4,003	$	4,180
Income taxes	$	226	$	23,218	$	49,331
SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF NONCASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Liabilities accrued for or noncash purchases of fixed assets	$	1,789	$	1,166	$	5,962
Dividends payable	$	-	$	-	$	16,650

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-10

LINCOLN EDUCATIONAL SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2012 AND 2011 AND FOR THE THREE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts, schools, training sites, campuses and unless otherwise stated)

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Business Activities—Lincoln Educational Services Corporation and Subsidiaries (the "Company") is a provider of diversified career-oriented post-secondary education. The Company offers recent high school graduates and working adults degree and diploma programs in five principal areas of study: Automotive Technology, Health Science, Skilled Trades, Hospitality Services and Business and Information Technology. The Company currently has 38 schools and five training sites in 17 states across the United States.

Principles of Consolidation—The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Lincoln Educational Services Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

Revenue Recognition—Revenue is derived primarily from programs taught at the schools. Tuition revenue and one-time fees, such as nonrefundable application fees, registration fees, and course material fees are recognized on a straight-line basis over the length of the applicable program. If a student withdraws from a program prior to a specified date, any paid but unearned tuition is refunded. Other revenues, such as tool sales and contract training revenues are recognized as services are performed or goods are delivered. On an individual student basis, tuition earned in excess of cash received is recorded as accounts receivable, and cash received in excess of tuition earned is recorded as unearned tuition. Refunds are calculated and paid in accordance with federal, state and accrediting agency standards.

Cash and Cash Equivalents—Cash and cash equivalents include all cash balances and highly liquid short-term investments, which mature within three months of purchase.

Accounts Receivable—The Company reports accounts receivable at net realizable value, which is equal to the gross receivable less an estimated allowance for uncollectible accounts.  Noncurrent accounts receivable represent amounts due from graduates in excess of 12 months from the balance sheet date.

Allowance for uncollectible accounts—Based upon experience and judgment, an allowance is established for uncollectible accounts with respect to receivables. In establishing the allowance for uncollectible accounts, we consider, among other things, current and expected economic conditions, a student's status (in-school or out-of-school), whether or not a student is currently making payments, and overall collection history. Changes in trends in any of these areas may impact the allowance for uncollectible accounts. The receivables balances of withdrawn students with delinquent obligations are reserved for based on our collection history.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments—The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents approximates fair value at December 31, 2012 and 2011.  In addition, the carrying value of all borrowings under the credit agreement approximates fair value at December 31, 2012 and 2011.  The account receivable, net balances are presented within current and non-current assets on the consolidated balance sheets.  It is not practicable to estimate the fair value of these financial instruments, since observable market data is not readily available, and no reasonable estimation methodology exists.

Inventories—Inventories consist mainly of textbooks, tools and supplies. Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market on a first-in, first-out basis.

Property, Equipment and Facilities—Depreciation and Amortization—Property, equipment and facilities are stated at cost. Major renewals and improvements are capitalized, while repairs and maintenance are expensed when incurred. Upon the retirement, sale or other disposition of assets, costs and related accumulated depreciation are eliminated from the accounts and any gain or loss is reflected in operating (loss) income. For financial statement purposes, depreciation of property and equipment is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, and amortization of leasehold improvements is computed over the lesser of the term of the lease or its estimated useful life.

Rent Expense—Rent expense related to operating leases where scheduled rent increases exist, is determined by expensing the total amount of rent due over the life of the operating lease on a straight-line basis. The difference between the rent paid under the terms of the lease and the rent expensed on a straight-line basis is included in accrued rent and other long-term liabilities on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

F-11

Advertising Costs—Costs related to advertising are expensed as incurred and approximated $34.2 million, $40.8 million and $44.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. These amounts are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets— The Company tests its goodwill for impairment annually, or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate an impairment may have occurred, by comparing its reporting unit’s carrying value to its implied fair value. Impairment may result from, among other things, deterioration in the performance of the acquired business, adverse market conditions, adverse changes in applicable laws or regulations, reductions in market value of the Company, including changes that restrict the activities of the acquired business, and a variety of other circumstances. If the Company determines that an impairment has occurred, it is required to record a write-down of the carrying value and charge the impairment as an operating expense in the period the determination is made. In evaluating the recoverability of the carrying value of goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets, the Company must make assumptions regarding estimated future cash flows and other factors to determine the fair value of the acquired assets. Changes in strategy or market conditions could significantly impact these judgments in the future and require an adjustment to the recorded balances.

At December 31, 2012, the Company tested goodwill for impairment and determined that an impairment of approximately $18.3 million existed for seven of its reporting units.  The Company concluded that the decrease in the Company’s market capitalization as of June 30, 2012 was an indicator of potential impairment and, accordingly, the Company tested goodwill for impairment.  The tests indicated that five of the Company’s reporting units were impaired as a result of lower than expected student population, which resulted in a pre-tax charge of $15.4 million in the second quarter of 2012 ($5.5 million included in discontinued operations).  The fair values of these reporting units were estimated using the expected present value of future cash flows.  No other reporting unit’s carrying goodwill amount exceeded or approximated its implied value.

The Company concluded that the decrease in the Company’s market capitalization as of September 30, 2011 was an indicator of potential impairment and, accordingly, the Company tested goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles for impairment.  The tests indicated that five of the Company’s reporting units were impaired, which resulted in an expense of $9.3 million in the third quarter of 2011 ($1.0 million included in discontinued operations). At December 31, 2011, the Company tested goodwill for impairment and determined it did not have an impairment.  At December 31, 2010, the Company tested goodwill for impairment and determined that an impairment of approximately $6.2 million existed for three of its reporting units ($1.4 million included in discontinued operations).

Concentration of Credit Risk—Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of temporary cash investments. The Company places its cash and cash equivalents with high credit quality financial institutions. The Company's cash balances with financial institutions typically exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance limit of $0.25 million. The Company's cash balances on deposit at December 31, 2012, exceeded the balance insured by the FDIC by approximately $60.3 million. The Company has not experienced any losses to date on its invested cash.

The Company extends credit for tuition and fees to many of its students. The credit risk with respect to these accounts receivable is mitigated through the students' participation in federally funded financial aid programs unless students withdraw prior to the receipt of federal funds for those students. In addition, the remaining tuition receivables are primarily comprised of smaller individual amounts due from students.

With respect to student receivables, the Company had no significant concentrations of credit risk as of December 31, 2012 and 2011.

Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements—The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP’) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the period. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates the estimates and assumptions, including those related to revenue recognition, bad debts, impairments, fixed assets, income taxes, benefit plans and certain accruals.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Stock-Based Compensation Plans—The Company measures the value of stock options on the grant date at fair value, using the Black-Scholes option valuation model.  The Company amortizes the fair value of stock options, net of estimated forfeitures, utilizing straight-line amortization of compensation expense over the requisite service period of the grant.

The Company measures the value of service and performance-based restricted stock on the fair value of a share of common stock on the date of the grant. The Company amortizes the fair value of service based restricted stock utilizing straight-line amortization of compensation expense over the requisite service period of the grant.

F-12

The Company amortizes the fair value of the performance-based restricted stock based on determination of the probable outcome of the performance condition.  If the performance condition is expected to be met, then the Company amortizes the fair value of the number of shares expected to vest utilizing straight-line basis over the requisite performance period of the grant.  However, if the associated performance condition is not expected to be met, then the Company does not recognize the stock-based compensation expense.

Income Taxes—Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between financial statement carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of changes in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense.  During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the interest and penalties expense associated with uncertain tax positions are not significant to the Company’s results of operations or financial position.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets—The Company reviews the carrying value of our long-lived assets and identifiable intangibles for possible impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. The Company evaluates long-lived assets for impairment by examining estimated future cash flows. These cash flows are evaluated by using weighted probability techniques as well as comparisons of past performance against projections. Assets may also be evaluated by identifying independent market values. If the Company determines that an asset’s carrying value is impaired, it will record a write-down of the carrying value of the asset and charge the impairment as an operating expense in the period in which the determination is made.

The Company concluded that as of December 31, 2012 there was an indicator of potential impairment and, accordingly, the Company tested long-lived assets for impairment and determined that certain long-lived assets at four campuses were impaired.  This resulted in a pre-tax charge of $1.3 million for leasehold improvements.  The Company concluded that as of June 30, 2012 there was an indicator of potential impairment and, accordingly, the Company tested long-lived assets for impairment and determined that certain long-lived assets at 10 campuses were impaired.  This resulted in a pre-tax charge of $8.3 million which included leasehold improvements of $8.1 million and definite-lived intangible assets of $0.2 million ($4.0 million included in discontinued operations).

The Company recorded an impairment charge of $1.0 million in the third quarter of 2011 related to a regional accreditation indefinite intangible asset that is no longer being utilized and is included in discontinued operations.

Start-up Costs—Costs related to the start of new campuses are expensed as incurred.

New Accounting Pronouncements

In October 2012, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2012-04, which makes technical corrections, clarifications and limited-scope improvements to various topics throughout the Codification. The amendments in this ASU that do not have transition guidance and are effective upon issuance and the amendments that are subject to transition guidance will be effective for our interim and annual reporting periods beginning January 1, 2013. The adoption of this guidance will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In August 2012, the FASB issued ASU No. 2012-03, which amends and corrects various sections in the Codification pursuant to Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 114, SEC Release No. 33-9250 and ASU No. 2010-22. The amendments and corrections in this ASU are effective upon issuance. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In July 2012, the FASB issued ASU No. 2012-02, which is included in the Codification under ASC 350, “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other” (“ASC 350”). This update allows an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it must perform a quantitative impairment test. An entity would be required to calculate the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset, if the entity determines, based on a qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that the indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired. This guidance is effective for impairment tests performed for our interim and annual reporting periods beginning January 1, 2013. The adoption of this guidance will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

F-13

In June 2011, issued an amendment to an existing accounting standard which requires companies to present net income and other comprehensive income in one continuous statement or in two separate, but consecutive, statements. In addition, in December 2011, the FASB issued an amendment to an existing accounting standard which defers the requirement to present components of reclassifications of other comprehensive income on the face of the income statement.  The Company early adopted this amendment and has presented statements of comprehensive (loss) income.

In September 2011, the FASB issued a revised standard on testing for goodwill impairment. The revised standard allows an entity to first assess qualitatively whether it is necessary to perform step one of the two-step annual goodwill impairment test. An entity is required to perform step one only if the entity concludes that it is more likely than not that a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount, a likelihood of more than 50 percent. An entity can choose to perform the qualitative assessment on none, some, or all of its reporting units. Moreover, an entity can bypass the qualitative assessment for any reporting unit in any period and proceed directly to step one of the impairment test, and then perform the qualitative assessment in any subsequent period. The revised standard is effective for the Company for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed beginning after January 1, 2012 for the Company. The adoption of this standard did not have any impact on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

2. FINANCIAL AID AND REGULATORY COMPLIANCE

Financial Aid

The Company’s schools and students participate in a variety of government-sponsored financial aid programs that assist students in paying the cost of their education. The largest source of such support is the federal programs of student financial assistance under Title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended, commonly referred to as the Title IV Programs, which are administered by the U.S. Department of Education (the "DOE"). During the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, approximately 81%, 84% and 83%, respectively, of net revenues on a cash basis were indirectly derived from funds distributed under Title IV Programs.

For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company was in compliance with the standards established by the DOE requiring that no individual DOE reporting entity can receive more than 90% of its revenue, determined on a cash basis, from Title IV, HEA Program Funds.  For the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company determined that one of its institutions received approximately 93% of its revenue, determined on a cash basis, from Title IV, HEA Program Funds.  For the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company determined that the same institution as noted above received approximately 97% of its revenue, determined on a cash basis, from Title IV, HEA Program Funds. A proprietary institution that derives more than 90% of its total revenue from the Title IV programs for two consecutive fiscal years becomes immediately ineligible to participate in the Title IV programs and may not reapply for eligibility until the end of two fiscal years. An institution with revenues exceeding 90% for a single fiscal year ending after August 14, 2008 will be placed on provisional certification and may be subject to other enforcement measures.  If one of the Company’s institutions violated the 90/10 Rule and became ineligible to participate in Title IV Programs but continued to disburse Title IV Program funds, the DOE would require the institution to repay all Title IV Program funds received by the institution after the effective date of the loss of eligibility.  None of the Company’s institutions has derived more than 90% of its total revenue from the Title IV programs for two consecutive years.

Regulatory Compliance

To participate in Title IV Programs, a school must be authorized to offer its programs of instruction by relevant state education agencies, be accredited by an accrediting commission recognized by the DOE and be certified as an eligible institution by the DOE. For this reason, the schools are subject to extensive regulatory requirements imposed by all of these entities. After the schools receive the required certifications by the appropriate entities, the schools must demonstrate their compliance with the DOE regulations of the Title IV Programs on an ongoing basis. Included in these regulations is the requirement that the Company must satisfy specific standards of financial responsibility. The DOE evaluates institutions for compliance with these standards each year, based upon the institution’s annual audited financial statements, as well as following a change in ownership of the institution. Under regulations which took effect July 1, 1998, the DOE calculates the institution's composite score for financial responsibility based on its (i) equity ratio, which measures the institution's capital resources, ability to borrow and financial viability; (ii) primary reserve ratio, which measures the institution's ability to support current operations from expendable resources; and (iii) net income ratio, which measures the institution's ability to operate at a profit. This composite score can range from -1 to +3.

The DOE has evaluated the financial responsibility of the Company’s institutions on a consolidated basis.  The Company has submitted to the DOE its audited financial statements for the 2011 and 2010 fiscal years reflecting a composite score of 2.1 and 1.8, respectively, based upon its calculations, and that its schools meet the DOE standards of financial responsibility. For the 2012 fiscal year, the Company has calculated its composite score to be 1.6.  However, this is subject to determination by the DOE once it receives and reviews the Company’s audited financial statements for the 2012 fiscal year.

F-14

3. WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES

The weighted average numbers of common shares used to compute basic and diluted income per share for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively were as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2012		2011		2010
Basic shares outstanding		22,195,407		22,019,563		24,418,460
Dilutive effect of stock options		-		135,437		605,713
Diluted shares outstanding		22,195,407		22,155,000		25,024,173

For the year ended December 31, 2012, options to acquire 71,989 shares were excluded from the above table because the Company reported a net loss for the year and therefore their impact on reported loss per share would have been antidilutive.  For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, options to acquire 216,908, 399,583, and 201,500 shares, respectively, were excluded from the above table because they have an exercise price that is greater than the average market price of the Company’s common stock and therefore their impact on reported (loss) earnings per share would have been antidilutive.

In 2011, the Company issued certain members of management performance shares that vest when certain performance conditions are met.  These performance conditions have not been met in 2012 with respect to the Company’s performance shares.  As a result, the Company has determined these shares to be contingently issuable.  Accordingly, 134,131 shares of outstanding performance shares have been excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2012.  Refer to Note 10 for more information on performance shares.

4. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

On July 31, 2012, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a plan to cease operations at seven campuses.  The adjustments made to the Company’s business model to better align with the DOE’s increased emphasis on student outcomes and the Company’s efforts to comply with the 90/10 rule and cohort default rates greatly impacted the population at these campuses.  In addition, the current economic environment and regulatory changes under the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2012, which eliminated the ability to enroll “ability to benefit” (“ATB”) students, have made these campuses no longer viable.  Accordingly, the Company ceased operations at these campuses as of December 31, 2012.  The results of operations are reflected as discontinued operations in the consolidated financial statements.

The results of operations at these seven campuses for the three year periods ended December 31, 2012 were as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2012			2011			2010
Revenue	$	8,500		$	20,804		$	34,732
(Loss) income before income tax		(22,142	)		(5,260	)		7,657
Income tax (benefit) expense		(8,837	)		(1,685	)		3,613
Net (loss) income from discontinued operations	$	(13,305	)	$	(3,575	)	$	4,044

Amounts include impairments of goodwill and long-lived assets for these campuses of $9.5 million, $2.1 million and $1.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

5. BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS

On April 18, 2012, the Company acquired all of the rights, title and interest in certain assets and liabilities of Florida Medical Training Institute, Inc. (“FMTI”) for total consideration of $1.7 million, net of cash acquired.  FMTI has five locations in Florida: Melbourne, Jacksonville, Tampa, Miami and Coral Springs.  FMTI currently offers certificate programs in the fields of Emergency Medical Technician, Paramedic, EKG/Phlebotomy, Nursing Assistant, Fire Fighter and Associate of Science Degrees in Emergency Medical Services and Fire Science Technology.  The Company acquired FMTI as it does not receive Title IV funding.  The purchase price allocation resulted $2.9 million allocated to assets including $0.5 million to intangible assets and $1.9 million to goodwill and $1.4 million to liabilities.  The goodwill is tax deductible and represents the value of entering a new market where there is no Title IV funding.

F-15

6. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLES

Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

Balance as of January 1, 2011:
Goodwill	$	115,303
Accumulated impairment losses		(8,594	)
		106,709
Goodwill impairment (1)		(9,338	)
Balance as of December 31, 2011:
Goodwill		115,303
Accumulated impairment losses		(17,932	)
		97,371
Acquisition of FMTI		1,873
Goodwill impairment (2)		(33,717	)
Balance as of December 31, 2012:
Goodwill		117,176
Accumulated impairment losses		(51,649	)
	$	65,527

(1) $1.0 million included in discontinued operations.

(2) $5.5 million included in discontinued operations.

Intangible assets, which are included in other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, consisted of the following:

	Student Contracts		Indefinite Trade Name		Trade Name			Accreditation		Curriculum			Non-compete			Total
Gross carrying amount at December 31, 2011	$	-	$	180	$	509		$	1,268	$	1,150		$	1,980		$	5,087
Acquisition of FMTI (1)		25		-		25			-		224			200			474
Write-off (4)		-		-		-			-		-			(1,980	)		(1,980	)
Impairment (2)		-		-		(168	)		-		(250	)		-			(418	)
Gross carrying amount at December 31, 2012		25		180		366			1,268		1,124			200			3,163
Accumulated amortization at		-		-		262			-		620			1,952			2,834
December 31, 2011
Amortization		25		-		74			-		135			56			290
Write-off (4)		-		-		-			-		-			(1,980	)		(1,980	)
Impairment (2)		-		-		(127	)		-		(85	)		-			(212	)
Accumulated amortization at December 31, 2012		25		-		209			-		670			28			932
Net carrying amount at	$	-	$	180	$	157		$	1,268	$	454		$	172		$	2,231
December 31, 2012
Weighted average amortization period (years)				Indefinite		7			Indefinite		9			3

F-16

	Student Contracts			Indefinite Trade Name			Trade Name			Accreditation			Curriculum		Non-compete			Total
Gross carrying amount at December 31, 2010	$	4,827		$	660		$	839		$	2,307		$	1,150	$	2,181		$	11,964
Reclassification (3)		-			(480	)		480			-			-		-			-
Write-off (4)		(4,827	)		-			(810	)		-			-		(201	)		(5,838	)
Impairment (5)		-			-			-			(1,039	)		-		-			(1,039	)
Gross carrying amount at December 31, 2011		-			180			509			1,268			1,150		1,980			5,087
Accumulated amortization at December 31, 2010		4,824			-			503			-			505		1,478			7,310
Amortization		3			-			569			-			115		675			1,362
Write-off (4)		(4,827	)		-			(810	)		-			-		(201	)		(5,838	)
Accumulated amortization at		-			-			262			-			620		1,952			2,834
December 31, 2011
Net carrying amount at	$	-		$	180		$	247		$	1,268		$	530	$	28		$	2,253
December 31, 2011
Weighted average amortization  period (years)				Indefinite				6		Indefinite				10		3

(1)  The Company purchased FMTI in April 2012.  Refer to Note 5 for more information on the purchase.

(2)  Refer to Note 1 for more information related to the impairment.

(3)  Reclassification due to the Company’s plan to rebrand one of its institutions.

(4)  The Company wrote-off the value of fully amortized assets not in service.

(5)  The impairment relates to regional accreditation indefinite intangible asset that is no longer being utilized.

Amortization of intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was approximately $0.3 million, $1.4 million and $2.2 million, respectively.

The following table summarizes the estimated future amortization expense:

Year Ending December 31,
2013	$	225
2014		224
2015		156
2016		112
2017		46
Thereafter		20
	$	783

F-17

7. PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES

Property, equipment and facilities consist of the following:

	Useful life (years)		At December 31,
			2012			2011
Land		-	$	18,363		$	18,363
Buildings and improvements		1-25		192,990			206,499
Equipment, furniture and fixtures		1-12		79,172			75,112
Vehicles		3		1,231			1,155
Construction in progress		-		174			1,159
				291,930			302,288
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization				(137,834	)		(122,274	)
			$	154,096		$	180,014

Included above in buildings and improvements are buildings acquired under capital leases as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 of $26.8 million, each net of accumulated depreciation of $7.0 million and $5.2 million, respectively.

Included above in equipment, furniture and fixtures are assets acquired under capital leases as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 of $0.6 million and $0.7 million, respectively, net of accumulated depreciation of $0.6 million, respectively.

Included above in buildings and improvements is capitalized interest as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 of $0.6 million, respectively, net of accumulated depreciation of $0.4 million and $0.3 million, respectively.

Depreciation and amortization expense of property, equipment and facilities was $26.4 million, $26.3 million and $23.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

8. ACCRUED EXPENSES

Accrued expenses consist of the following:

	At December 31,
	2012		2011
Accrued compensation and benefits	$	3,163	$	4,701
Other accrued expenses		6,583		6,595
	$	9,746	$	11,296

F-18

9. LONG-TERM DEBT AND LEASE OBLIGATIONS

Long-term debt and lease obligations consist of the following:

	At December 31,
	2012			2011
Credit agreement (a)	$	37,500		$	-
Credit agreement (b)		-			-
Finance obligation (c)		9,672			9,672
Capital lease-property (with a rate of 8.0%) (d)		26,344			26,715
Capital leases-equipment (with rates ranging from 5.0% to 8.5%)		11			121
		73,527			36,508
Less current maturities		(412	)		(481	)
	$	73,115		$	36,027

(a) On April 5, 2012, the Company, as borrower, and certain of its wholly-owned subsidiaries, as guarantors, entered into a secured revolving credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with a syndicate of four lenders led by Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, swing line lender and letter of credit issuer, for an aggregate principal amount of up to $85 million.  The Credit Agreement replaces the Company’s prior $115 million Credit Facility with Bank of America, N.A. and other lenders, which was due to expire on December 1, 2012.  The old Credit Agreement (as defined below) was terminated concurrently with the effective date of the Credit Agreement.

Under the Credit Agreement, the Company has the right to increase the aggregate amount available under the Credit Facility by up to $50 million upon satisfaction of certain conditions.  The Credit Facility may be used to finance capital expenditures and permitted acquisitions, to pay transaction expenses, for the issuance of letters of credit and for general corporate purposes.  The Credit Agreement includes a $5 million swing line sublimit and a $25 million letter of credit sublimit.  Borrowings under the Credit Facility are secured by a first priority lien on substantially all of the tangible and intangible assets of the Company and its subsidiaries exclusive of real estate.  The term of the Credit Facility is 36 months, maturing on April 5, 2015.

Amounts borrowed as revolving loans under the Credit Facility will bear interest, at the Company’s option, at either (i) an interest rate based on LIBOR and adjusted for any reserve percentage obligations under Federal Reserve Bank regulations (the “Eurodollar Rate”) for specified interest periods or (ii) the Base Rate (as defined in the Credit Agreement), in each case, plus an applicable margin rate as determined under the Credit Agreement.  The “Base Rate”, as defined under the Credit Agreement, is the highest of (a) the prime rate, (b) the Federal Funds rate plus 0.50% and (c) a daily rate equal to the one-month LIBOR rate plus 1.0%.  Under the Credit Agreement, the margin interest rate is subject to adjustment within a range of 1.25% to 2.75% based upon changes in the Company’s consolidated leverage ratio and depending on whether the Company has chosen the Eurodollar Rate or the Base Rate option.  Swing line loans will bear interest at the Base Rate plus the applicable margin rate.  Letters of credit will require a fee equal to the applicable margin rate multiplied by the daily amount available to be drawn under each issued letter of credit plus an agreed upon fronting fee and customary issuance, presentation, amendment and other processing fees associated with letters of credit.  At December 31, 2012, the Company had outstanding letters of credit aggregating $1.6 million, which were primarily comprised of letters of credit for the Department of Education, or DOE, matters and real estate leases.

The Credit Agreement contains customary representations, warranties and covenants including consolidated adjusted net worth, consolidated leverage ratio, consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio, minimum financial responsibility composite score, cohort default rate and other financial covenants, certain restrictions on capital expenditures as well as affirmative and negative covenants and events of default customary for facilities of this type.  In addition, the Company is paying fees to the lenders that are customary for facilities of this type.  As of December 31, 2012, the Company is in compliance with all financial covenants.

As of December 31, 2012, the Company had $37.5 million outstanding under the Credit Agreement. The interest rate on borrowings under the credit agreement during the year ended December 31, 2012 was 4.5%.  Amounts outstanding under the credit agreement were repaid on January 3, 2013.

(b) The Company previously had a credit agreement (the “old Credit Agreement”) with a syndicate of banks which was terminated on April 5, 2012.  Under the terms of the agreement, the syndicate provided the Company with a $115 million credit facility.  The old Credit Agreement permitted the issuance of up to $25 million in letter of credit, the amount of which reduces the availability of permitted borrowings under the agreement. At December 31, 2011, the Company had outstanding letters of credit aggregating $1.6 million, which were primarily comprised of letters of credit for the DOE matters and real estate leases.

F-19

As of December 31, 2011, the Company had no amounts outstanding under the old Credit Agreement.

(c) The Company completed a sale and a leaseback of several facilities on December 28, 2001. The Company retained a continuing involvement in the lease and as a result it is prohibited from utilizing sale-leaseback accounting. Accordingly, the Company has treated this transaction as a finance lease. Rent payments under this obligation for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012 were $1.5 million, respectively. These payments have been reflected in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations as interest expense for all periods presented since the effective interest rate on the obligation is greater than the scheduled payments. The lease expiration date is December 31, 2016.

(d) In 2009, the Company assumed real estate capital leases in Fern Park, Florida and Hartford, Connecticut.  These leases bear interest at 8% and expire in 2032 and 2031, respectively.

Scheduled maturities of long-term debt and lease obligations at December 31, 2012 are as follows:

Year ending December 31,
2013	$	412
2014		435
2015		37,971
2016		10,243
2017		748
Thereafter		23,718
	$	73,527

10.  STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Restricted Stock

The Company has two stock incentive plans:  a Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “LTIP”) and a Non-Employee Directors Restricted Stock Plan (the “Non-Employee Directors Plan”).

Under the LTIP, certain employees received awards of restricted shares of common stock based on service and performance.  The number of shares granted to each employee is based on the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant.

All service-based restricted shares granted prior to February 23, 2011 vest ratably on the first through fifth anniversaries of the grant date.  The service-based restricted shares granted on or after February 23, 2011 vest ratably on the grant date and the first through fourth anniversaries of the grant date except for the service-based restricted shares granted on March 2, 2012 which vest fully on the first anniversary of the grant date.

On April 29, 2011, performance-based shares were granted which vest over four years based upon the attainment of (i) a specified operating income margin during any one or more of the fiscal years in the period beginning January 1, 2011 and ending December 31, 2014 and (ii) the attainment of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization targets during each of the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011 through 2014.  There is no vesting period on the right to vote or the right to receive dividends on any of the restricted shares.

Pursuant to the Non-Employee Directors Plan, each non-employee director of the Company receives an annual award of restricted shares of common stock on the date of the Company’s annual meeting of shareholders.  The number of shares granted to each non-employee director is based on the fair market value of a share of common stock on that date.  The restricted shares vest ratably on the first through third anniversary of the grant date; however, there is no vesting period on the right to vote or the right to receive dividends on these restricted shares.  Beginning in 2010, all new awards of restricted shares of common stock granted under the Non-Employee Directors Plan vest fully on the first anniversary of the grant date.

In 2012, 2011 and 2010, the Company completed a net share settlement for 102,438, 68,250 and 52,214 restricted shares and stock options exercised, respectively, on behalf of certain employees that participate in the LTIP upon the vesting of the restricted shares pursuant to the terms of the LTIP or exercise of the stock options.  The net share settlement was in connection with income taxes incurred on restricted shares or stock option exercises that vested and were transferred to the employee during 2012, 2011 and/or 2010, creating taxable income for the employee.   At the employees’ request, the Company will pay these taxes on behalf of the employees in exchange for the employees returning an equivalent value of restricted shares or stock options to the Company.  These transactions resulted in a decrease of approximately $0.5 million, $0.9 million and $1.0 million in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, to equity as the cash payment of the taxes effectively was a repurchase of the restricted shares or stock options granted in previous years.

F-20

The following is a summary of transactions pertaining to restricted stock:

	Shares			Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value Per Share
Nonvested restricted stock outstanding at December 31, 2011		501,551		$	16.10
Restricted stock awarded		1,213,621			4.82
Restricted stock vested		(374,088	)		9.30
Nonvested restricted stock outstanding at December 31, 2012		1,341,084			7.79

The restricted stock expense for each of the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $4.0 million, $3.1 million and $2.0 million, respectively. The unrecognized restricted stock expense as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $8.6 million and $6.8 million, respectively.  As of December 31, 2012, outstanding restricted shares under the LTIP had an aggregate intrinsic value of $7.5 million.

On June 9, 2010, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the repurchase of up to $50.0 million of its common stock over the period of one year.  As of December 31, 2010, the Company had repurchased 4,040,234 shares of its common stock for approximately $50.0 million at an average price of $12.38 per share.  In addition, during 2010, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the repurchase of 5,307 shares of its common stock, which was repurchased at an average price of $16.77 per share.

Stock Options

The fair value of the stock options used to compute stock-based compensation is the estimated present value at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. During 2011 there were no new stock option grants.  The weighted average fair values of options granted during 2012 and 2010 were $2.52 and $8.48 respectively, using the following weighted average assumptions for grants:

	At December 31,
	2012		2010
Expected volatility		51.25%		45.00%
Expected dividend yield		4%		0%
Expected life (term)	4.65 Years		4.82 Years
Risk-free interest rate		0.87%		1.95%
Weighted-average exercise price during the year	$	7.79	$	20.78

The expected volatility considers the volatility of the Company common stock that has been traded for a period commensurate with the expected life.  The expected term of options granted represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding based on historical experience. The risk-free rate used is based on the published U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for instruments with a similar life.  The 2012 expected dividend yield presumes a set dividend rate based on the current dividend yield.  The 2010 dividend yield is 0% because at the time the options were granted the Company had not intended to declare or pay dividends on its common stock.

F-21

The following is a summary of transactions pertaining to the option plans:

	Shares			Weighted Average Exercise Price Per Share		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term	Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Outstanding December 31, 2009		1,183,921		$	11.74	4.95 years	$	11,934
Granted		68,000			20.78
Cancelled		(108,875	)		15.15
Exercised		(422,106	)		7.46			5,668
Outstanding December 31, 2010		720,940			14.59	5.14 years		2,095
Cancelled		(74,459	)		12.80
Exercised		(113,106	)		6.29			759
Outstanding December 31, 2011		533,375			16.60	4.68 years		-
Granted		157,000			7.79
Cancelled		(34,500	)		12.26
Outstanding December 31, 2012		655,875			14.72	4.89 years		-
Vested or expected to vest as of December 31, 2012		623,609			15.02	4.67 years		-
Exercisable as of December 31, 2012		494,543			16.60	3.54 years		-

As of December 31, 2012, unrecognized pre-tax compensation expense for all unvested stock option awards is approximately $0.3 million which will be expensed over the weighted-average period of approximately 2.1 years.

The following table presents a summary of options outstanding at December 31, 2012:

		At December 31, 2012
		Stock Options Outstanding						Stock Options Exercisable
Range of Exercise Prices		Shares		Contractual Weighted Average life (years)		Weighted Average Price		Shares		Weighted Exercise Price
$	4.00-$13.99		262,792		7.11	$	9.63		115,792	$	11.96
$	14.00-$19.99		277,083		3.19		16.42		277,083		16.42
$	20.00-$25.00		116,000		3.89		22.19		101,668		22.37
			655,875		4.89		14.72		494,543		16.60

11. PENSION PLAN

The Company sponsors a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan covering substantially all of the Company's union employees. Benefits are provided based on employees' years of service and earnings. This plan was frozen on December 31, 1994 for non-union employees.

F-22

The following table sets forth the plan's funded status and amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2012			2011			2010
CHANGES IN BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS:
Benefit obligation-beginning of year	$	21,233		$	17,903		$	16,326
Service cost		35			117			91
Interest cost		872			939			918
Actuarial loss		1,926			3,008			1,210
Benefits paid		(897	)		(734	)		(642	)
Benefit obligation at end of year		23,169			21,233			17,903
CHANGE IN PLAN ASSETS:
Fair value of plan assets-beginning of year		14,639			15,087			13,134
Actual return on plan assets		1,807			12			1,773
Employer contributions		719			274			822
Benefits paid		(897	)		(734	)		(642	)
Fair value of plan assets-end of year		16,268			14,639			15,087
BENEFIT OBLIGATION IN EXCESS OF FAIR VALUE FUNDED STATUS:	$	(6,901	)	$	(6,594	)	$	(2,816	)

Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets consist of:

	At December 31,
	2012			2011			2010
Noncurrent liabilities	$	(6,901	)	$	(6,594	)	$	(2,816	)

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss consist of:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2012			2011			2010
Accumulated loss	$	(11,276	)	$	(11,191	)	$	(7,903	)
Deferred income taxes		4,500			4,475			3,155
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	$	(6,776	)	$	(6,716	)	$	(4,748	)

The accumulated benefit obligation was $23.2 million and $21.2 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

The following table provides the components of net periodic cost for the plan:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2012			2011			2010
COMPONENTS OF NET PERIODIC BENEFIT COST
Service cost	$	35		$	117		$	91
Interest cost		872			939			918
Expected return on plan assets		(1,021	)		(1,034	)		(1,041	)
Recognized net actuarial loss		1,056			742			732
Net periodic benefit cost	$	942		$	764		$	700

The estimated net loss, transition obligation and prior service cost for the plan that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic benefit cost over the next year is $1.0 million.

The following tables present plan assets using the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2012 and 2011.  The fair value hierarchy has three levels based on the reliability of inputs used to determine fair value.  Level 1 refers to fair values determined based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets.  Level 2 refers to fair values estimated using observable prices that are based on inputs not quoted in active markets but observable by market data, while Level 3 includes the fair values estimated using significant non-observable inputs.  The level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement falls is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety.

F-23

	Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets		Significant Other Observable Inputs		Significant Unobservable Inputs
	(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)		Total
Equity securities	$	7,455	$	-	$	-	$	7,455
Fixed income		5,835		-		-		5,835
International equities		2,957		-		-		2,957
Cash and equivalents		21		-		-		21
Balance at December 31, 2012	$	16,268	$	-	$	-	$	16,268

	Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets		Significant Other Observable Inputs		Significant Unobservable Inputs
	(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)		Total
Equity securities	$	6,798	$	-	$	-	$	6,798
Fixed income		5,289		-		-		5,289
International equities		2,538		-		-		2,538
Cash and equivalents		14		-		-		14
Balance at December 31, 2011	$	14,639	$	-	$	-	$	14,639

Fair value of total plan assets by major asset category as of December 31:

	2012			2011			2010
Equity securities		46	%		47	%		48	%
Fixed income		36	%		36	%		37	%
International equities		18	%		17	%		15	%
Cash and equivalents		0	%		0	%		0	%
Total		100	%		100	%		100	%

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations as of December 31:

	2012			2011			2010
Discount rate		3.55	%		4.10	%		5.75	%
Rate of compensation increase		1.75	%		4.00	%		4.00	%

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension cost for years ended December 31:

	2012			2011			2010
Discount rate		4.10	%		5.18	%		5.18	%
Rate of compensation increase		4.00	%		4.00	%		4.00	%
Long-term rate of return		7.00	%		7.00	%		8.00	%

As this plan was frozen to non-union employees on December 31, 1994, the difference between the projected benefit obligation and accumulated benefit obligation is not significant in any year.

The Company invests plan assets based on a total return on investment approach, pursuant to which the plan assets include a diversified blend of equity and fixed income investments toward a goal of maximizing the long-term rate of return without assuming an unreasonable level of investment risk. The Company determines the level of risk based on an analysis of plan liabilities, the extent to which the value of the plan assets satisfies the plan liabilities and the plan's financial condition. The investment policy includes target allocations ranging from 30% to 70% for equity investments, 20% to 60% for fixed income investments and 0% to 10% for cash equivalents. The equity portion of the plan assets represents growth and value stocks of small, medium and large companies. The Company measures and monitors the investment risk of the plan assets both on a quarterly basis and annually when the Company assesses plan liabilities.

F-24

The Company uses a building block approach to estimate the long-term rate of return on plan assets. This approach is based on the capital markets assumption that the greater the volatility, the greater the return over the long term. An analysis of the historical performance of equity and fixed income investments, together with current market factors such as the inflation and interest rates, are used to help make the assumptions necessary to estimate a long-term rate of return on plan assets. Once this estimate is made, the Company reviews the portfolio of plan assets and makes adjustments thereto that the Company believes are necessary to reflect a diversified blend of equity and fixed income investments that is capable of achieving the estimated long-term rate of return without assuming an unreasonable level of investment risk. The Company also compares the portfolio of plan assets to those of other pension plans to help assess the suitability and appropriateness of the plan's investments.

The Company expects to make $0.8 million in contributions to the plan in 2013.  However after considering the funded status of the plan, movements in the discount rate, investment performance and related tax consequences, the Company may choose to make additional contributions to the plan in any given year.

The total amount of the Company’s contributions paid under its pension plan was $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 and $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Information about the expected benefit payments for the plan is as follows:

Year Ending December 31,
2013	$	1,002
2014		1,050
2015		1,167
2016		1,255
2017		1,320
Years 2018-2022		7,082

The Company has a 401(k) defined contribution plan for all eligible employees. Employees may contribute up to 25% of their compensation into the plan. The Company will contribute an additional 30% of the employee's contributed amount up to 6% of compensation. For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, the Company's expense for the 401(k) plan amounted to $2.0 million, $2.3 million and $2.2 million, respectively.

12. INCOME TAXES

Components of the provision for income taxes from continuing operations were as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2012			2011			2010
Current:
Federal	$	4,499		$	8,570		$	34,392
State		1,494			2,960			8,016
Total		5,993			11,530			42,408
Deferred:
Federal		(11,394	)		3,312			2,742
State		(2,834	)		(112	)		(311	)
Total		(14,228	)		3,200			2,431
Total (benefit) provision	$	(8,235	)	$	14,730		$	44,839

F-25

The components of the deferred tax assets are as follows:

	At December 31,
	2012			2011
Deferred tax assets
Current:
Accrued vacation	$	60		$	63
Net operating loss carryforwards		586			586
Allowance for bad debts		7,083			8,076
Total current deferred tax assets		7,729			8,725
Deferred tax assets
Noncurrent:
Allowance for bad debts		430			665
Accrued rent		3,785			3,645
Stock-based compensation		2,095			1,855
Depreciation		5,953			-
Other intangibles		547			511
Pension plan liabilities		2,754			2,637
Net operating loss carryforwards		1,553			2,139
Sale leaseback-deferred gain		2,482			2,438
Other		77			120
Total noncurrent deferred tax assets		19,676			14,010
Deferred tax liabilities
Noncurrent:
Depreciation		-			(1,995	)
Goodwill		(2,611	)		(10,138	)
Total deferred tax liabilities		(2,611	)		(12,133	)
Total net noncurrent deferred tax assets		17,065			1,877
Total net deferred tax assets	$	24,794		$	10,602

The difference between the actual tax provision and the tax provision that would result from the use of the Federal statutory rate is as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2012					2011				2010
(Loss) income from continuing operations before taxes	$	(32,116	)			$	35,845			$	110,526
Expected tax (benefit) expense	$	(11,240	)	35.0	%	$	12,546	35.0	%	$	38,684		35.0	%
State tax (benefit) expense (net of federal)		(871	)	2.7			1,851	5.2			5,008		4.6
Permanent impairment		3,588		(11.2	)		109	0.3			1,698		1.5
Other		288		(0.9	)		224	0.6			(551	)	(0.5	)
Total	$	(8,235	)	25.6	%	$	14,730	41.1	%	$	44,839		40.6	%

The Company believes that it is more likely than not that it will realize its net deferred tax assets.  The Company has net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards at December 31, 2012 of approximately $6.1 million for federal income tax purposes, which begin expiring in 2025.  These NOLs are limited in the amount that can be utilized in a given year due to a Section 382 limitation.  The Company has determined based upon its history of profits and its forecasted financial information that it will be able to fully utilize these NOLs prior to their expiration.   As such, a valuation allowance is not required.

F-26

The following table summarizes the activity related to the Company’s uncertain tax positions:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2012			2011		2010
Balance at January 1,	$	100		$	100	$	200
Decrease for tax positions of prior years		(100	)				(100	)
Increase for tax positions of current year		135			-		-
Balance at December 31,	$	135		$	100	$	100

Included in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2012 and 2011 are unrecognized tax benefits of $0.1 million, respectively, of which $0.1 million would be reflected as an adjustment to income tax expense if recognized. It is expected that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits will change in the next 12 months; however, the Company does not expect the change to have a significant impact on its results of operations or financial position.

The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense.  During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the interest and penalties expense associated with uncertain tax positions are not significant to its results of operations or financial position.

The Company or one of its subsidiaries files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and various states.  The Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal income tax examinations for years before 2008 and generally, is no longer subject to state and local income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2007.

13. SEGMENT REPORTING

Each of the Company’s schools is a reporting unit.  The Company’s reporting units have been aggregated into one operating segment because, in the Company’s judgment, the reporting units have similar products, production processes, types of customers, methods of distribution, regulatory environment and economic characteristics.

14. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

On December 9, 2010, the Company purchased 5,307 shares of its common stock from its Executive Chairman in connection with his exercise of 60,000 stock options on the same date.

15. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Lease Commitments—The Company leases office premises, educational facilities and various equipment for varying periods through the year 2032 at basic annual rentals (excluding taxes, insurance, and other expenses under certain leases) as follows:

Year Ending December 31,	Finance Obligation			Operating Leases		Capital Leases
2013	$	1,516		$	22,546	$	2,506
2014		1,516			21,270		2,494
2015		1,516			19,594		2,494
2016		1,516			15,819		2,556
2017		-			14,626		2,678
Thereafter		-			48,456		39,815
		6,064			142,311		52,543
Less amount representing interest		(6,064	)		-		(26,188	)
	$	-		$	142,311	$	26,355

On December 28, 2001, the Company completed a sale and a leaseback of four owned facilities to a third party for net proceeds of approximately $8.8 million. The initial term of the lease is 15 years with two ten-year extensions. The lease is an operating lease that starts at $1.2 million in the first year and increases annually by the consumer price index. The lease includes an option near the end of the initial lease term to purchase the facilities at fair value, as defined. The net proceeds received have been reflected in the consolidated balance sheet as a finance obligation. The lease payments are included as a component of interest expense.

F-27

Rent expense, included in operating expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the three years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 is $23.4 million, $23.5 million, and $23.5 million, respectively. Interest expense related to the financing obligation in the accompanying statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 is $1.5 million, $1.5 million and $1.4 million, respectively.

Litigation and Regulatory Matters—In the ordinary conduct of business, the Company is subject to periodic lawsuits, investigations and claims, including, but not limited to, claims involving students or graduates and routine employment matters.  Although the Company cannot predict with certainty the ultimate resolution of lawsuits, investigations and claims asserted against it, the Company does not believe that any currently pending legal proceeding to which it is a party will have a material effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

On November 21, 2012, the Company received a Civil Investigation Demand from the Attorney General of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts relating to their investigation of whether the Company and certain of its academic institutions have complied with certain Massachusetts state consumer protection and finance laws.  Pursuant to the Civil Investigative Demand, the Attorney General has requested from the Company and certain of its academic institutions documents and detailed information from the time period January 1, 2008 to the present. We responded to this request and intend to continue cooperating with the Attorney General’s Office.

Student Loans—At December 31, 2012, the Company had outstanding net loan commitments to its students to assist them in financing their education of approximately $25.0 million.

Vendor Relationship—The Company is party to two agreements with Snap-on Industrial (“Snap-on”) which expire on December 31, 2012 and 2013.  The Company has agreed to grant Snap-on exclusive rights to certain automotive campuses to display advertising and supply certain tools with the exception of one pre-existing vendor contract.  The Company earns credits that are redeemable for certain tools and equipment based on the sales to students and to the Company.

Executive Employment Agreements—The Company entered into employment contracts with key executives that provide for continued salary payments if the executives are terminated for reasons other than cause, as defined in the agreements. The future employment contract commitments for such employees were approximately $8.9 million at December 31, 2012.

Change in Control Agreements—In the event of a change of control several key executives will receive continued salary payments based on their employment agreements.

Surety Bonds—Each of the Company’s campuses must be authorized by the applicable state education agency in which the campus is located to operate and to grant degrees, diplomas or certificates to its students. The campuses are subject to extensive, ongoing regulation by each of these states. In addition, our campuses are required to be authorized by the applicable state education agencies of certain other states in which our campuses recruit students. The Company is required to post surety bonds on behalf of our campuses and education representatives with multiple states to maintain authorization to conduct our business. At December 31, 2012, the Company has posted surety bonds in the total amount of approximately $14.9 million.

F-28

16. UNAUDITED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Quarterly financial information for 2012 and 2011 is as follows:

	Quarter
2012	First			Second			Third			Fourth
Revenue	$	101,158		$	97,031		$	102,057		$	102,451
Income (loss) from continuing operations		(2,176	)		(13,838	)		1,086			(8,953	)
Loss from discontinued operations		(879	)		(6,870	)		(2,570	)		(2,986	)
Net loss		(3,055	)		(20,708	)		(1,484	)		(11,939	)
Basic
(Loss) earnings per share from continuing operations	$	(0.10	)	$	(0.62	)	$	0.05		$	(0.40	)
Loss per share from discontinued operations		(0.04	)		(0.31	)		(0.12	)		(0.14	)
Net (loss) income per share	$	(0.14	)	$	(0.93	)	$	(0.07	)	$	(0.54	)
Diluted
(Loss) earnings per share from continuing operations	$	(0.10	)	$	(0.62	)	$	0.05		$	(0.40	)
Loss per share from discontinued operations		(0.04	)		(0.31	)		(0.12	)		(0.14	)
Net (loss) income per share	$	(0.14	)	$	(0.93	)	$	(0.07	)	$	(0.54	)

	Quarter
2011	First		Second			Third			Fourth
Revenue	$	138,404	$	122,665		$	118,985		$	111,767
Income (loss) from continuing operations		10,159		5,001			(1,334	)		7,289
Income (loss) from discontinued operations		198		(71	)		(2,592	)		(1,110	)
Net income (loss)		10,357		4,930			(3,926	)		6,179
Basic
Earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations	$	0.46	$	0.23		$	(0.06	)	$	0.33
Earnings (loss) per share from discontinued operations		0.01		(0.01	)		(0.12	)		(0.05	)
Net income (loss) per share	$	0.47	$	0.22		$	(0.18	)	$	0.28
Diluted
Earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations	$	0.45	$	0.22		$	(0.06	)	$	0.33
Earnings (loss) per share from discontinued operations		0.01		-			(0.12	)		(0.05	)
Net income (loss) per share	$	0.46	$	0.22		$	(0.18	)	$	0.28

17. DIVIDENDS

During 2012, 2011 and 2010, the Board of Directors declared cash dividends of $0.28, $0.07 and $1.00 per share of common stock outstanding, respectively. In March 2013, the Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.07 per share of common stock outstanding, which will be paid on March 29, 2013 to shareholders of record on March 15, 2013. The establishment of future record and payment dates is subject to the final determination of the Company’s Board of Directors.

F-29

LINCOLN EDUCATIONAL SERVICES CORPORATION

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

(in thousands, continuing and discontinued operations)

Description	Balance at Beginning of Period		Charged to Expense		Accounts Written-off			Balance at End of Period
Allowance accounts for the year ended:
December 31, 2012 Student receivable allowance	$	21,858	$	21,056	$	(24,085	)	$	18,829
December 31, 2011 Student receivable allowance	$	26,993	$	30,553	$	(35,688	)	$	21,858
December 31, 2010 Student receivable allowance	$	26,859	$	39,106	$	(38,972	)	$	26,993

F-30

EX-10.12

Exhibit 10.12

LINCOLN EDUCATIONAL SERVICES CORPORATION

2005 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT

Date of Award: 

Participant: 

Lincoln Educational Services Corporation (the “Company”) hereby grants the Participant [_____] shares of restricted Common Stock of the Company (the “Restricted Shares”), pursuant to the provisions of the Company’s 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).

This grant of the Restricted Shares shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, including, but not limited to, the transfer restrictions set forth in Section C hereof and the cancellation provisions of Section B hereof.  The Plan provides a complete description of the terms and conditions governing all Awards granted thereunder.  This Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, as amended from time to time, and to such rules and regulations as the Committee may adopt under the Plan.  If there is any inconsistency between the Plan and this Award Agreement, the Plan’s terms (or applicable rules and regulations of the Committee) shall control and supersede and replace any terms of this Award Agreement that conflict with the terms of the Plan.

All capitalized terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Plan, unless specifically set forth otherwise herein.

(A) Vesting Schedule.

(1) Subject to the Participant’s continued employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries (the “Company Group”), __________ of the Restricted Shares shall vest on each of the _____________ anniversaries of the Date of Award (each, a “Vesting Date”).  Any fractional Restricted Shares resulting from the application of the vesting schedule shall be aggregated and the Restricted Shares resulting from such aggregation shall vest on the fifth anniversary of the Date of Award.

(2) Upon vesting, the Restricted Shares shall no longer be subject to the transfer restrictions pursuant to Section D or cancellation pursuant to Section B.

(B) Termination of Employment.

(1) If, prior to a Vesting Date, the Participant’s employment with the Company Group terminates for any reason other than death, Disability or due to an Involuntary Termination, the unvested Restricted Shares shall be cancelled immediately without consideration as of the date of such termination and the Participant shall immediately forfeit any rights to the Restricted Shares.

(2) If, prior to a Vesting Date, the Participant’s employment with the Company Group terminates as a result of the Participant’s death, Disability or Involuntary Termination, all of the unvested Restricted Shares shall immediately vest in full and shall no longer be subject to the transfer restrictions pursuant to Section D or cancellation pursuant to Section B.

(3) “Involuntary Termination” has the meaning set forth in the employment agreement between the Participant and the Company.  In the event that the Participant is not party to an employment agreement, “Involuntary Termination” means the termination of the Participant’s employment (i) by the Company (or any successor thereto) without Cause or (ii) by the Participant for Good Reason, each as defined in Appendix A.

(4) For purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” has the meaning set forth in the employment agreement between the Participant and the Company.  In the event that the Participant is not party to an employment agreement, Disability shall mean a physical or mental disability or infirmity of the Participant that prevents the normal performance of substantially all of the Participant’s duties as an employee of the Company or any Subsidiary, which disability or infirmity shall exist for any continuous period of 180 days within any twelve (12) month period.

(C) Change in Control.

(1) In the event of a Change of Control prior to any Vesting Date, all of the unvested Restricted Shares shall immediately vest in full and shall no longer be subject to the transfer restrictions pursuant to Section D or cancellation pursuant to Section B.

(2) “Change in Control” has the meaning set forth in the employment agreement between the Participant and the Company.  In the event that the Participant is not party to an employment agreement, “Change in Control” has the meaning set forth on Appendix A.

(D) Transferability.  Pursuant to Section 12 of the Plan, the Restricted Shares are not transferable other than by last will and testament or by the laws of descent and distribution, and the Participant’s rights under this Award Agreement shall be exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime by the Participant only.

(E) Rights as a Stockholder.  The Participant shall have, with respect to the Restricted Shares, all the rights of a stockholder of the Company, including, if applicable, the right to vote the Restricted Shares and to receive any dividends, subject to the restrictions set forth in the Plan and this Award Agreement.

(F) Dividends and Distributions.  Any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company received by the Participant as a result of a distribution to holders of Restricted Shares or as a dividend on the Restricted Shares shall be subject to the same restrictions as the related Restricted Shares, and all references to Restricted Shares hereunder shall be deemed to include such shares of Common Stock or other securities.

(G) Share Certificates.  The certificate representing the shares of Common Stock covered by the Restricted Shares shall be held in custody by the Company until the restrictions thereon shall have lapsed.  As a condition of the award of Restricted Shares, the Participant shall deliver to the Company a stock power, endorsed in blank, relating to such shares of Common Stock.  The Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on the certificate to make appropriate reference to such restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the Plan or as may be required by the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any exchange that lists the shares of Common Stock, and any applicable federal or state laws.

2

(H) No Entitlements.

(1) The Restricted Shares are discretionary awards.  Neither this Award Agreement nor the Plan confers on the Participant any right or entitlement to receive compensation or bonus in any specific amount for any future fiscal year (including, without limitation, any grants of future Awards under the Plan) and do not impact in any way the Company Group’s determination of the amount, if any, of the Participant’s compensation or bonus.  The Restricted Shares do not constitute salary, wages, regular compensation, recurrent compensation or contractual compensation for the year of grant or any later year and shall not be included in, nor have any effect on, the determination of employment-related rights or benefits under law or any employee benefit plan or similar arrangement provided by the Company Group (including, without limitation, severance, termination of employment and pension benefits), unless otherwise specifically provided for under the terms of such plan or arrangement or by the Company Group.  The benefits provided pursuant to the Restricted Shares are in no way secured, guaranteed or warranted by Company Group.

(2) The Restricted Shares are awarded to the Participant by virtue of the Participant’s employment with, and services performed for, the Company Group.  Neither this Award Agreement nor the Plan constitutes an employment agreement.  Nothing in either this Award Agreement or the Plan shall modify the terms of the Participant’s employment.

(3) Subject to the terms of any applicable employment agreement, the Company reserves the right to change the terms and conditions of the Participant’s employment, including the division, subsidiary or department in which the Participant is employed.  This Award Agreement, the Plan, the grant of Restricted Shares, and/or any action taken or omitted to be taken under this Award Agreement or the Plan shall not be deemed to create or confer on the Participant any right to be retained in the employ of the Company Group, or to interfere with or to limit in any way the right of the Company Group to terminate the Participant’s employment at any time.  Moreover, the termination of employment provisions set forth in Section (B) only apply to the treatment of the Restricted Shares in the specified circumstances and shall not otherwise affect the Participant’s employment relationship.  By accepting this Award Agreement, the Participant waives any and all rights to compensation or damages in consequence of the termination of the Participant’s office or employment for any reason whatsoever insofar as those rights arise or may arise from the Participant’s ceasing to have rights under, or be entitled to receive payment in respect of, the Restricted Shares as a result of such termination, or from the loss or diminution in value of such rights or entitlements.  This waiver applies whether or not such termination amounts to a wrongful discharge or unfair dismissal.

3

(I) Miscellaneous.

(1) The Committee shall have the right to impose such restrictions on the Restricted Shares as it deems necessary or advisable under applicable federal securities laws, the rules and regulations of any stock exchange or market upon which such Shares are then listed and/or traded, and/or under any blue sky or state securities laws applicable to such Shares.  It is expressly understood that the Committee is authorized to administer, construe, and make all determinations necessary or appropriate to administer the Plan and this Award Agreement, all of which shall be binding upon the Participant.

(2) The Board may, at any time, or from time to time, terminate, amend, modify or suspend the Plan, and the Board or the Committee may amend or modify this Award Agreement at any time; provided, however, that no termination, amendment, modification or suspension shall materially and adversely alter or impair the rights of the Participant under this Award Agreement without the Participant’s written consent.

(3) Shares of restricted stock are not subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Section 409A”).  Notwithstanding the forgoing or any provision of the Plan or this Award Agreement, if any provision of this Award Agreement or the Plan contravenes Section 409A or could cause the Participant to incur any tax, interest or penalties under Section 409A, the Committee may, in its sole discretion and without the Participant’s consent, modify such provision to (i) comply with, or avoid being subject to, Section 409A, or to avoid the incurrence of any taxes, interest and penalties under Section 409A, and/or (ii) maintain, to the maximum extent practicable, the original intent and economic benefit to the Participant of the applicable provision without materially increasing the cost to the Company or contravening the provisions of Section 409A.  This Section (H)(3) does not create an obligation on the part of the Company to modify the Plan or this Award Agreement and does not guarantee that the Restricted Shares will not be subject to taxes, interest and penalties under Section 409A.

(4) Vesting of the Restricted Shares shall be subject to the Participant satisfying all applicable federal, state, local and foreign taxes (including the Participant’s FICA obligation).  The Company shall have the power and the right to (i) deduct or withhold from all amounts payable to the Participant in connection with the Restricted Shares or otherwise, or (ii) require the Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy any applicable taxes required by law.  Further, the Company may permit or require the Participant to satisfy, in whole or in part, the tax obligations by withholding Shares that would otherwise be received upon vesting of the Restricted Shares.

(5) This Award Agreement shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required, or the Committee determines are advisable.  The Participant agrees to take all steps the Company determines are necessary to comply with all applicable provisions of federal and state securities law in exercising his rights under this Award Agreement.

4

(6) All obligations of the Company under the Plan and this Award Agreement, with respect to the Restricted Shares, shall be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company.

(7) To the extent not preempted by federal law, this Award Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

5

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Award Agreement has been executed by the Company by one of its duly authorized officers as of the Date of Award.

LINCOLN EDUCATIONAL SERVICES CORPORATION

By:

Name:

Title:

6

APPENDIX A

“Cause” shall mean, with respect to the Participant, the following:

(a) prior to a Change in Control, (i) the Participant’s willful failure to perform the duties of his employment in any material respect, (ii) malfeasance or gross negligence in the performance of the Participant’s duties of employment, (iii) the Participant’s conviction of a felony under the laws of the United States or any state thereof (whether or not in connection with his employment), (iv) the Participant’s intentional or reckless disclosure of protected information respecting any member of the Company Group’s business to any individual or entity which is not in the performance of the duties of his employment, (v) the Participant’s commission of an act or acts of sexual harassment that would normally constitute grounds for termination, or (vi) any other act or omission by the Participant (other than an act or omission resulting from the exercise by the Participant of good faith business judgment), which is materially injurious to the financial condition or business reputation of any member of the Company Group; provided, however, that in the case of (i) and (ii) above, the Participant shall not be deemed to have been terminated for cause unless he has received written notice of the alleged basis therefor from the Company, and fails to remedy the matter within 30 days after he has received such notice, except that no such “cure opportunity” shall be required in the case of two separate episodes occurring within any 12-month period that give the Company the right to terminate for cause for such reason; or

(b) on or after a Change in Control, (i) the Participant’s willful failure to perform the duties of his employment in any material respect, (ii) malfeasance or gross negligence in the performance of the Participant’s duties of employment, (iii) the Participant’s conviction of a felony under the laws of the United States or any state thereof (whether or not in connection with his employment), or (iv) the Participant’s intentional or reckless disclosure of protected information respecting any member of the Company Group’s business to any individual or entity which is not in the performance of the duties of his employment; provided, however, that in the case of (i) and (ii) above, the Participant shall not be deemed to have been terminated for cause unless he has received written notice of the alleged basis therefor from the Company, and fails to remedy the matter within 30 days after he has received such notice, except that no such “cure opportunity” shall be required in the case of two separate episodes occurring within any 12-month period that give the Company the right to terminate for cause for such reason.

 “Change in Control” shall mean:

(a) when a “person” (as defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the “Exchange Act”), including a “group” (as defined in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), either directly or indirectly becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of 25% or more of either (i) the then outstanding Common Stock, or (ii) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; provided, however, that the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control:  (1) any acquisition directly from the Company; (2) any acquisition by the Company; or (3) any acquisition by an employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any corporation controlled by the Company;

(b) when, during any period of 24 consecutive months of employment, the individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute the Board (the “Company Incumbent Directors”) cease for any reason other than death to constitute at least a majority thereof;  provided, however, that a director who was not a director at the beginning of such 24-month period shall be deemed to be a Company Incumbent Director if such director was elected by, or on the recommendation of or with the approval of at least two-thirds of the directors of the Company, who then qualified as Company Incumbent Directors;

(c) when the stockholders of the Company approve a reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company without the consent or approval of a majority of the Company Incumbent Directors;

(d) consummation of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, the issuance of voting securities of the Company in connection with a merger, amalgamation or consolidation of the Company or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or the acquisition of assets of another corporation (each, a “Business Combination”), unless, in each case of a Business Combination, immediately following such Business Combination, all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners of the Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the then outstanding shares of common stock and 50% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the entity resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, an entity which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination, of the Common Stock; or

(e) a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company;

“Good Reason” shall mean, with respect to the Participant, the occurrence of any of the following (without his written consent):  (a) a reduction in the Participant’s base salary or target annual bonus; (b) an adverse change in the Participant’s title, authority, duties, responsibilities or reporting lines as specified in Section 2.1 of this Agreement; (c) the relocation of the Participant’s principal place of employment to a location more than 10 miles from West Orange, New Jersey; (d) a failure by the Company to pay material compensation when due in connection with the Participant’s employment; or (e) a material breach of this Agreement by the Company; provided, however, that, if any such Good Reason is reasonably susceptible to cure, then the Participant shall not terminate his employment hereunder unless the Participant first provides the Company with written notice of his intention to terminate and of the grounds for such termination, and the Company has not, within 10 business days following receipt of such written notice, cured such Good Reason.

EX-21.1

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of the Company

The following is a list of Lincoln Educational Services Corporation’s subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012:

Name	Jurisdiction
Lincoln Technical Institute, Inc. (wholly owned)	New Jersey
New England Acquisition LLC (wholly owned through Lincoln Technical Institute, Inc.)	Delaware
Southwestern Acquisition LLC (wholly owned through Lincoln Technical Institute, Inc.)	Delaware
Nashville Acquisition, LLC (wholly owned through Lincoln Technical Institute, Inc.)	Delaware
Euphoria Acquisition, LLC (wholly owned through Lincoln Technical Institute, Inc.)	Delaware
New England Institute of Technology at Palm Beach, Inc. (wholly owned through Lincoln Technical Institute, Inc.)	Florida
LTI Holdings, LLC (wholly owned through Lincoln Technical Institute, Inc.)	Colorado
LCT Acquisition, LLC (wholly owned through Lincoln Technical Institute, Inc.)	Delaware
ComTech Services Group Inc. (wholly owned through Lincoln Technical Institute, Inc.)	New Jersey

EX-23

Exhibit 23

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement No. 333-126066, 333-132749, 333-138715, 333-158923, and 333-173880 on Form S-8 and in Registration Statement No. 333-148406 and 333-152854 on Form S-3 of our reports dated March 11, 2013, relating to the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule of Lincoln Educational Services Corporation and subsidiaries (the “Company”), and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Lincoln Educational Services Corporation for the year ended December 31, 2012.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Parsippany, New Jersey

March 11, 2013

EX-31.1

EXHIBIT 31.1

CERTIFICATION

I, Shaun McAlmont, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Lincoln Educational Services Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a)           Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b)           Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)           Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d)           Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an Annual Report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)           All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b)           Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 12, 2013

/s/ Shaun McAlmont

Shaun McAlmont

Chief Executive Officer

EX-31.2

EXHIBIT 31.2

CERTIFICATION

I, Cesar Ribeiro, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Lincoln Educational Services Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an Annual Report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 12, 2013

/s/ Cesar Ribeiro

Cesar Ribeiro

Chief Financial Officer

EX-32

EXHIBIT 32

CERTIFICATION

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350 as adopted by

Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Each of the undersigned, Shaun McAlmont, Chief Executive Officer of Lincoln Educational Services Corporation (the “Company”), and Cesar Ribeiro, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, has executed this certification in connection with the filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31 2012 (the “Report”).

Each of the undersigned hereby certifies that, to his respective knowledge:

1.           The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

2.           The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date:	March 12, 2013
/s/ Shaun McAlmont
Shaun McAlmont
Chief Executive Officer
/s/ Cesar Ribeiro
Cesar Ribeiro
Chief Financial Officer

XML

UNAUDITED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

UNAUDITED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION [Abstract]

Quarterly financial information

Quarterly financial information for 2012 and 2011 is as follows:

	Quarter
2012	First			Second			Third			Fourth
Revenue	$	101,158		$	97,031		$	102,057		$	102,451
Income (loss) from continuing operations		(2,176	)		(13,838	)		1,086			(8,953	)
Loss from discontinued operations		(879	)		(6,870	)		(2,570	)		(2,986	)
Net loss		(3,055	)		(20,708	)		(1,484	)		(11,939	)
Basic
(Loss) earnings per share from continuing operations	$	(0.10	)	$	(0.62	)	$	0.05		$	(0.40	)
Loss per share from discontinued operations		(0.04	)		(0.31	)		(0.12	)		(0.14	)
Net (loss) income per share	$	(0.14	)	$	(0.93	)	$	(0.07	)	$	(0.54	)
Diluted
(Loss) earnings per share from continuing operations	$	(0.10	)	$	(0.62	)	$	0.05		$	(0.40	)
Loss per share from discontinued operations		(0.04	)		(0.31	)		(0.12	)		(0.14	)
Net (loss) income per share	$	(0.14	)	$	(0.93	)	$	(0.07	)	$	(0.54	)

	Quarter
2011	First		Second			Third			Fourth
Revenue	$	138,404	$	122,665		$	118,985		$	111,767
Income (loss) from continuing operations		10,159		5,001			(1,334	)		7,289
Income (loss) from discontinued operations		198		(71	)		(2,592	)		(1,110	)
Net income (loss)		10,357		4,930			(3,926	)		6,179
Basic
Earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations	$	0.46	$	0.23		$	(0.06	)	$	0.33
Earnings (loss) per share from discontinued operations		0.01		(0.01	)		(0.12	)		(0.05	)
Net income (loss) per share	$	0.47	$	0.22		$	(0.18	)	$	0.28
Diluted
Earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations	$	0.45	$	0.22		$	(0.06	)	$	0.33
Earnings (loss) per share from discontinued operations		0.01		-			(0.12	)		(0.05	)
Net income (loss) per share	$	0.46	$	0.22		$	(0.18	)	$	0.28

XML

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2001
Finance Obligation [Abstract]
Year Ending December 31, 2013	$ 1,516,000
Year Ending December 31, 2014	1,516,000
Year Ending December 31, 2015	1,516,000
Year Ending December 31, 2016	1,516,000
Year Ending December 31, 2017	0
Thereafter	0
Finance Obligation, Total	6,064,000
Less amount representing interest	(6,064,000)
Finance obligation net of interest	0
Operating Leases [Abstract]
Year Ending December 31, 2013	22,546,000
Year Ending December 31, 2014	21,270,000
Year Ending December 31, 2015	19,594,000
Year Ending December 31, 2016	15,819,000
Year Ending December 31, 2017	14,626,000
Thereafter	48,456,000
Operating Leases, Total	142,311,000
Less amount representing interest	0
Operating leases net of interest	142,311,000
Capital Leases [Abstract]
Year Ending December 31, 2013	2,506,000
Year Ending December 31, 2014	2,494,000
Year Ending December 31, 2015	2,494,000
Year Ending December 31, 2016	2,556,000
Year Ending December 31, 2017	2,678,000
Thereafter	39,815,000
Capital Leases, Total	52,543,000
Less amount representing interest	(26,188,000)
Capital leases net of interest	26,355,000
Number of owned facilities	4
Net proceeds from sale and leaseback transaction	8,800,000
Lease Term	15 years
Period considered for lease extension	10 years
Lease rent expense	23,400,000	23,500,000	23,500,000	1,200,000
Interest expense related to financing obligations	1,500,000	1,500,000	1,400,000
Outstanding net loan commitment	25,000,000
Future employment contract commitments	8,900,000
Surety bonds	$ 14,900,000

XML

LONG-TERM DEBT AND LEASE OBLIGATIONS (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012		Dec. 31, 2011		Dec. 31, 2010
Long-term debt and lease obligations [Abstract]
Long term debt and capital lease obligations	$ 73,527,000		$ 36,508,000
Less current maturities	(412,000)		(481,000)
Long-term debt and lease obligations	73,115,000		36,027,000
Sale and a leaseback of several facilities, Date	2001-12-28
Rent expense under finance lease	1,500,000		1,500,000		1,500,000
Lease expiration date	Dec. 31, 2016
Scheduled maturities of long-term debt and lease obligations [Abstract]
2013	412,000
2014	435,000
2015	37,971,000
2016	10,243,000
2017	748,000
Thereafter	23,718,000
Long term debt and capital lease obligations	73,527,000		36,508,000
Credit Agreement [Member]
Long-term debt and lease obligations [Abstract]
Credit agreement	37,500,000	[1]	0	[1]
Number of lenders led by Bank of America	4
Maximum borrowing capacity of credit facility	85,000,000
Expiration date of credit facility	Apr. 05, 2015
Maximum aggregate amount to increase under the credit facility	50,000,000
Maturity period of credit facility	36 months
Variable rate of debt instrument	prime rate
Federal Funds rate plus, variable rate (in hundredths)	0.50%
LIBOR rate plus, variable rate (in hundredths)	1.00%
Interest rate of credit facility (in hundredths)	4.50%
Amount outstanding under letter of credit	1,600,000
Outstanding amount of credit facility	37,500,000
Old Credit Agreement [Member]
Long-term debt and lease obligations [Abstract]
Credit agreement	0	[2]	0	[2]
Maximum borrowing capacity of credit facility	115,000,000
Expiration date of credit facility	Dec. 01, 2012
Amount outstanding under letter of credit			1,600,000
Outstanding amount of credit facility			0
Letter of Credit [Member]
Long-term debt and lease obligations [Abstract]
Maximum borrowing capacity of credit facility	25,000,000
Swing Line [Member]
Long-term debt and lease obligations [Abstract]
Maximum borrowing capacity of credit facility	5,000,000
Minimum [Member] | Credit Agreement [Member]
Long-term debt and lease obligations [Abstract]
Interest rate of credit facility (in hundredths)	1.25%
Maximum [Member] | Credit Agreement [Member]
Long-term debt and lease obligations [Abstract]
Interest rate of credit facility (in hundredths)	2.75%
Finance Obligation [Member]
Long-term debt and lease obligations [Abstract]
Capital lease and finance obligation	9,672,000	[3]	9,672,000	[3]
Capital Lease-Property (with a rate of 8.0%) [Member]
Long-term debt and lease obligations [Abstract]
Capital lease and finance obligation	26,344,000	[4]	26,715,000	[4]
Interest rate of debt instrument (in hundredths)	8.00%
Capital Leases-Equipment (with rates ranging from 5.0% to 8.5%) [Member]
Long-term debt and lease obligations [Abstract]
Capital lease and finance obligation	$ 11,000		$ 121,000
Interest rate of debt instrument, minimum (in hundredths)			5.00%
Interest rate of debt instrument, maximum (in hundredths)			8.50%

[1] On April 5, 2012, the Company, as borrower, and certain of its wholly-owned subsidiaries, as guarantors, entered into a secured revolving credit agreement (the "Credit Agreement") with a syndicate of four lenders led by Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, swing line lender and letter of credit issuer, for an aggregate principal amount of up to $85 million. The Credit Agreement replaces the Company's prior $115 million Credit Facility with Bank of America, N.A. and other lenders, which was due to expire on December 1, 2012. The old Credit Agreement (as defined below) was terminated concurrently with the effective date of the Credit Agreement.

[2] The Company previously had a credit agreement (the "old Credit Agreement") with a syndicate of banks which was terminated on April 5, 2012. Under the terms of the agreement, the syndicate provided the Company with a $115 million credit facility. The old Credit Agreement permitted the issuance of up to $25 million in letter of credit, the amount of which reduces the availability of permitted borrowings under the agreement. At December 31, 2011, the Company had outstanding letters of credit aggregating $1.6 million, which were primarily comprised of letters of credit for the DOE matters and real estate leases.

[3] The Company completed a sale and a leaseback of several facilities on December 28, 2001. The Company retained a continuing involvement in the lease and as a result it is prohibited from utilizing sale-leaseback accounting. Accordingly, the Company has treated this transaction as a finance lease. Rent payments under this obligation for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012 were $1.5 million, respectively. These payments have been reflected in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations as interest expense for all periods presented since the effective interest rate on the obligation is greater than the scheduled payments. The lease expiration date is December 31, 2016.

[4] In 2009, the Company assumed real estate capital leases in Fern Park, Florida and Hartford, Connecticut. These leases bear interest at 8% and expire in 2032 and 2031, respectively.

XML

UNAUDITED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Sep. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2012	Mar. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Sep. 30, 2011	Jun. 30, 2011	Mar. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
UNAUDITED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION [Abstract]
Revenues	$ 102,451	$ 102,057	$ 97,031	$ 101,158	$ 111,767	$ 118,985	$ 122,665	$ 138,404	$ 402,697	$ 491,821	$ 604,762
Income (loss) from continuing operations	(8,953)	1,086	(13,838)	(2,176)	7,289	(1,334)	5,001	10,159	(23,881)	21,115	65,687
Loss from discontinued operations	(2,986)	(2,570)	(6,870)	(879)	(1,110)	(2,592)	(71)	198	(13,305)	(3,575)	4,044
Net income (loss)	$ (11,939)	$ (1,484)	$ (20,708)	$ (3,055)	$ 6,179	$ (3,926)	$ 4,930	$ 10,357	$ (37,186)	$ 17,540	$ 69,731
Basic [Abstract]
(Loss) earnings per share from continuing operations (in dollars per share)	$ (0.4)	$ 0.05	$ (0.62)	$ (0.1)	$ 0.33	$ (0.06)	$ 0.23	$ 0.46	$ (1.08)	$ 0.96	$ 2.69
(Loss) earnings per share from discontinued operations (in dollars per share)	$ (0.14)	$ (0.12)	$ (0.31)	$ (0.04)	$ (0.05)	$ (0.12)	$ (0.01)	$ 0.01	$ (0.6)	$ (0.16)	$ 0.17
Net income (loss) per share (in dollars per share)	$ (0.54)	$ (0.07)	$ (0.93)	$ (0.14)	$ 0.28	$ (0.18)	$ 0.22	$ 0.47	$ (1.68)	$ 0.80	$ 2.86
Diluted [Abstract]
(Loss) earnings per share from continuing operations (in dollars per share)	$ (0.4)	$ 0.05	$ (0.62)	$ (0.1)	$ 0.33	$ (0.06)	$ 0.22	$ 0.45	$ (1.08)	$ 0.95	$ 2.63
(Loss) earnings per share from discontinued operations (in dollars per share)	$ (0.14)	$ (0.12)	$ (0.31)	$ (0.04)	$ (0.05)	$ (0.12)	$ 0	$ 0.01	$ (0.6)	$ (0.16)	$ 0.16
Net income (loss) per share (in dollars per share)	$ (0.54)	$ (0.07)	$ (0.93)	$ (0.14)	$ 0.28	$ (0.18)	$ 0.22	$ 0.46	$ (1.68)	$ 0.79	$ 2.79

XML

PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Property, equipment and facilities net [Abstract]
Property, equipment and facilities, Gross	$ 291,930,000	$ 302,288,000
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization	(137,834,000)	(122,274,000)
Property, equipment and facilities, Net	154,096,000	180,014,000
Depreciation and amortization expense	26,400,000	26,300,000
Land [Member]
Property, equipment and facilities net [Abstract]
Property, equipment and facilities, Gross	18,363,000	18,363,000
Buildings and Improvements [Member]
Property, equipment and facilities net [Abstract]
Property, equipment and facilities, Gross	192,990,000	206,499,000
Capital leased assets, gross	26,800,000	26,800,000
Capital leased assets, accumulated depreciation	7,000,000	5,200,000
Capitalized interest cost	600,000	600,000
Accumulated depreciation on capitalized interest cost	400,000	300,000
Buildings and Improvements [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Property, equipment and facilities net [Abstract]
Useful life (years)	1 year
Buildings and Improvements [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Property, equipment and facilities net [Abstract]
Useful life (years)	25 years
Equipment, Furniture and Fixtures [Member]
Property, equipment and facilities net [Abstract]
Property, equipment and facilities, Gross	79,172,000	75,112,000
Capital leased assets, gross	600,000	700,000
Capital leased assets, accumulated depreciation	600,000	600,000
Equipment, Furniture and Fixtures [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Property, equipment and facilities net [Abstract]
Useful life (years)	1 year
Equipment, Furniture and Fixtures [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Property, equipment and facilities net [Abstract]
Useful life (years)	12 years
Vehicles [Member]
Property, equipment and facilities net [Abstract]
Useful life (years)	3 years
Property, equipment and facilities, Gross	1,231,000	1,155,000
Construction in Progress [Member]
Property, equipment and facilities net [Abstract]
Property, equipment and facilities, Gross	$ 174,000	$ 1,159,000

XML

ACCRUED EXPENSES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

ACCRUED EXPENSES [Abstract]

Accrued expenses

Accrued expenses consist of the following:

	At December 31,
	2012		2011
Accrued compensation and benefits	$	3,163	$	4,701
Other accrued expenses		6,583		6,595
	$	9,746	$	11,296

XML

Schedule II-Valuation and Qualifying Accounts (Details) (Student Receivable Allowance [Member], USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Student Receivable Allowance [Member]
Movement in Valuation Allowances and Reserves [Abstract]
Balance at Beginning of Period	$ 21,858	$ 26,993	$ 26,859
Charged to Expense	21,056	30,553	39,106
Accounts Written-off	(24,085)	(35,688)	(38,972)
Balance at End of Period	$ 18,829	$ 21,858	$ 26,993

XML

UNAUDITED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

UNAUDITED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION [Abstract]

UNAUDITED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

16. UNAUDITED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Quarterly financial information for 2012 and 2011 is as follows:

	Quarter
2012	First			Second			Third			Fourth
Revenue	$	101,158		$	97,031		$	102,057		$	102,451
Income (loss) from continuing operations		(2,176	)		(13,838	)		1,086			(8,953	)
Loss from discontinued operations		(879	)		(6,870	)		(2,570	)		(2,986	)
Net loss		(3,055	)		(20,708	)		(1,484	)		(11,939	)
Basic
(Loss) earnings per share from continuing operations	$	(0.10	)	$	(0.62	)	$	0.05		$	(0.40	)
Loss per share from discontinued operations		(0.04	)		(0.31	)		(0.12	)		(0.14	)
Net (loss) income per share	$	(0.14	)	$	(0.93	)	$	(0.07	)	$	(0.54	)
Diluted
(Loss) earnings per share from continuing operations	$	(0.10	)	$	(0.62	)	$	0.05		$	(0.40	)
Loss per share from discontinued operations		(0.04	)		(0.31	)		(0.12	)		(0.14	)
Net (loss) income per share	$	(0.14	)	$	(0.93	)	$	(0.07	)	$	(0.54	)

	Quarter
2011	First		Second			Third			Fourth
Revenue	$	138,404	$	122,665		$	118,985		$	111,767
Income (loss) from continuing operations		10,159		5,001			(1,334	)		7,289
Income (loss) from discontinued operations		198		(71	)		(2,592	)		(1,110	)
Net income (loss)		10,357		4,930			(3,926	)		6,179
Basic
Earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations	$	0.46	$	0.23		$	(0.06	)	$	0.33
Earnings (loss) per share from discontinued operations		0.01		(0.01	)		(0.12	)		(0.05	)
Net income (loss) per share	$	0.47	$	0.22		$	(0.18	)	$	0.28
Diluted
Earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations	$	0.45	$	0.22		$	(0.06	)	$	0.33
Earnings (loss) per share from discontinued operations		0.01		-			(0.12	)		(0.05	)
Net income (loss) per share	$	0.46	$	0.22		$	(0.18	)	$	0.28

XML

PENSION PLAN (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
CHANGES IN BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS [Roll Forward]
Benefit obligation-beginning of year	$ 21,233,000	$ 17,903,000	$ 16,326,000
Service cost	35,000	117,000	91,000
Interest cost	872,000	939,000	918,000
Actuarial loss	1,926,000	3,008,000	1,210,000
Benefits paid	(897,000)	(734,000)	(642,000)
Benefit obligation at end of year	23,169,000	21,233,000	17,903,000
CHANGE IN PLAN ASSETS [Roll Forward]
Fair value of plan assets-beginning of year	14,639,000	15,087,000	13,134,000
Actual return on plan assets	1,807,000	12,000	1,773,000
Employer contributions	719,000	274,000	822,000
Benefits paid	(897,000)	(734,000)	(642,000)
Fair value of plan assets-end of year	16,268,000	14,639,000	15,087,000
BENEFIT OBLIGATION IN EXCESS OF FAIR VALUE FUNDED STATUS:	(6,901,000)	(6,594,000)	(2,816,000)
Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets [Abstract]
Noncurrent liabilities	(6,901,000)	(6,594,000)	(2,816,000)
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss [Abstract]
Accumulated loss	(11,276,000)	(11,191,000)	(7,903,000)
Deferred income taxes	4,500,000	4,475,000	3,155,000
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(6,776,000)	(6,716,000)	(4,748,000)
Accumulated benefit obligation	23,200,000	21,200,000
Components of net periodic benefit cost [Abstract]
Service cost	35,000	117,000	91,000
Interest cost	872,000	939,000	918,000
Expected return on plan assets	(1,021,000)	(1,034,000)	(1,041,000)
Recognized net actuarial loss	1,056,000	742,000	732,000
Net periodic benefit cost	942,000	764,000	700,000
Amortization of estimated net loss, transition obligation and prior service cost from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost	1,000,000
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	16,268,000	14,639,000	15,087,000
Fair value of total plan assets by major asset category (in hundredths)	100.00%	100.00%	100.00%
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations [Abstract]
Discount rate (in hundredths)	3.55%	4.10%	5.75%
Rate of compensation increase (in hundredths)	1.75%	4.00%	4.00%
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension cost [Abstract]
Expected contributions to the plan in next fiscal year	800,000
Pension Contributions	700,000	300,000
Expected benefit payments for the plan [Abstract]
Maximum contribution by employee specified as percentage of compensation (in hundredths)	25.00%
Additional contribution by employer (in hundredths)	30.00%
Maximum percentage of compensation contributed by employer as matching contribution (in hundredths)	6.00%
Compensation expense for the 401(k) plan	2,000,000	2,300,000	2,200,000
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) [Member]
CHANGE IN PLAN ASSETS [Roll Forward]
Fair value of plan assets-end of year	16,268,000	14,639,000
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	16,268,000	14,639,000
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) [Member]
CHANGE IN PLAN ASSETS [Roll Forward]
Fair value of plan assets-end of year	0	0
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	0	0
Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member]
CHANGE IN PLAN ASSETS [Roll Forward]
Fair value of plan assets-end of year	0	0
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	0	0
Equity Securities [Member]
CHANGE IN PLAN ASSETS [Roll Forward]
Fair value of plan assets-beginning of year	6,798,000
Fair value of plan assets-end of year	7,455,000
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	7,455,000
Fair value of total plan assets by major asset category (in hundredths)	46.00%	47.00%	48.00%
Expected benefit payments for the plan [Abstract]
Target plan asset allocations, minimum (in hundredths)	30.00%
Target plan asset allocations, maximum	70.00%
Equity Securities [Member] | Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) [Member]
CHANGE IN PLAN ASSETS [Roll Forward]
Fair value of plan assets-end of year	7,455,000	6,798,000
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	7,455,000	6,798,000
Equity Securities [Member] | Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) [Member]
CHANGE IN PLAN ASSETS [Roll Forward]
Fair value of plan assets-end of year	0	0
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	0	0
Equity Securities [Member] | Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member]
CHANGE IN PLAN ASSETS [Roll Forward]
Fair value of plan assets-end of year	0	0
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	0	0
Fixed Income [Member]
CHANGE IN PLAN ASSETS [Roll Forward]
Fair value of plan assets-beginning of year	5,289,000
Fair value of plan assets-end of year	5,835,000
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	5,835,000
Fair value of total plan assets by major asset category (in hundredths)	36.00%	36.00%	37.00%
Expected benefit payments for the plan [Abstract]
Target plan asset allocations, minimum (in hundredths)	20.00%
Target plan asset allocations, maximum	60.00%
Fixed Income [Member] | Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) [Member]
CHANGE IN PLAN ASSETS [Roll Forward]
Fair value of plan assets-end of year	5,835,000	5,289,000
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	5,835,000	5,289,000
Fixed Income [Member] | Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) [Member]
CHANGE IN PLAN ASSETS [Roll Forward]
Fair value of plan assets-end of year	0	0
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	0	0
Fixed Income [Member] | Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member]
CHANGE IN PLAN ASSETS [Roll Forward]
Fair value of plan assets-end of year	0	0
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	0	0
International Equities [Member]
CHANGE IN PLAN ASSETS [Roll Forward]
Fair value of plan assets-end of year	2,957,000	2,538,000
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	2,957,000	2,538,000
Fair value of total plan assets by major asset category (in hundredths)	18.00%	17.00%	15.00%
International Equities [Member] | Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) [Member]
CHANGE IN PLAN ASSETS [Roll Forward]
Fair value of plan assets-end of year	2,957,000	2,538,000
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	2,957,000	2,538,000
International Equities [Member] | Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) [Member]
CHANGE IN PLAN ASSETS [Roll Forward]
Fair value of plan assets-end of year	0	0
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	0	0
International Equities [Member] | Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member]
CHANGE IN PLAN ASSETS [Roll Forward]
Fair value of plan assets-end of year	0	0
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	0	0
Cash and Equivalents [Member]
CHANGE IN PLAN ASSETS [Roll Forward]
Fair value of plan assets-beginning of year	14,000
Fair value of plan assets-end of year	21,000
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	21,000
Fair value of total plan assets by major asset category (in hundredths)	0.00%	0.00%	0.00%
Expected benefit payments for the plan [Abstract]
Target plan asset allocations, minimum (in hundredths)	0.00%
Target plan asset allocations, maximum	10.00%
Cash and Equivalents [Member] | Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) [Member]
CHANGE IN PLAN ASSETS [Roll Forward]
Fair value of plan assets-end of year	21,000	14,000
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	21,000	14,000
Cash and Equivalents [Member] | Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) [Member]
CHANGE IN PLAN ASSETS [Roll Forward]
Fair value of plan assets-end of year	0	0
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	0	0
Cash and Equivalents [Member] | Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member]
CHANGE IN PLAN ASSETS [Roll Forward]
Fair value of plan assets-end of year	0	0
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	0	0
Pension Plan [Member]
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension cost [Abstract]
Discount rate (in hundredths)	4.10%	5.18%	5.18%
Rate of compensation increase (in hundredths)	4.00%	4.00%	4.00%
Long-term rate of return (in hundredths)	7.00%	7.00%	8.00%
Expected benefit payments for the plan [Abstract]
2013	1,002,000
2014	1,050,000
2015	1,167,000
2016	1,255,000
2017	1,320,000
Years 2018-2022	$ 7,082,000

XML

WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Shares used to compute basic and diluted loss income per share [Abstract]
Basic shares outstanding (in shares)	22,195,407	22,019,563	24,418,460
Dilutive effect of stock options (in shares)	0	135,437	605,713
Diluted shares outstanding (in shares)	22,195,407	22,155,000	25,024,173
Stock Option [Member]
Antidilutive Securities Excluded from Computation of Earnings Per Share [Line Items]
Antidilutive shares excluded from computation of income (loss) per share (in shares)	216,908	399,583	201,500
Stock Option [Member]
Antidilutive Securities Excluded from Computation of Earnings Per Share [Line Items]
Antidilutive shares excluded from computation of income (loss) per share (in shares)	71,989
Performance Shares [Member]
Antidilutive Securities Excluded from Computation of Earnings Per Share [Line Items]
Antidilutive shares excluded from computation of income (loss) per share (in shares)	134,131

XML

INCOME TAXES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

INCOME TAXES [Abstract]

Components of provision for income taxes

Components of the provision for income taxes from continuing operations were as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2012			2011			2010
Current:
Federal	$	4,499		$	8,570		$	34,392
State		1,494			2,960			8,016
Total		5,993			11,530			42,408
Deferred:
Federal		(11,394	)		3,312			2,742
State		(2,834	)		(112	)		(311	)
Total		(14,228	)		3,200			2,431
Total (benefit) provision	$	(8,235	)	$	14,730		$	44,839

Components of deferred tax assets

The components of the deferred tax assets are as follows:

	At December 31,
	2012			2011
Deferred tax assets
Current:
Accrued vacation	$	60		$	63
Net operating loss carryforwards		586			586
Allowance for bad debts		7,083			8,076
Total current deferred tax assets		7,729			8,725
Deferred tax assets
Noncurrent:
Allowance for bad debts		430			665
Accrued rent		3,785			3,645
Stock-based compensation		2,095			1,855
Depreciation		5,953			-
Other intangibles		547			511
Pension plan liabilities		2,754			2,637
Net operating loss carryforwards		1,553			2,139
Sale leaseback-deferred gain		2,482			2,438
Other		77			120
Total noncurrent deferred tax assets		19,676			14,010
Deferred tax liabilities
Noncurrent:
Depreciation		-			(1,995	)
Goodwill		(2,611	)		(10,138	)
Total deferred tax liabilities		(2,611	)		(12,133	)
Total net noncurrent deferred tax assets		17,065			1,877
Total net deferred tax assets	$	24,794		$	10,602

Difference between actual tax provision and tax provision that would result from use of Federal statutory rate

The difference between the actual tax provision and the tax provision that would result from the use of the Federal statutory rate is as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2012					2011				2010
(Loss) income from continuing operations before taxes	$	(32,116	)			$	35,845			$	110,526
Expected tax (benefit) expense	$	(11,240	)	35.0	%	$	12,546	35.0	%	$	38,684		35.0	%
State tax (benefit) expense (net of federal)		(871	)	2.7			1,851	5.2			5,008		4.6
Permanent impairment		3,588		(11.2	)		109	0.3			1,698		1.5
Other		288		(0.9	)		224	0.6			(551	)	(0.5	)
Total	$	(8,235	)	25.6	%	$	14,730	41.1	%	$	44,839		40.6	%

Activity related to uncertain tax positions

The following table summarizes the activity related to the Company's uncertain tax positions:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2012			2011		2010
Balance at January 1,	$	100		$	100	$	200
Decrease for tax positions of prior years		(100	)				(100	)
Increase for tax positions of current year		135			-		-
Balance at December 31,	$	135		$	100	$	100

XML

SEGMENT REPORTING (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012
SEGMENT REPORTING [Abstract]
Number of operating segments	1

XML

ACCRUED EXPENSES (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
ACCRUED EXPENSES [Abstract]
Accrued compensation and benefits	$ 3,163	$ 4,701
Other accrued expenses	6,583	6,595
Accrued expenses	$ 9,746	$ 11,296

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net (loss) income	$ (37,186)	$ 17,540	$ 69,731
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization	26,848	28,464	26,218
Deferred income taxes	(14,229)	3,200	2,431
(Gain) loss on disposition of assets	(71)	5	(8)
Impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets	43,364	10,377	6,244
Provision for doubtful accounts	21,056	30,553	39,106
Stock-based compensation expense	4,340	3,541	2,665
Tax benefit associated with exercise of share based payments	0	(158)	(1,484)
Deferred rent	421	768	1,566
(Increase) decrease in assets, net of acquisition of business:
Accounts receivable	(19,202)	(15,317)	(36,732)
Inventories	421	504	(226)
Prepaid income taxes and income taxes receivable	4,053	(13,268)	(2,830)
Prepaid expenses and current assets	(1,274)	(1,670)	4,511
Other assets	999	696	(439)
Increase (decrease) in liabilities, net of acquisition of business:
Accounts payable	(2,180)	(5,510)	2,338
Accrued expenses	(1,688)	(14,936)	(984)
Pension plan liabilities	(718)	(276)	(822)
Unearned tuition	(9,466)	(7,702)	2,857
Other liabilities	498	27	322
Total adjustments	53,172	19,298	44,733
Net cash provided by operating activities	15,986	36,838	114,464
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Restricted cash	0	694	164
Capital expenditures	(8,839)	(38,119)	(42,352)
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment	124	36	77
Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired	(1,472)	0	0
Net cash used in investing activities	(10,187)	(37,389)	(42,111)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from borrowings	37,500	0	20,000
Payments on borrowings	0	(20,000)	(20,000)
Payment of deferred finance fees	(659)	0	0
Proceeds from exercise of stock options	0	711	3,149
Tax benefit associated with exercise of share based payments	0	158	1,484
Net share settlement for equity-based compensation	(531)	(862)	(1,044)
Dividends paid	(6,444)	(18,490)	(5,550)
Principal payments under capital lease obligations	(481)	(437)	(384)
Purchase of treasury stock	0	0	(50,089)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	29,385	(38,920)	(52,434)
NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS	35,184	(39,471)	19,919
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS-Beginning of year	26,524	65,995	46,076
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS-End of year	61,708	26,524	65,995
Cash paid during the year for:
Interest	4,184	4,003	4,180
Income taxes	226	23,218	49,331
SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF NONCASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Liabilities accrued for or noncash purchases of fixed assets	1,789	1,166	5,962
Dividends payable	$ 0	$ 0	$ 16,650

XML

DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS (Details) (USD $)	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Sep. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2012	Mar. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Sep. 30, 2011	Jun. 30, 2011	Mar. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS [Abstract]
Number of campuses	7								7
Revenue									$ 8,500,000	$ 20,804,000	$ 34,732,000
(Loss) income before income tax									(22,142,000)	(5,260,000)	7,657,000
Income tax (benefit) expense									(8,837,000)	(1,685,000)	3,613,000
Net (loss) income from discontinued operations	(2,986,000)	(2,570,000)	(6,870,000)	(879,000)	(1,110,000)	(2,592,000)	(71,000)	198,000	(13,305,000)	(3,575,000)	4,044,000
Impairments of goodwill and long-lived assets									$ 9,500,000	$ 2,100,000	$ 1,400,000

XML

WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES [Abstract]

Weighted Average Numbers of Common Shares Used to Compute Basic and Diluted Income Per Share

The weighted average numbers of common shares used to compute basic and diluted income per share for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively were as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2012		2011		2010
Basic shares outstanding		22,195,407		22,019,563		24,418,460
Dilutive effect of stock options		-		135,437		605,713
Diluted shares outstanding		22,195,407		22,155,000		25,024,173

XML

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Policies)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES [Abstract]

Business Activities

Business Activities—Lincoln Educational Services Corporation and Subsidiaries (the "Company") is a provider of diversified career-oriented post-secondary education. The Company offers recent high school graduates and working adults degree and diploma programs in five principal areas of study: Automotive Technology, Health Science, Skilled Trades, Hospitality Services and Business and Information Technology. The Company currently has 38 schools and five training sites in 17 states across the United States.

Principles of Consolidation

Principles of Consolidation—The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Lincoln Educational Services Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue Recognition—Revenue is derived primarily from programs taught at the schools. Tuition revenue and one-time fees, such as nonrefundable application fees, registration fees, and course material fees are recognized on a straight-line basis over the length of the applicable program. If a student withdraws from a program prior to a specified date, any paid but unearned tuition is refunded. Other revenues, such as tool sales and contract training revenues are recognized as services are performed or goods are delivered. On an individual student basis, tuition earned in excess of cash received is recorded as accounts receivable, and cash received in excess of tuition earned is recorded as unearned tuition. Refunds are calculated and paid in accordance with federal, state and accrediting agency standards.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and Cash Equivalents—Cash and cash equivalents include all cash balances and highly liquid short-term investments, which mature within three months of purchase.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts Receivable—The Company reports accounts receivable at net realizable value, which is equal to the gross receivable less an estimated allowance for uncollectible accounts.  Noncurrent accounts receivable represent amounts due from graduates in excess of 12 months from the balance sheet date.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair Value of Financial Instruments—The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents approximates fair value at December 31, 2012 and 2011. In addition, the carrying value of all borrowings under the credit agreement approximates fair value at December 31, 2012 and 2011. The account receivable, net balances are presented within current and non-current assets on the consolidated balance sheets. It is not practicable to estimate the fair value of these financial instruments, since observable market data is not readily available, and no reasonable estimation methodology exists.

Allowance for uncollectible accounts

Allowance for uncollectible accounts—Based upon experience and judgment, an allowance is established for uncollectible accounts with respect to receivables. In establishing the allowance for uncollectible accounts, we consider, among other things, current and expected economic conditions, a student's status (in-school or out-of-school), whether or not a student is currently making payments, and overall collection history. Changes in trends in any of these areas may impact the allowance for uncollectible accounts. The receivables balances of withdrawn students with delinquent obligations are reserved for based on our collection history.

Inventories

Inventories—Inventories consist mainly of textbooks, tools and supplies. Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market on a first-in, first-out basis.

Property, Equipment and Facilities

Property, Equipment and Facilities—Depreciation and Amortization—Property, equipment and facilities are stated at cost. Major renewals and improvements are capitalized, while repairs and maintenance are expensed when incurred. Upon the retirement, sale or other disposition of assets, costs and related accumulated depreciation are eliminated from the accounts and any gain or loss is reflected in operating (loss) income. For financial statement purposes, depreciation of property and equipment is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, and amortization of leasehold improvements is computed over the lesser of the term of the lease or its estimated useful life.

Rent Expense

Rent Expense—Rent expense related to operating leases where scheduled rent increases exist, is determined by expensing the total amount of rent due over the life of the operating lease on a straight-line basis. The difference between the rent paid under the terms of the lease and the rent expensed on a straight-line basis is included in accrued rent and other long-term liabilities on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Advertising Costs

Advertising Costs—Costs related to advertising are expensed as incurred and approximated $34.2 million, $40.8 million and $44.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. These amounts are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets— The Company tests its goodwill for impairment annually, or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate an impairment may have occurred, by comparing its reporting unit's carrying value to its implied fair value. Impairment may result from, among other things, deterioration in the performance of the acquired business, adverse market conditions, adverse changes in applicable laws or regulations, reductions in market value of the Company, including changes that restrict the activities of the acquired business, and a variety of other circumstances. If the Company determines that an impairment has occurred, it is required to record a write-down of the carrying value and charge the impairment as an operating expense in the period the determination is made. In evaluating the recoverability of the carrying value of goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets, the Company must make assumptions regarding estimated future cash flows and other factors to determine the fair value of the acquired assets. Changes in strategy or market conditions could significantly impact these judgments in the future and require an adjustment to the recorded balances.

At December 31, 2012, the Company tested goodwill for impairment and determined that an impairment of approximately $18.3 million existed for seven of its reporting units.  The Company concluded that the decrease in the Company's market capitalization as of June 30, 2012 was an indicator of potential impairment and, accordingly, the Company tested goodwill for impairment.  The tests indicated that five of the Company's reporting units were impaired as a result of lower than expected student population, which resulted in a pre-tax charge of $15.4 million in the second quarter of 2012 ($5.5 million included in discontinued operations).  The fair values of these reporting units were estimated using the expected present value of future cash flows.  No other reporting unit's carrying goodwill amount exceeded or approximated its implied value.

The Company concluded that the decrease in the Company's market capitalization as of September 30, 2011 was an indicator of potential impairment and, accordingly, the Company tested goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles for impairment.  The tests indicated that five of the Company's reporting units were impaired, which resulted in an expense of $9.3 million in the third quarter of 2011 ($1.0 million included in discontinued operations).  At December 31, 2011, the Company tested goodwill for impairment and determined it did not have an impairment.  At December 31, 2010, the Company tested goodwill for impairment and determined that an impairment of approximately $6.2 million existed for three of its reporting units ($1.4 million included in discontinued operations).

Concentration of Credit Risk

Concentration of Credit Risk—Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of temporary cash investments.  The Company places its cash and cash equivalents with high credit quality financial institutions. The Company's cash balances with financial institutions typically exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance limit of $0.25 million. The Company's cash balances on deposit at December 31, 2012, exceeded the balance insured by the FDIC by approximately $60.3 million. The Company has not experienced any losses to date on its invested cash.

The Company extends credit for tuition and fees to many of its students. The credit risk with respect to these accounts receivable is mitigated through the students' participation in federally funded financial aid programs unless students withdraw prior to the receipt of federal funds for those students. In addition, the remaining tuition receivables are primarily comprised of smaller individual amounts due from students.

With respect to student receivables, the Company had no significant concentrations of credit risk as of December 31, 2012 and 2011.

Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements

Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements—The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States ("GAAP') requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the period. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates the estimates and assumptions, including those related to revenue recognition, bad debts, impairments, fixed assets, income taxes, benefit plans and certain accruals.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Stock-Based Compensation Plans

Stock-Based Compensation Plans—The Company measures the value of stock options on the grant date at fair value, using the Black-Scholes option valuation model.  The Company amortizes the fair value of stock options, net of estimated forfeitures, utilizing straight-line amortization of compensation expense over the requisite service period of the grant.

The Company measures the value of service and performance-based restricted stock on the fair value of a share of common stock on the date of the grant. The Company amortizes the fair value of service based restricted stock utilizing straight-line amortization of compensation expense over the requisite service period of the grant.

The Company amortizes the fair value of the performance-based restricted stock based on determination of the probable outcome of the performance condition.  If the performance condition is expected to be met, then the Company amortizes the fair value of the number of shares expected to vest utilizing straight-line basis over the requisite performance period of the grant.  However, if the associated performance condition is not expected to be met, then the Company does not recognize the stock-based compensation expense.

Income Taxes

Income Taxes—Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between financial statement carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of changes in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense.  During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the interest and penalties expense associated with uncertain tax positions are not significant to the Company's results of operations or financial position.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets—The Company reviews the carrying value of our long-lived assets and identifiable intangibles for possible impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. The Company evaluates long-lived assets for impairment by examining estimated future cash flows. These cash flows are evaluated by using weighted probability techniques as well as comparisons of past performance against projections. Assets may also be evaluated by identifying independent market values. If the Company determines that an asset's carrying value is impaired, it will record a write-down of the carrying value of the asset and charge the impairment as an operating expense in the period in which the determination is made.

The Company concluded that as of December 31, 2012 there was an indicator of potential impairment and, accordingly, the Company tested long-lived assets for impairment and determined that certain long-lived assets at four campuses were impaired.  This resulted in a pre-tax charge of $1.3 million for leasehold improvements.  The Company concluded that as of June 30, 2012 there was an indicator of potential impairment and, accordingly, the Company tested long-lived assets for impairment and determined that certain long-lived assets at 10 campuses were impaired.  This resulted in a pre-tax charge of $8.3 million which included leasehold improvements of $8.1 million and definite-lived intangible assets of $0.2 million ($4.0 million included in discontinued operations).

The Company recorded an impairment charge of $1.0 million in the third quarter of 2011 related to a regional accreditation indefinite intangible asset that is no longer being utilized and is included in discontinued operations.

Start-up Costs

Start-up Costs—Costs related to the start of new campuses are expensed as incurred.

New Accounting Pronouncements

New Accounting Pronouncements

In October 2012, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2012-04, which makes technical corrections, clarifications and limited-scope improvements to various topics throughout the Codification. The amendments in this ASU that do not have transition guidance and are effective upon issuance and the amendments that are subject to transition guidance will be effective for our interim and annual reporting periods beginning January 1, 2013. The adoption of this guidance will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In August 2012, the FASB issued ASU No. 2012-03, which amends and corrects various sections in the Codification pursuant to Staff Accounting Bulletin ("SAB") No. 114, SEC Release No. 33-9250 and ASU No. 2010-22. The amendments and corrections in this ASU are effective upon issuance. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In July 2012, the FASB issued ASU No. 2012-02, which is included in the Codification under ASC 350, "Intangibles – Goodwill and Other" ("ASC 350"). This update allows an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it must perform a quantitative impairment test. An entity would be required to calculate the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset, if the entity determines, based on a qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that the indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired. This guidance is effective for impairment tests performed for our interim and annual reporting periods beginning January 1, 2013. The adoption of this guidance will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In June 2011, issued an amendment to an existing accounting standard which requires companies to present net income and other comprehensive income in one continuous statement or in two separate, but consecutive, statements. In addition, in December 2011, the FASB issued an amendment to an existing accounting standard which defers the requirement to present components of reclassifications of other comprehensive income on the face of the income statement.  The Company early adopted this amendment and has presented statements of comprehensive (loss) income.

In September 2011, the FASB issued a revised standard on testing for goodwill impairment. The revised standard allows an entity to first assess qualitatively whether it is necessary to perform step one of the two-step annual goodwill impairment test. An entity is required to perform step one only if the entity concludes that it is more likely than not that a reporting unit's fair value is less than its carrying amount, a likelihood of more than 50 percent. An entity can choose to perform the qualitative assessment on none, some, or all of its reporting units. Moreover, an entity can bypass the qualitative assessment for any reporting unit in any period and proceed directly to step one of the impairment test, and then perform the qualitative assessment in any subsequent period. The revised standard is effective for the Company for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed beginning after January 1, 2012 for the Company. The adoption of this standard did not have any impact on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

XML

DIVIDENDS (Details) (USD $)	3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
DIVIDENDS [Abstract]
Cash dividend declared (in dollars per share)	$ 0.07	$ 0.28	$ 0.07	$ 1.00

XML

BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012
BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS [Abstract]
Effective date of acquisition	Apr. 18, 2012
Total consideration paid for acquiring interest in Florida Medical Training Institute, Inc.	$ 1.7
Number of location in which FMTI operate there business in Florida	5
Purchase price allocated to assets	2.9
Purchase price allocated to intangible assets	0.5
Purchase price allocated to goodwill	1.9
Purchase price allocated to liabilities	$ 1.4

XML

DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS [Abstract]

The results of operations at seven campuses

The results of operations at these seven campuses for the three year periods ended December 31, 2012 were as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2012			2011			2010
Revenue	$	8,500		$	20,804		$	34,732
(Loss) income before income tax		(22,142	)		(5,260	)		7,657
Income tax (benefit) expense		(8,837	)		(1,685	)		3,613
Net (loss) income from discontiued operations	$	(13,305	)	$	(3,575	)	$	4,044

XML

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLES [Abstract]

Changes in carrying amount of goodwill

Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

Balance as of January 1, 2011:
Goodwill	$	115,303
Accumulated impairment losses		(8,594	)
		106,709
Goodwill impairment (1)		(9,338	)
Balance as of December 31, 2011:
Goodwill		115,303
Accumulated impairment losses		(17,932	)
		97,371
Acquisition of FMTI		1,873
Goodwill impairment (2)		(33,717	)
Balance as of December 31, 2012:
Goodwill		117,176
Accumulated impairment losses		(51,649	)
	$	65,527

(1) $1.0 million included in discontinued operations.

(2) $5.5 million included in discontinued operations.

Summary of finite-lived and indefinite-lived intangible assets

Intangible assets, which are included in other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, consisted of the following:

	Student Contracts		Indefinite Trade Name		Trade Name			Accreditation		Curriculum			Non-compete			Total
Gross carrying amount at December 31, 2011	$	-	$	180	$	509		$	1,268	$	1,150		$	1,980		$	5,087
Acquisition of FMTI (1)		25		-		25			-		224			200			474
Write-Off (6)		-		-		-			-		-			(1,980	)		(1,980	)
Impairment (2)		-		-		(168	)		-		(250	)		-			(418	)
Gross carrying amount at December 31, 2012		25		180		366			1,268		1,124			200			3,163
Accumulated amortization at December 31, 2011		-		-		262			-		620			1,952			2,834
Amortization		25		-		74			-		135			56			290
Write-Off (6)		-		-		-			-		-			(1,980	)		(1,980	)
Impairment (2)		-		-		(127	)		-		(85	)		-			(212	)
Accumulated amortization at December 31, 2012		25		-		209			-		670			28			932
Net carrying amount at December 31, 2012	$	-	$	180	$	157		$	1,268	$	454		$	172		$	2,231
Weighted average amortization period (years)			Indefinite			7		Indefinite			9			3

	Student Contracts			Indefinite Trade Name			Trade Name			Accreditation			Curriculum		Non-compete			Total
Gross carrying amount at December 31, 2010	$	4,827		$	660		$	839		$	2,307		$	1,150	$	2,181		$	11,964
Reclassification (3)		-			(480	)		480			-			-		-			-
Write-off (4)		(4,827	)		-			(810	)		-			-		(201	)		(5,838	)
Impairment (5)		-			-			-			(1,039	)		-		-			(1,039	)
Gross carrying amount at December 31, 2011		-			180			509			1,268			1,150		1,980			5,087
Accumulated amortization at December 31, 2010		4,824			-			503			-			505		1,478			7,310
Amortization		3			-			569			-			115		675			1,362
Write-off (4)		(4,827	)		-			(810	)		-			-		(201	)		(5,838	)
Accumulated amortization at December 31, 2011		-			-			262			-			620		1,952			2,834
Net carrying amount at December 31, 2011	$	-		$	180		$	247		$	1,268		$	530	$	28		$	2,253
Weighted average amortization period (years)				Indefinite				6		Indefinite				10		3

(1)  The Company purchased FMTI in April 2012.  Refer to Note 5 for more information on the purchase.

(2)  Refer to Note 1 for more information related to the impairment.

(3)  Reclassification due to the Company's plan to rebrand one of its institutions.

(4)  The Company wrote-off the value of fully amortized assets not in service.

(5)  The impairment relates to regional accreditation indefinite intangible asset that is no longer being utilized.

Summary of estimated future amortization expense

The following table summarizes the estimated future amortization expense:

Year Ending December 31,
2013	$	225
2014		224
2015		156
2016		112
2017		46
Thereafter		20
	$	783

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (Parenthetical) (USD $)	3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY [Abstract]
Cash dividend (in dollars per share)	$ 0.07	$ 0.28	$ 0.07	$ 1.00

XML

PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES [Abstract]

Property, equipment and facilities

Property, equipment and facilities consist of the following:

	Useful life (years)		At December 31,
			2012			2011
Land		-	$	18,363		$	18,363
Buildings and improvements		1-25		192,990			206,499
Equipment, furniture and fixtures		1-12		79,172			75,112
Vehicles		3		1,231			1,155
Construction in progress		-		174			1,159
				291,930			302,288
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization				(137,834	)		(122,274	)
			$	154,096		$	180,014

XML

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Details) (USD $)	3 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2012	Sep. 30, 2011	Dec. 31, 2012		Dec. 31, 2011		Dec. 31, 2010
Business Activities [Abstract]
Number of principal area of study			5
Number of schools operates across the United States			38
Number of training sites operates across the United States			5
Number of states in which schools operates across the United States			17
Cash and Cash Equivalents [Abstract]
Maximum maturity period for classification of cash equivalents			3 months
Advertising Costs [Abstract]
Advertising expense			$ 34,200,000		$ 40,800,000		$ 44,300,000
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets [Abstract]
Goodwill impairment			18,300,000				6,200,000
Number of units impaired	5	5	7				3
Impairment of goodwill		9,300,000	(33,717,000)	[1]	(9,338,000)	[2]
Goodwill Impairment Loss Pre Tax Charge	15,400,000
Goodwill, discontinued operations	5,500,000	1,000,000					1,400,000
Concentration of Credit Risk [Abstract]
Federal deposit insurance limit			250,000
Excess cash, FDIC insured amount			60,300,000
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets [Abstract]
Pre tax charge for impairment of leasehold improvements	8,100,000		1,300,000
Number Of Assets Groups Impaired	10
Pretax charge related to impairment of long lived assets			8,300,000
Pretax charges related to definite-lived intangible assets	200,000
Impairment related to discontinued operations	4,000,000
New Accounting Pronouncements [Abstract]
Likelihood goodwill, impairment test (in hundredths)			50.00%
Accreditation [Member]
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets [Abstract]
Impairment charge of intangible asset			$ 1,000,000

[1] $5.5 million included in discontinued operations.

[2] $1.0 million included in discontinued operations.

XML

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2012 Executive Chairman [Member]
Related Party Transaction [Line Items]
Number of shares repurchased (in shares)		4,040,234	5,307
Exercise of stock options (in shares)	113,106	422,106	60,000

XML

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 61,708	$ 26,524
Accounts receivable, less allowance of $17,751 and $20,194 at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively	17,370	19,696
Inventories	2,677	3,051
Prepaid income taxes and income taxes receivable	7,085	11,743
Deferred income taxes, net	7,729	8,725
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	2,944	2,919
Total current assets	99,513	72,658
PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES - At cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization of $137,834 and $122,274 at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively	154,096	180,014
OTHER ASSETS:
Noncurrent receivables, less allowance of $1,078 and $1,664 at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively	6,109	5,572
Deferred finance charges	774	329
Deferred income taxes, net	17,065	1,877
Goodwill	65,527	97,371
Other assets, net	3,690	4,430
Total other assets	93,165	109,579
TOTAL	346,774	362,251
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Current portion of long-term debt and lease obligations	412	481
Unearned tuition	34,648	43,242
Accounts payable	13,500	15,468
Accrued expenses	9,746	11,296
Other short-term liabilities	268	631
Total current liabilities	58,574	71,118
NONCURRENT LIABILITIES:
Long-term debt and lease obligations, net of current portion	73,115	36,027
Pension plan liabilities	6,901	6,594
Accrued rent	8,663	8,365
Other long-term liabilities	1,044	1,122
Total liabilities	148,297	123,226
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
Preferred stock, no par value - 10,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2011	0	0
Common stock, no par value - authorized 100,000,000 shares at December 31, 2012 and 2011, issued and outstanding 28,548,274 shares at December 31, 2012 and 28,109,987 shares at December 31, 2011	141,377	141,377
Additional paid-in capital	22,677	19,535
Treasury stock at cost - 5,910,541 shares at December 31, 2012 and 2011	(82,860)	(82,860)
Retained earnings	124,059	167,689
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(6,776)	(6,716)
Total stockholders' equity	198,477	239,025
TOTAL	$ 346,774	$ 362,251

XML

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLES (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2011	Dec. 31, 2012		Dec. 31, 2011		Dec. 31, 2010
Changes in Carrying Amount of Goodwill [Abstract]
Goodwill		$ 117,176		$ 115,303		$ 115,303
Accumulated impairment losses		(51,649)		(17,932)		(8,594)
Goodwill		65,527		97,371		106,709
Acquisition of FMTI		1,873
Goodwill impairment	9,300	(33,717)	[1]	(9,338)	[2]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Reclassification				0	[3]
Write-off		(1,980)	[4]
Amortization		300		1,400		2,200
Net carrying amount		783
Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Reclassification				0	[3]
Intangible Assets (Excluding Goodwill) [Abstract]
Gross carrying amount, Total		5,087		11,964
Acquisition of FMTI		474	[5]
Reclassification				0	[3]
Write-off				(5,838)	[4]
Impairment		(418)	[6]	(1,039)	[7]
Gross carrying amount, Total		3,163		5,087		11,964
Accumulated amortization, Total		2,834		7,310
Amortization		290		1,362
Impairment		(212)	[6]
Accumulated amortization, Total		932		2,834		7,310
Net carrying amount		2,231		2,253
Amortization of intangible assets		300		1,400		2,200
Estimated future amortization expense [Abstract]
2013		225
2014		224
2015		156
2016		112
2017		46
Thereafter		20
Total		783
Indefinite Trade Name [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Reclassification				480	[3]
Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross carrying amount, beginning balance		180		660
Reclassification				(480)	[3]
Acquisition of FMTI		0	[5]
Write-off		0	[4]	0	[4]
Impairment		0	[6]	0	[7]
Gross carrying amount, ending balance		180		180
Accumulated amortization, beginning balance		0		0
Amortization		0		0
Impairment		0	[6]
Accumulated amortization, ending balance		0		0
Net carrying amount		180		180
Intangible Assets (Excluding Goodwill) [Abstract]
Reclassification				480	[3]
Accreditation [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Reclassification				0	[3]
Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross carrying amount, beginning balance		1,268		2,307
Reclassification				0	[3]
Acquisition of FMTI		0	[5]
Write-off		0	[4]	0	[4]
Impairment		0	[6]	(1,039)	[7]
Gross carrying amount, ending balance		1,268		1,268
Accumulated amortization, beginning balance		0		0
Amortization		0		0
Impairment		0	[6]
Accumulated amortization, ending balance		0		0
Net carrying amount		1,268		1,268
Intangible Assets (Excluding Goodwill) [Abstract]
Reclassification				0	[3]
Student Contracts [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross carrying amount, beginning balance		0		4,827
Acquisition of FMTI		25	[5]
Reclassification				0	[3]
Write-off		0	[4]	(4,827)	[4]
Impairment		0	[6]	0	[7]
Gross carrying amount, ending balance		25		0
Accumulated amortization, beginning balance		0		4,824
Amortization		25		3
Impairment		0	[6]
Accumulated amortization, ending balance		25		0
Net carrying amount		0		0
Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Reclassification				0	[3]
Intangible Assets (Excluding Goodwill) [Abstract]
Reclassification				0	[3]
Amortization of intangible assets		25		3
Estimated future amortization expense [Abstract]
Total		0		0
Trade Name [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross carrying amount, beginning balance		509		839
Acquisition of FMTI		25	[5]
Reclassification				480	[3]
Write-off		0	[4]	(810)	[4]
Impairment		(168)	[6]	0	[7]
Gross carrying amount, ending balance		366		509
Accumulated amortization, beginning balance		262		503
Amortization		74		569
Impairment		(127)	[6]
Accumulated amortization, ending balance		209		262
Net carrying amount		157		247
Weighted average amortization period		7 years		6 years
Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Reclassification				(480)	[3]
Intangible Assets (Excluding Goodwill) [Abstract]
Reclassification				480	[3]
Amortization of intangible assets		74		569
Estimated future amortization expense [Abstract]
Total		157		247
Curriculum [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross carrying amount, beginning balance		1,150		1,150
Acquisition of FMTI		224	[5]
Reclassification				0	[3]
Write-off		0	[4]	0	[4]
Impairment		(250)	[6]	0	[7]
Gross carrying amount, ending balance		1,124		1,150
Accumulated amortization, beginning balance		620		505
Amortization		135		115
Impairment		(85)	[6]
Accumulated amortization, ending balance		670		620
Net carrying amount		454		530
Weighted average amortization period		9 years		10 years
Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Reclassification				0	[3]
Intangible Assets (Excluding Goodwill) [Abstract]
Reclassification				0	[3]
Amortization of intangible assets		135		115
Estimated future amortization expense [Abstract]
Total		454		530
Non-compete [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross carrying amount, beginning balance		1,980		2,181
Acquisition of FMTI		200	[5]
Reclassification				0	[3]
Write-off		(1,980)	[4]	(201)	[4]
Impairment		0	[6]	0	[7]
Gross carrying amount, ending balance		200		1,980
Accumulated amortization, beginning balance		1,952		1,478
Amortization		56		675
Impairment		0	[6]
Accumulated amortization, ending balance		28		1,952
Net carrying amount		172		28
Weighted average amortization period		3 years		3 years
Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Reclassification				0	[3]
Intangible Assets (Excluding Goodwill) [Abstract]
Reclassification				0	[3]
Amortization of intangible assets		56		675
Estimated future amortization expense [Abstract]
Total		$ 172		$ 28

[1] $5.5 million included in discontinued operations.

[2] $1.0 million included in discontinued operations.

[3] Reclassification due to the Company's plan to rebrand one of its institutions.

[4] The Company wrote-off the value of fully amortized assets not in service.

[5] The Company purchased FMTI in April 2012. Refer to Note 5 for more information on the purchase.

[6] Refer to Note 1 for more information related to the impairment.

[7] The impairment relates to regional accreditation indefinite intangible asset that is no longer being utilized.

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME (Parenthetical) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Other comprehensive (loss) income
Employee pension plan adjustments, taxes	$ 25	$ 1,321	$ 102

XML

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY [Abstract]

Summary of transactions pertaining to restricted stock

The following is a summary of transactions pertaining to restricted stock:

	Shares			Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value Per Share
Nonvested restricted stock outstanding at December 31, 2011		501,551		$	16.10
Restricted stock awarded		1,213,621			4.82
Restricted stock vested		(374,088	)		9.30
Nonvested restricted stock outstanding at December 31, 2012		1,341,084			7.79

Weighted average assumptions for grants

The fair value of the stock options used to compute stock-based compensation is the estimated present value at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. During 2011 there were no new stock option grants.  The weighted average fair values of options granted during 2012 and 2010 were $2.52 and $8.48 respectively, using the following weighted average assumptions for grants:

	At December 31,
	2012			2010
Expected volatility		51.25	%		45.00	%
Expected dividend yield		4	%		0	%
Expected life (term)	4.65 Years			4.82 Years
Risk-free interest rate		0.87	%		1.95	%
Weighted-average exercise price during the year	$	7.79		$	20.78

Summary of transactions pertaining to option plans

The following is a summary of transactions pertaining to the option plans:

	Shares			Weighted Average Exercise Price Per Share		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term	Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Outstanding December 31, 2009		1,183,921		$	11.74	4.95 years	$	11,934
Granted		68,000			20.78
Cancelled		(108,875	)		15.15
Exercised		(422,106	)		7.46			5,668
Outstanding December 31, 2010		720,940			14.59	5.14 years		2,095
Cancelled		(74,459	)		12.80
Exercised		(113,106	)		6.29			759
Outstanding December 31, 2011		533,375			16.60	4.68 years		-
Granted		157,000			7.79
Cancelled		(34,500	)		12.26
Outstanding December 31, 2012		655,875			14.72	4.89 years		-
Vested or expected to vest as of December 31, 2012		623,609			15.02	4.67 years		-
Exercisable as of December 31, 2012		494,543			16.60	3.54 years		-

Summary of options outstanding

The following table presents a summary of options outstanding at December 31, 2012:

	At December 31, 2012
	Stock Options Outstanding						Stock Options Exercisable
Range of Exercise Prices	Shares		Contractual Weighted Average life (years)		Weighted Average Price		Shares		Weighted Exercise Price
$4.00-$13.99		262,792		7.11	$	9.63		115,792	$	11.96
$14.00-$19.99		277,083		3.19		16.42		277,083		16.42
$20.00-$25.00		116,000		3.89		22.19		101,668		22.37
		655,875		4.89		14.72		494,543		16.60

XML

SEGMENT REPORTING

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

SEGMENT REPORTING [Abstract]

SEGMENT REPORTING

13. SEGMENT REPORTING

Each of the Company's schools is a reporting unit.  The Company's reporting units have been aggregated into one operating segment because, in the Company's judgment, the reporting units have similar products, production processes, types of customers, methods of distribution, regulatory environment and economic characteristics.

XML

PENSION PLAN (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

PENSION PLAN [Abstract]

Schedule of plan's funded status

The following table sets forth the plan's funded status and amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2012			2011			2010
CHANGES IN BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS:
Benefit obligation-beginning of year	$	21,233		$	17,903		$	16,326
Service cost		35			117			91
Interest cost		872			939			918
Actuarial loss		1,926			3,008			1,210
Benefits paid		(897	)		(734	)		(642	)
Benefit obligation at end of year		23,169			21,233			17,903
CHANGE IN PLAN ASSETS:
Fair value of plan assets-beginning of year		14,639			15,087			13,134
Actual return on plan assets		1,807			12			1,773
Employer contributions		719			274			822
Benefits paid		(897	)		(734	)		(642	)
Fair value of plan assets-end of year		16,268			14,639			15,087
BENEFIT OBLIGATION IN EXCESS OF FAIR VALUE FUNDED STATUS:	$	(6,901	)	$	(6,594	)	$	(2,816	)

Amounts recognized in consolidated balance sheets

Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets consist of:

	At December 31,
	2012			2011			2010
Noncurrent liabilities	$	(6,901	)	$	(6,594	)	$	(2,816	)

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss consist of:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2012			2011			2010
Accumulated loss	$	(11,276	)	$	(11,191	)	$	(7,903	)
Deferred income taxes		4,500			4,475			3,155
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	$	(6,776	)	$	(6,716	)	$	(4,748	)

Components of net periodic cost for plan

The following table provides the components of net periodic cost for the plan:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2012			2011			2010
COMPONENTS OF NET PERIODIC BENEFIT COST
Service cost	$	35		$	117		$	91
Interest cost		872			939			918
Expected return on plan assets		(1,021	)		(1,034	)		(1,041	)
Recognized net actuarial loss		1,056			742			732
Net periodic benefit cost	$	942		$	764		$	700

Plan assets using fair value hierarchy

The following tables present plan assets using the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2012 and 2011.  The fair value hierarchy has three levels based on the reliability of inputs used to determine fair value.  Level 1 refers to fair values determined based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets.  Level 2 refers to fair values estimated using observable prices that are based on inputs not quoted in active markets but observable by market data, while Level 3 includes the fair values estimated using significant non-observable inputs.  The level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement falls is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety.

	Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets		Significant Other Observable Inputs		Significant Unobservable Inputs
	(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)		Total
Equity securities	$	7,455	$	-	$	-	$	7,455
Fixed income		5,835		-		-		5,835
International equities		2,957		-		-		2,957
Cash and equivalents		21		-		-		21
Balance at December 31, 2012	$	16,268	$	-	$	-	$	16,268

	Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets		Significant Other Observable Inputs		Significant Unobservable Inputs
	(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)		Total
Equity securities	$	6,798	$	-	$	-	$	6,798
Fixed income		5,289		-		-		5,289
International equities		2,538		-		-		2,538
Cash and equivalents		14		-		-		14
Balance at December 31, 2011	$	14,639	$	-	$	-	$	14,639

Fair value of total plan assets by major asset category

Fair value of total plan assets by major asset category as of December 31:

	2012			2011			2010
Equity securities		46	%		47	%		48	%
Fixed income		36	%		36	%		37	%
International equities		18	%		17	%		15	%
Cash and equivalents		0	%		0	%		0	%
Total		100	%		100	%		100	%

Defined Benefit Plans and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans Table Text Block [Line Items]

Expected benefit payments for plan

Information about the expected benefit payments for the plan is as follows:

Year Ending December 31,
2013	$	1,002
2014		1,050
2015		1,167
2016		1,255
2017		1,320
Years 2018-2022		7,082

Benefit Obligations [Member]

Defined Benefit Plans and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans Table Text Block [Line Items]

Weighted-average assumptions used

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension cost for years ended December 31:

	2012			2011			2010
Discount rate		4.10	%		5.18	%		5.18	%
Rate of compensation increase		4.00	%		4.00	%		4.00	%
Long-term rate of return		7.00	%		7.00	%		8.00	%

Periodic Pension Cost [Member]

Defined Benefit Plans and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans Table Text Block [Line Items]

Weighted-average assumptions used

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations as of December 31:

	2012			2011			2010
Discount rate		3.55	%		4.10	%		5.75	%
Rate of compensation increase		1.75	%		4.00	%		4.00	%

XML

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES [Abstract]

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

15. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Lease Commitments—The Company leases office premises, educational facilities and various equipment for varying periods through the year 2032 at basic annual rentals (excluding taxes, insurance, and other expenses under certain leases) as follows:

Year Ending December 31,	Finance Obligation			Operating Leases		Capital Leases
2013	$	1,516		$	22,546	$	2,506
2014		1,516			21,270		2,494
2015		1,516			19,594		2,494
2016		1,516			15,819		2,556
2017		-			14,626		2,678
Thereafter		-			48,456		39,815
		6,064			142,311		52,543
Less amount representing interest		(6,064	)		-		(26,188	)
	$	-		$	142,311	$	26,355

On December 28, 2001, the Company completed a sale and a leaseback of four owned facilities to a third party for net proceeds of approximately $8.8 million. The initial term of the lease is 15 years with two ten-year extensions. The lease is an operating lease that starts at $1.2 million in the first year and increases annually by the consumer price index. The lease includes an option near the end of the initial lease term to purchase the facilities at fair value, as defined. The net proceeds received have been reflected in the consolidated balance sheet as a finance obligation. The lease payments are included as a component of interest expense.

Rent expense, included in operating expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the three years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 is $23.4 million, $23.5 million, and $23.5 million, respectively. Interest expense related to the financing obligation in the accompanying statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 is $1.5 million, $1.5 million and $1.4 million, respectively.

Litigation and Regulatory Matters—In the ordinary conduct of business, the Company is subject to periodic lawsuits, investigations and claims, including, but not limited to, claims involving students or graduates and routine employment matters.  Although the Company cannot predict with certainty the ultimate resolution of lawsuits, investigations and claims asserted against it, the Company does not believe that any currently pending legal proceeding to which it is a party will have a material effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

On November 21, 2012, the Company received a Civil Investigation Demand from the Attorney General of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts relating to their investigation of whether the Company and certain of its academic institutions have complied with certain Massachusetts state consumer protection and finance laws.  Pursuant to the Civil Investigative Demand, the Attorney General has requested from the Company and certain of its academic institutions documents and detailed information from the time period January 1, 2008 to the present.  We responded to this request and intend to continue cooperating with the Attorney General's Office.

Student Loans—At December 31, 2012, the Company had outstanding net loan commitments to its students to assist them in financing their education of approximately $25.0 million.

Vendor Relationship—The Company is party to two agreements with Snap-on Industrial ("Snap-on") which expire on December 31, 2012 and 2013.  The Company has agreed to grant Snap-on exclusive rights to certain automotive campuses to display advertising and supply certain tools with the exception of one pre-existing vendor contract.  The Company earns credits that are redeemable for certain tools and equipment based on the sales to students and to the Company.

Executive Employment Agreements—The Company entered into employment contracts with key executives that provide for continued salary payments if the executives are terminated for reasons other than cause, as defined in the agreements. The future employment contract commitments for such employees were approximately $8.9 million at December 31, 2012.

Change in Control Agreements—In the event of a change of control several key executives will receive continued salary payments based on their employment agreements.

Surety Bonds—Each of the Company's campuses must be authorized by the applicable state education agency in which the campus is located to operate and to grant degrees, diplomas or certificates to its students. The campuses are subject to extensive, ongoing regulation by each of these states. In addition, our campuses are required to be authorized by the applicable state education agencies of certain other states in which our campuses recruit students. The Company is required to post surety bonds on behalf of our campuses and education representatives with multiple states to maintain authorization to conduct our business. At December 31, 2012, the Company has posted surety bonds in the total amount of approximately $14.9 million.

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	Common Stock [Member]	Additional Paid-in Capital [Member]	Treasury Stock [Member]	Retained Earnings [Member]	Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss [Member]	Total
BALANCE at Dec. 31, 2009	$ 137,689	$ 14,161	$ (32,771)	$ 104,458	$ (4,901)	$ 218,636
BALANCE (in shares) at Dec. 31, 2009	27,722,471
Increase (Decrease) in Stockholders' Equity [Roll Forward]
Net income	0	0	0	69,731	0	69,731
Employee pension plan adjustments, net of taxes	0	0	0	0	153	153
Stock-based compensation expense
Restricted stock	0	2,036	0	0	0	2,036
Restricted stock (in shares)	17,624
Stock options	0	629	0	0	0	629
Purchase of treasury stock	0	0	(50,089)	0	0	(50,089)
Tax benefit of options exercised	0	1,484	0	0	0	1,484
Net share settlement for equity-based compensation	(112)	(932)	0	0	0	(1,044)
Net share settlement for equity-based compensation (in shares)	(52,214)
Cash dividend	0	0	0	(22,200)	0	(22,200)
Exercise of stock options	3,149	0	0	0	0	3,149
Exercise of stock options (in shares)	422,106					422,106
BALANCE at Dec. 31, 2010	140,726	17,378	(82,860)	151,989	(4,748)	222,485
BALANCE (in shares) at Dec. 31, 2010	28,109,987
Increase (Decrease) in Stockholders' Equity [Roll Forward]
Net income	0	0	0	17,540	0	17,540
Employee pension plan adjustments, net of taxes	0	0	0	0	(1,968)	(1,968)
Stock-based compensation expense
Restricted stock	0	3,141	0	0	0	3,141
Restricted stock (in shares)	393,431
Stock options	0	400	0	0	0	400
Tax benefit of options exercised	0	158	0	0	0	158
Tax deficiency of stock-based awards and canceled	0	(740)	0	0	0	(740)
Net share settlement for equity-based compensation	(60)	(802)	0	0	0	(862)
Net share settlement for equity-based compensation (in shares)	(68,250)
Cash dividend	0	0	0	(1,583)	0	(1,583)
Cash dividend declared true-up	0	0	0	(257)	0	(257)
Exercise of stock options	711	0	0	0	0	711
Exercise of stock options (in shares)	113,106					113,106
BALANCE at Dec. 31, 2011	141,377	19,535	(82,860)	167,689	(6,716)	239,025
BALANCE (in shares) at Dec. 31, 2011	28,548,274					28,548,274
Increase (Decrease) in Stockholders' Equity [Roll Forward]
Net income	0	0	0	(37,186)	0	(37,186)
Employee pension plan adjustments, net of taxes	0	0	0	0	(60)	(60)
Stock-based compensation expense
Restricted stock	0	3,982	0	0	0	3,982
Restricted stock (in shares)	1,213,621
Stock options	0	358	0	0	0	358
Tax deficiency of stock-based awards and canceled	0	(667)	0	0	0	(667)
Net share settlement for equity-based compensation	0	(531)	0	0	0	(531)
Net share settlement for equity-based compensation (in shares)	(102,438)
Cash dividend	0	0	0	(6,444)	0	(6,444)
BALANCE at Dec. 31, 2012	$ 141,377	$ 22,677	$ (82,860)	$ 124,059	$ (6,776)	$ 198,477
BALANCE (in shares) at Dec. 31, 2012	29,659,457					29,659,457

XML

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (Parenthetical) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
ASSETS
Accounts receivable, allowance	$ 17,751	$ 20,194
PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES - accumulated depreciation and amortization	137,834	122,274
OTHER ASSETS :
Noncurrent receivables, allowance	$ 1,078	$ 1,664
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Preferred stock, par value (in dollars per share)	$ 0	$ 0
Preferred stock, shares authorized (in shares)	10,000,000	10,000,000
Preferred stock, shares issued (in shares)	0	0
Preferred stock, shares outstanding (in shares)	0	0
Common stock, par value (in dollars per share)	$ 0	$ 0
Common stock, shares authorized (in shares)	100,000,000	100,000,000
Common stock, shares issued (in shares)	29,659,457	28,548,274
Common stock, shares outstanding (in shares)	29,659,457	28,548,274
Treasury stock, shares (in shares)	5,910,541	5,910,541

XML

ACCRUED EXPENSES

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

ACCRUED EXPENSES [Abstract]

ACCRUED EXPENSES

8. ACCRUED EXPENSES

Accrued expenses consist of the following:

	At December 31,
	2012		2011
Accrued compensation and benefits	$	3,163	$	4,701
Other accrued expenses		6,583		6,595
	$	9,746	$	11,296

XML

Document and Entity Information (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Mar. 06, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012
Document and Entity Information [Abstract]
Entity Registrant Name	LINCOLN EDUCATIONAL SERVICES CORP
Entity Central Index Key	0001286613
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--12-31
Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer	No
Entity Voluntary Filers	No
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Filer Category	Accelerated Filer
Entity Public Float			$ 146,338,855
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		23,658,752
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2012
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY
Document Type	10-K
Amendment Flag	false
Document Period End Date	Dec. 31, 2012

XML

LONG-TERM DEBT AND LEASE OBLIGATIONS

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

LONG-TERM DEBT AND LEASE OBLIGATIONS [Abstract]

LONG-TERM DEBT AND LEASE OBLIGATIONS

9. LONG-TERM DEBT AND LEASE OBLIGATIONS

Long-term debt and lease obligations consist of the following:

	At December 31,
	2012			2011
Credit agreement (a)	$	37,500		$	-
Credit agreement (b)		-			-
Finance obligation (c)		9,672			9,672
Capital lease-property (with a rate of 8.0%) (d)		26,344			26,715
Capital leases-equipment (with rates ranging from 5.0% to 8.5%)		11			121
		73,527			36,508
Less current maturities		(412	)		(481	)
	$	73,115		$	36,027

(a) On April 5, 2012, the Company, as borrower, and certain of its wholly-owned subsidiaries, as guarantors, entered into a secured revolving credit agreement (the "Credit Agreement") with a syndicate of four lenders led by Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, swing line lender and letter of credit issuer, for an aggregate principal amount of up to $85 million.  The Credit Agreement replaces the Company's prior $115 million Credit Facility with Bank of America, N.A. and other lenders, which was due to expire on December 1, 2012.  The old Credit Agreement (as defined below) was terminated concurrently with the effective date of the Credit Agreement.

Under the Credit Agreement, the Company has the right to increase the aggregate amount available under the Credit Facility by up to $50 million upon satisfaction of certain conditions.  The Credit Facility may be used to finance capital expenditures and permitted acquisitions, to pay transaction expenses, for the issuance of letters of credit and for general corporate purposes.  The Credit Agreement includes a $5 million swing line sublimit and a $25 million letter of credit sublimit.  Borrowings under the Credit Facility are secured by a first priority lien on substantially all of the tangible and intangible assets of the Company and its subsidiaries exclusive of real estate.  The term of the Credit Facility is 36 months, maturing on April 5, 2015.

Amounts borrowed as revolving loans under the Credit Facility will bear interest, at the Company's option, at either (i) an interest rate based on LIBOR and adjusted for any reserve percentage obligations under Federal Reserve Bank regulations (the "Eurodollar Rate") for specified interest periods or (ii) the Base Rate (as defined in the Credit Agreement), in each case, plus an applicable margin rate as determined under the Credit Agreement.  The "Base Rate", as defined under the Credit Agreement, is the highest of (a) the prime rate, (b) the Federal Funds rate plus 0.50% and (c) a daily rate equal to the one-month LIBOR rate plus 1.0%.  Under the Credit Agreement, the margin interest rate is subject to adjustment within a range of 1.25% to 2.75% based upon changes in the Company's consolidated leverage ratio and depending on whether the Company has chosen the Eurodollar Rate or the Base Rate option.  Swing line loans will bear interest at the Base Rate plus the applicable margin rate.  Letters of credit will require a fee equal to the applicable margin rate multiplied by the daily amount available to be drawn under each issued letter of credit plus an agreed upon fronting fee and customary issuance, presentation, amendment and other processing fees associated with letters of credit.  At December 31, 2012, the Company had outstanding letters of credit aggregating $1.6 million, which were primarily comprised of letters of credit for the Department of Education, or DOE, matters and real estate leases.

The Credit Agreement contains customary representations, warranties and covenants including consolidated adjusted net worth, consolidated leverage ratio, consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio, minimum financial responsibility composite score, cohort default rate and other financial covenants, certain restrictions on capital expenditures as well as affirmative and negative covenants and events of default customary for facilities of this type.  In addition, the Company is paying fees to the lenders that are customary for facilities of this type.  As of December 31, 2012, the Company is in compliance with all financial covenants.

As of December 31, 2012, the Company had $37.5 million outstanding under the Credit Agreement.  The interest rate on borrowings under the credit agreement during the year ended December 31, 2012 was 4.5%.  Amounts outstanding under the credit agreement were repaid on January 3, 2013.

(b) The Company previously had a credit agreement (the "old Credit Agreement") with a syndicate of banks which was terminated on April 5, 2012.  Under the terms of the agreement, the syndicate provided the Company with a $115 million credit facility.  The old Credit Agreement permitted the issuance of up to $25 million in letter of credit, the amount of which reduces the availability of permitted borrowings under the agreement. At December 31, 2011, the Company had outstanding letters of credit aggregating $1.6 million, which were primarily comprised of letters of credit for the DOE matters and real estate leases.

As of December 31, 2011, the Company had no amounts outstanding under the old Credit Agreement.

(c) The Company completed a sale and a leaseback of several facilities on December 28, 2001. The Company retained a continuing involvement in the lease and as a result it is prohibited from utilizing sale-leaseback accounting. Accordingly, the Company has treated this transaction as a finance lease. Rent payments under this obligation for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012 were $1.5 million, respectively. These payments have been reflected in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations as interest expense for all periods presented since the effective interest rate on the obligation is greater than the scheduled payments. The lease expiration date is December 31, 2016.

(d) In 2009, the Company assumed real estate capital leases in Fern Park, Florida and Hartford, Connecticut.  These leases bear interest at 8% and expire in 2032 and 2031, respectively.

Scheduled maturities of long-term debt and lease obligations at December 31, 2012 are as follows:

Year ending December 31,
2013	$	412
2014		435
2015		37,971
2016		10,243
2017		748
Thereafter		23,718
	$	73,527

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS [Abstract]
REVENUE	$ 402,697	$ 491,821	$ 604,762
COSTS AND EXPENSES:
Educational services and facilities	192,205	210,892	227,331
Selling, general and administrative	204,299	232,478	257,621
(Gain) loss on sale of assets	(75)	5	(14)
Impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets	33,925	8,290	4,850
Total costs & expenses	430,354	451,665	489,788
OPERATING (LOSS) INCOME	(27,657)	40,156	114,974
OTHER:
Interest income	2	40	30
Interest expense	(4,475)	(4,369)	(4,523)
Other income	14	18	45
(LOSS) INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS BEFORE INCOME TAXES	(32,116)	35,845	110,526
(BENEFIT) PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES	(8,235)	14,730	44,839
(LOSS) INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS	(23,881)	21,115	65,687
(LOSS) INCOME FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS, NET OF INCOME TAXES	(13,305)	(3,575)	4,044
NET (LOSS) INCOME	$ (37,186)	$ 17,540	$ 69,731
Basic
(Loss) earnings per share from continuing operations (in dollars per share)	$ (1.08)	$ 0.96	$ 2.69
(Loss) earnings per share from discontinued operations (in dollars per share)	$ (0.6)	$ (0.16)	$ 0.17
Net (loss) income per share (in dollars per share)	$ (1.68)	$ 0.80	$ 2.86
Diluted
(Loss) earnings per share from continuing operations (in dollars per share)	$ (1.08)	$ 0.95	$ 2.63
(Loss) earnings per share from discontinued operations (in dollars per share)	$ (0.6)	$ (0.16)	$ 0.16
Net (loss) income per share (in dollars per share)	$ (1.68)	$ 0.79	$ 2.79
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:
Basic (in shares)	22,195,407	22,019,563	24,418,460
Diluted (in shares)	22,195,407	22,155,000	25,024,173

XML

WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES [Abstract]

WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES

3. WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES

The weighted average numbers of common shares used to compute basic and diluted income per share for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively were as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2012		2011		2010
Basic shares outstanding		22,195,407		22,019,563		24,418,460
Dilutive effect of stock options		-		135,437		605,713
Diluted shares outstanding		22,195,407		22,155,000		25,024,173

For the year ended December 31, 2012, options to acquire 71,989 shares were excluded from the above table because the Company reported a net loss for the year and therefore their impact on reported loss per share would have been antidilutive.  For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, options to acquire 216,908, 399,583, and 201,500 shares, respectively, were excluded from the above table because they have an exercise price that is greater than the average market price of the Company's common stock and therefore their impact on reported (loss) earnings per share would have been antidilutive.

In 2011, the Company issued certain members of management performance shares that vest when certain performance conditions are met.  These performance conditions have not been met in 2012 with respect to the Company's performance shares.  As a result, the Company has determined these shares to be contingently issuable.  Accordingly, 134,131 shares of outstanding performance shares have been excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2012.  Refer to Note 10 for more information on performance shares.

XML

FINANCIAL AID AND REGULATORY COMPLIANCE

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

FINANCIAL AID AND REGULATORY COMPLIANCE [Abstract]

FINANCIAL AID AND REGULATORY COMPLIANCE

2. FINANCIAL AID AND REGULATORY COMPLIANCE

Financial Aid

The Company's schools and students participate in a variety of government-sponsored financial aid programs that assist students in paying the cost of their education. The largest source of such support is the federal programs of student financial assistance under Title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended, commonly referred to as the Title IV Programs, which are administered by the U.S. Department of Education (the "DOE"). During the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, approximately 81%, 84% and 83%, respectively, of net revenues on a cash basis were indirectly derived from funds distributed under Title IV Programs.

For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company was in compliance with the standards established by the DOE requiring that no individual DOE reporting entity can receive more than 90% of its revenue, determined on a cash basis, from Title IV, HEA Program Funds.  For the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company determined that one of its institutions received approximately 93% of its revenue, determined on a cash basis, from Title IV, HEA Program Funds.  For the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company determined that the same institution as noted above received approximately 97% of its revenue, determined on a cash basis, from Title IV, HEA Program Funds.  A proprietary institution that derives more than 90% of its total revenue from the Title IV programs for two consecutive fiscal years becomes immediately ineligible to participate in the Title IV programs and may not reapply for eligibility until the end of two fiscal years. An institution with revenues exceeding 90% for a single fiscal year ending after August 14, 2008 will be placed on provisional certification and may be subject to other enforcement measures.  If one of the Company's institutions violated the 90/10 Rule and became ineligible to participate in Title IV Programs but continued to disburse Title IV Program funds, the DOE would require the institution to repay all Title IV Program funds received by the institution after the effective date of the loss of eligibility.  None of the Company's institutions has derived more than 90% of its total revenue from the Title IV programs for two consecutive years.

Regulatory Compliance

To participate in Title IV Programs, a school must be authorized to offer its programs of instruction by relevant state education agencies, be accredited by an accrediting commission recognized by the DOE and be certified as an eligible institution by the DOE. For this reason, the schools are subject to extensive regulatory requirements imposed by all of these entities. After the schools receive the required certifications by the appropriate entities, the schools must demonstrate their compliance with the DOE regulations of the Title IV Programs on an ongoing basis. Included in these regulations is the requirement that the Company must satisfy specific standards of financial responsibility. The DOE evaluates institutions for compliance with these standards each year, based upon the institution's annual audited financial statements, as well as following a change in ownership of the institution. Under regulations which took effect July 1, 1998, the DOE calculates the institution's composite score for financial responsibility based on its (i) equity ratio, which measures the institution's capital resources, ability to borrow and financial viability; (ii) primary reserve ratio, which measures the institution's ability to support current operations from expendable resources; and (iii) net income ratio, which measures the institution's ability to operate at a profit. This composite score can range from -1 to +3.

The DOE has evaluated the financial responsibility of the Company's institutions on a consolidated basis.  The Company has submitted to the DOE its audited financial statements for the 2011 and 2010 fiscal years reflecting a composite score of 2.1 and 1.8, respectively, based upon its calculations, and that its schools meet the DOE standards of financial responsibility. For the 2012 fiscal year, the Company has calculated its composite score to be 1.6.  However, this is subject to determination by the DOE once it receives and reviews the Company's audited financial statements for the 2012 fiscal year.

XML

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Related Party Transactions [Abstract]

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

14. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

On December 9, 2010, the Company purchased 5,307 shares of its common stock from its Executive Chairman in connection with his exercise of 60,000 stock options on the same date.

XML

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY [Abstract]

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

10. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Restricted Stock

The Company has two stock incentive plans:  a Long-Term Incentive Plan (the "LTIP") and a Non-Employee Directors Restricted Stock Plan (the "Non-Employee Directors Plan").

Under the LTIP, certain employees received awards of restricted shares of common stock based on service and performance.  The number of shares granted to each employee is based on the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant.

All service-based restricted shares granted prior to February 23, 2011 vest ratably on the first through fifth anniversaries of the grant date.  The service-based restricted shares granted on or after February 23, 2011 vest ratably on the grant date and the first through fourth anniversaries of the grant date except for the service-based restricted shares granted on March 2, 2012 which vest fully on the first anniversary of the grant date.

On April 29, 2011, performance-based shares were granted which vest over four years based upon the attainment of (i) a specified operating income margin during any one or more of the fiscal years in the period beginning January 1, 2011 and ending December 31, 2014 and (ii) the attainment of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization targets during each of the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011 through 2014.  There is no vesting period on the right to vote or the right to receive dividends on any of the restricted shares.

Pursuant to the Non-Employee Directors Plan, each non-employee director of the Company receives an annual award of restricted shares of common stock on the date of the Company's annual meeting of shareholders.  The number of shares granted to each non-employee director is based on the fair market value of a share of common stock on that date.  The restricted shares vest ratably on the first through third anniversary of the grant date; however, there is no vesting period on the right to vote or the right to receive dividends on these restricted shares.  Beginning in 2010, all new awards of restricted shares of common stock granted under the

Non-Employee Directors Plan vest fully on the first anniversary of the grant date.

In 2012, 2011 and 2010, the Company completed a net share settlement for 102,438, 68,250 and 52,214 restricted shares and stock options exercised, respectively, on behalf of certain employees that participate in the LTIP upon the vesting of the restricted shares pursuant to the terms of the LTIP or exercise of the stock options.  The net share settlement was in connection with income taxes incurred on restricted shares or stock option exercises that vested and were transferred to the employee during 2012, 2011 and/or 2010, creating taxable income for the employee.   At the employees' request, the Company will pay these taxes on behalf of the employees in exchange for the employees returning an equivalent value of restricted shares or stock options to the Company.  These transactions resulted in a decrease of approximately $0.5 million, $0.9 million and $1.0 million in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, to equity as the cash payment of the taxes effectively was a repurchase of the restricted shares or stock options granted in previous years.

The following is a summary of transactions pertaining to restricted stock:

	Shares			Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value Per Share
Nonvested restricted stock outstanding at December 31, 2011		501,551		$	16.10
Restricted stock awarded		1,213,621			4.82
Restricted stock vested		(374,088	)		9.30
Nonvested restricted stock outstanding at December 31, 2012		1,341,084			7.79

The restricted stock expense for each of the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $4.0 million, $3.1 million and $2.0 million, respectively. The unrecognized restricted stock expense as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $8.6 million and $6.8 million, respectively.  As of December 31, 2012, outstanding restricted shares under the LTIP had an aggregate intrinsic value of $7.5 million.

On June 9, 2010, the Company's Board of Directors approved the repurchase of up to $50.0 million of its common stock over the period of one year.  As of December 31, 2010, the Company had repurchased 4,040,234 shares of its common stock for approximately $50.0 million at an average price of $12.38 per share.  In addition, during 2010, the Company's Board of Directors approved the repurchase of 5,307 shares of its common stock, which was repurchased at an average price of $16.77 per share.

Stock Options

The fair value of the stock options used to compute stock-based compensation is the estimated present value at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. During 2011 there were no new stock option grants.  The weighted average fair values of options granted during 2012 and 2010 were $2.52 and $8.48 respectively, using the following weighted average assumptions for grants:

	At December 31,
	2012			2010
Expected volatility		51.25	%		45.00	%
Expected dividend yield		4	%		0	%
Expected life (term)	4.65 Years			4.82 Years
Risk-free interest rate		0.87	%		1.95	%
Weighted-average exercise price during the year	$	7.79		$	20.78

The expected volatility considers the volatility of the Company common stock that has been traded for a period commensurate with the expected life.  The expected term of options granted represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding based on historical experience. The risk-free rate used is based on the published U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for instruments with a similar life.  The 2012 expected dividend yield presumes a set dividend rate based on the current dividend yield.  The 2010 dividend yield is 0% because at the time the options were granted the Company had not intended to declare or pay dividends on its common stock.

The following is a summary of transactions pertaining to the option plans:

	Shares			Weighted Average Exercise Price Per Share		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term	Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Outstanding December 31, 2009		1,183,921		$	11.74	4.95 years	$	11,934
Granted		68,000			20.78
Cancelled		(108,875	)		15.15
Exercised		(422,106	)		7.46			5,668
Outstanding December 31, 2010		720,940			14.59	5.14 years		2,095
Cancelled		(74,459	)		12.80
Exercised		(113,106	)		6.29			759
Outstanding December 31, 2011		533,375			16.60	4.68 years		-
Granted		157,000			7.79
Cancelled		(34,500	)		12.26
Outstanding December 31, 2012		655,875			14.72	4.89 years		-
Vested or expected to vest as of December 31, 2012		623,609			15.02	4.67 years		-
Exercisable as of December 31, 2012		494,543			16.60	3.54 years		-

As of December 31, 2012, unrecognized pre-tax compensation expense for all unvested stock option awards is approximately $0.3 million which will be expensed over the weighted-average period of approximately 2.1 years.

The following table presents a summary of options outstanding at December 31, 2012:

	At December 31, 2012
	Stock Options Outstanding						Stock Options Exercisable
Range of Exercise Prices	Shares		Contractual Weighted Average life (years)		Weighted Average Price		Shares		Weighted Exercise Price
$4.00-$13.99		262,792		7.11	$	9.63		115,792	$	11.96
$14.00-$19.99		277,083		3.19		16.42		277,083		16.42
$20.00-$25.00		116,000		3.89		22.19		101,668		22.37
		655,875		4.89		14.72		494,543		16.60

XML

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLES

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLES [Abstract]

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLES

6. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLES

Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

Balance as of January 1, 2011:
Goodwill	$	115,303
Accumulated impairment losses		(8,594	)
		106,709
Goodwill impairment (1)		(9,338	)
Balance as of December 31, 2011:
Goodwill		115,303
Accumulated impairment losses		(17,932	)
		97,371
Acquisition of FMTI		1,873
Goodwill impairment (2)		(33,717	)
Balance as of December 31, 2012:
Goodwill		117,176
Accumulated impairment losses		(51,649	)
	$	65,527

(1) $1.0 million included in discontinued operations.

(2) $5.5 million included in discontinued operations.

Intangible assets, which are included in other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, consisted of the following:

	Student Contracts		Indefinite Trade Name		Trade Name			Accreditation		Curriculum			Non-compete			Total
Gross carrying amount at December 31, 2011	$	-	$	180	$	509		$	1,268	$	1,150		$	1,980		$	5,087
Acquisition of FMTI (1)		25		-		25			-		224			200			474
Write-Off (6)		-		-		-			-		-			(1,980	)		(1,980	)
Impairment (2)		-		-		(168	)		-		(250	)		-			(418	)
Gross carrying amount at December 31, 2012		25		180		366			1,268		1,124			200			3,163
Accumulated amortization at December 31, 2011		-		-		262			-		620			1,952			2,834
Amortization		25		-		74			-		135			56			290
Write-Off (6)		-		-		-			-		-			(1,980	)		(1,980	)
Impairment (2)		-		-		(127	)		-		(85	)		-			(212	)
Accumulated amortization at December 31, 2012		25		-		209			-		670			28			932
Net carrying amount at December 31, 2012	$	-	$	180	$	157		$	1,268	$	454		$	172		$	2,231
Weighted average amortization period (years)			Indefinite			7		Indefinite			9			3

	Student Contracts			Indefinite Trade Name			Trade Name			Accreditation			Curriculum		Non-compete			Total
Gross carrying amount at December 31, 2010	$	4,827		$	660		$	839		$	2,307		$	1,150	$	2,181		$	11,964
Reclassification (3)		-			(480	)		480			-			-		-			-
Write-off (4)		(4,827	)		-			(810	)		-			-		(201	)		(5,838	)
Impairment (5)		-			-			-			(1,039	)		-		-			(1,039	)
Gross carrying amount at December 31, 2011		-			180			509			1,268			1,150		1,980			5,087
Accumulated amortization at December 31, 2010		4,824			-			503			-			505		1,478			7,310
Amortization		3			-			569			-			115		675			1,362
Write-off (4)		(4,827	)		-			(810	)		-			-		(201	)		(5,838	)
Accumulated amortization at December 31, 2011		-			-			262			-			620		1,952			2,834
Net carrying amount at December 31, 2011	$	-		$	180		$	247		$	1,268		$	530	$	28		$	2,253
Weighted average amortization period (years)				Indefinite				6		Indefinite				10		3

(1)  The Company purchased FMTI in April 2012.  Refer to Note 5 for more information on the purchase.

(2)  Refer to Note 1 for more information related to the impairment.

(3)  Reclassification due to the Company's plan to rebrand one of its institutions.

(4)  The Company wrote-off the value of fully amortized assets not in service.

(5)  The impairment relates to regional accreditation indefinite intangible asset that is no longer being utilized.

Amortization of intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was approximately $0.3 million, $1.4 million and $2.2 million, respectively.

The following table summarizes the estimated future amortization expense:

Year Ending December 31,
2013	$	225
2014		224
2015		156
2016		112
2017		46
Thereafter		20
	$	783

XML

DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS [Abstract]

DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

4. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

On July 31, 2012, the Company's Board of Directors approved a plan to cease operations at seven campuses.  The adjustments made to the Company's business model to better align with the DOE's increased emphasis on student outcomes and the Company's efforts to comply with the 90/10 rule and cohort default rates greatly impacted the population at these campuses.  In addition, the current economic environment and regulatory changes under the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2012, which eliminated the ability to enroll "ability to benefit" ("ATB") students, have made these campuses no longer viable.  Accordingly, the Company ceased operations at these campuses as of December 31, 2012.  The results of operations are reflected as discontinued operations in the consolidated financial statements.

The results of operations at these seven campuses for the three year periods ended December 31, 2012 were as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2012			2011			2010
Revenue	$	8,500		$	20,804		$	34,732
(Loss) income before income tax		(22,142	)		(5,260	)		7,657
Income tax (benefit) expense		(8,837	)		(1,685	)		3,613
Net (loss) income from discontiued operations	$	(13,305	)	$	(3,575	)	$	4,044

Amounts include impairments of goodwill and long-lived assets for these campuses of $9.5 million, $2.1 million and $1.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

XML

BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS [Abstract]

BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS

5. BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS

On April 18, 2012, the Company acquired all of the rights, title and interest in certain assets and liabilities of Florida Medical Training Institute, Inc. ("FMTI") for total consideration of $1.7 million, net of cash acquired.  FMTI has five locations in Florida: Melbourne, Jacksonville, Tampa, Miami and Coral Springs.  FMTI currently offers certificate programs in the fields of Emergency Medical Technician, Paramedic, EKG/Phlebotomy, Nursing Assistant, Fire Fighter and Associate of Science Degrees in Emergency Medical Services and Fire Science Technology.  The Company acquired FMTI as it does not receive Title IV funding.  The purchase price allocation resulted $2.9 million allocated to assets including $0.5 million to intangible assets and $1.9 million to goodwill and $1.4 million to liabilities.  The goodwill is tax deductible and represents the value of entering a new market where there is no Title IV funding.

XML

PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES [Abstract]

PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES

7. PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES

Property, equipment and facilities consist of the following:

	Useful life (years)		At December 31,
			2012			2011
Land		-	$	18,363		$	18,363
Buildings and improvements		1-25		192,990			206,499
Equipment, furniture and fixtures		1-12		79,172			75,112
Vehicles		3		1,231			1,155
Construction in progress		-		174			1,159
				291,930			302,288
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization				(137,834	)		(122,274	)
			$	154,096		$	180,014

Included above in buildings and improvements are buildings acquired under capital leases as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 of $26.8 million, each net of accumulated depreciation of $7.0 million and $5.2 million, respectively.

Included above in equipment, furniture and fixtures are assets acquired under capital leases as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 of $0.6 million and $0.7 million, respectively, net of accumulated depreciation of $0.6 million, respectively.

Included above in buildings and improvements is capitalized interest as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 of $0.6 million, respectively, net of accumulated depreciation of $0.4 million and $0.3 million, respectively.

Depreciation and amortization expense of property, equipment and facilities was $26.4 million, $26.3 million and $23.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

XML

LONG-TERM DEBT AND LEASE OBLIGATIONS (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

LONG-TERM DEBT AND LEASE OBLIGATIONS [Abstract]

Long-term debt and lease obligations

Long-term debt and lease obligations consist of the following:

	At December 31,
	2012			2011
Credit agreement (a)	$	37,500		$	-
Credit agreement (b)		-			-
Finance obligation (c)		9,672			9,672
Capital lease-property (with a rate of 8.0%) (d)		26,344			26,715
Capital leases-equipment (with rates ranging from 5.0% to 8.5%)		11			121
		73,527			36,508
Less current maturities		(412	)		(481	)
	$	73,115		$	36,027

Scheduled maturities of long-term debt and lease obligation

Scheduled maturities of long-term debt and lease obligations at December 31, 2012 are as follows:

Year ending December 31,
2013	$	412
2014		435
2015		37,971
2016		10,243
2017		748
Thereafter		23,718
	$	73,527

XML

INCOME TAXES (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Current [Abstract]
Federal	$ 4,499,000	$ 8,570,000	$ 34,392,000
State	1,494,000	2,960,000	8,016,000
Total	5,993,000	11,530,000	42,408,000
Deferred [Abstract]
Federal	(11,394,000)	3,312,000	2,742,000
State	(2,834,000)	(112,000)	(311,000)
Total	(14,228,000)	3,200,000	2,431,000
Total (benefit) provision	(8,235,000)	14,730,000	44,839,000
Deferred Tax Assets Current [Abstract]
Accrued vacation	60,000	63,000
Net operating loss carryforwards	586,000	586,000
Allowance for bad debts	7,083,000	8,076,000
Total current deferred tax assets	7,729,000	8,725,000
Deferred Tax Assets Noncurrent [Abstract]
Allowance for bad debts	430,000	665,000
Accrued rent	3,785,000	3,645,000
Stock-based compensation	2,095,000	1,855,000
Depreciation	5,953,000	0
Other intangibles	547,000	511,000
Pension plan liabilities	2,754,000	2,637,000
Net operating loss carryforwards	1,553,000	2,139,000
Sale leaseback-deferred gain	2,482,000	2,438,000
Other	77,000	120,000
Total noncurrent deferred tax assets	19,676,000	14,010,000
Deferred Tax Liabilities Noncurrent [Abstract]
Depreciation	0	(1,995,000)
Goodwill	(2,611,000)	(10,138,000)
Total deferred tax liabilities	(2,611,000)	(12,133,000)
Total net noncurrent deferred tax assets	17,065,000	1,877,000
Total net deferred tax assets	24,794,000	10,602,000
Difference between the actual tax provision and the tax provision that would result from the use of the Federal statutory rate [Abstract]
(Loss) income from continuing operations before taxes	(32,116,000)	35,845,000	110,526,000
Expected tax (benefit) expense	(11,240,000)	12,546,000	38,684,000
State tax (benefit) expense (net of federal)	(871,000)	1,851,000	5,008,000
Permanent impairment	3,588,000	109,000	1,698,000
Other	288,000	224,000	(551,000)
Total	(8,235,000)	14,730,000	44,839,000
Expected tax (benefit) expense (in hundredths)	35.00%	35.00%	35.00%
State tax (benefit) expense (net of federal) (in hundredths)	2.70%	5.20%	4.60%
Permanent impairment (in hundredths)	(11.20%)	0.30%	1.50%
Other (in hundredths)	(0.90%)	0.60%	(0.50%)
Total (in hundredths)	25.60%	41.10%	40.60%
Net operating loss carryforwards	6,100,000
Activity related to uncertain tax positions [Roll Forward]
Balance, beginning of period	100,000	100,000	200,000
Decrease for tax positions of prior years	(100,000)		(100,000)
Increase for tax positions of current year	135,000	0	0
Balance, end of period	$ 135,000	$ 100,000	$ 100,000

XML

INCOME TAXES

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

INCOME TAXES [Abstract]

INCOME TAXES

12. INCOME TAXES

Components of the provision for income taxes from continuing operations were as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2012			2011			2010
Current:
Federal	$	4,499		$	8,570		$	34,392
State		1,494			2,960			8,016
Total		5,993			11,530			42,408
Deferred:
Federal		(11,394	)		3,312			2,742
State		(2,834	)		(112	)		(311	)
Total		(14,228	)		3,200			2,431
Total (benefit) provision	$	(8,235	)	$	14,730		$	44,839

The components of the deferred tax assets are as follows:

	At December 31,
	2012			2011
Deferred tax assets
Current:
Accrued vacation	$	60		$	63
Net operating loss carryforwards		586			586
Allowance for bad debts		7,083			8,076
Total current deferred tax assets		7,729			8,725
Deferred tax assets
Noncurrent:
Allowance for bad debts		430			665
Accrued rent		3,785			3,645
Stock-based compensation		2,095			1,855
Depreciation		5,953			-
Other intangibles		547			511
Pension plan liabilities		2,754			2,637
Net operating loss carryforwards		1,553			2,139
Sale leaseback-deferred gain		2,482			2,438
Other		77			120
Total noncurrent deferred tax assets		19,676			14,010
Deferred tax liabilities
Noncurrent:
Depreciation		-			(1,995	)
Goodwill		(2,611	)		(10,138	)
Total deferred tax liabilities		(2,611	)		(12,133	)
Total net noncurrent deferred tax assets		17,065			1,877
Total net deferred tax assets	$	24,794		$	10,602

The difference between the actual tax provision and the tax provision that would result from the use of the Federal statutory rate is as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2012					2011				2010
(Loss) income from continuing operations before taxes	$	(32,116	)			$	35,845			$	110,526
Expected tax (benefit) expense	$	(11,240	)	35.0	%	$	12,546	35.0	%	$	38,684		35.0	%
State tax (benefit) expense (net of federal)		(871	)	2.7			1,851	5.2			5,008		4.6
Permanent impairment		3,588		(11.2	)		109	0.3			1,698		1.5
Other		288		(0.9	)		224	0.6			(551	)	(0.5	)
Total	$	(8,235	)	25.6	%	$	14,730	41.1	%	$	44,839		40.6	%

The Company believes that it is more likely than not that it will realize its net deferred tax assets.  The Company has net operating loss ("NOL") carryforwards at December 31, 2012 of approximately $6.1 million for federal income tax purposes, which begin expiring in 2025.  These NOLs are limited in the amount that can be utilized in a given year due to a Section 382 limitation.  The Company has determined based upon its history of profits and its forecasted financial information that it will be able to fully utilize these NOLs prior to their expiration.   As such, a valuation allowance is not required.

The following table summarizes the activity related to the Company's uncertain tax positions:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2012			2011		2010
Balance at January 1,	$	100		$	100	$	200
Decrease for tax positions of prior years		(100	)				(100	)
Increase for tax positions of current year		135			-		-
Balance at December 31,	$	135		$	100	$	100

Included in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2012 and 2011 are unrecognized tax benefits of $0.1 million, respectively, of which $0.1 million would be reflected as an adjustment to income tax expense if recognized. It is expected that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits will change in the next 12 months; however, the Company does not expect the change to have a significant impact on its results of operations or financial position.

The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense.  During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the interest and penalties expense associated with uncertain tax positions are not significant to its results of operations or financial position.

The Company or one of its subsidiaries files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and various states.  The Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal income tax examinations for years before 2008 and generally, is no longer subject to state and local income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2007.

XML

DIVIDENDS

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

DIVIDENDS [Abstract]

DIVIDENDS

17. DIVIDENDS

During 2012, 2011 and 2010, the Board of Directors declared cash dividends of $0.28, $0.07 and $1.00 per share of common stock outstanding, respectively.  In March 2013, the Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.07 per share of common stock outstanding, which will be paid on March 29, 2013 to shareholders of record on March 15, 2013.  The establishment of future record and payment dates is subject to the final determination of the Company's Board of Directors.

XML

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Number of stock incentive plans	2
Vesting period of performance-based shares	4 years
Specified operating income margin period	one or more of the fiscal years
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value [Abstract]
Maximum authorized amount for share repurchase			$ 50,000,000
Period for share repurchase			1 year
Number of shares repurchased (in shares)			4,040,234
Aggregate purchase price of stock repurchased			50,000,000
Stock repurchase price (in dollar per share)			$ 12.38
Additional number of shares repurchase approved (in shares)			5,307
Average price of additional shares repurchased (in dollars per share)			$ 16.77
Weighted average assumptions for grants [Abstract]
Expected volatility (in hundredths)	51.25%		45.00%
Expected dividend yield (in hundredths)	4.00%		0.00%
Expected life (term)	4 years 7 months 24 days		4 years 9 months 25 days
Risk-free interest rate (in hundredths)	0.87%		1.95%
Weighted-average exercise price during the year (in dollars per share)	$ 7.79		$ 20.78
Shares
Outstanding, beginning balance (in shares)	533,375	720,940	1,183,921
Granted (in shares)	157,000		68,000
Canceled (in shares)	(34,500)	(74,459)	(108,875)
Exercised (in shares)		(113,106)	(422,106)
Outstanding, ending balance (in shares)	655,875	533,375	720,940	1,183,921
Vested or expected to vest (in shares)	623,609
Exercisable, ending balance (in shares)	494,543
Weighted Average Exercise Price Per Share
Outstanding, beginning balance (in dollars per share)	$ 16.60	$ 14.59	$ 11.74
Granted (in dollars per share)	$ 7.79		$ 20.78
Canceled (in dollars per share)	$ 12.26	$ 12.80	$ 15.15
Exercised (in dollars per share)		$ 6.29	$ 7.46
Outstanding, ending balance (in dollars per share)	$ 14.72	$ 16.60	$ 14.59	$ 11.74
Vested or expected to vest (in dollars per share)	$ 15.02
Exercisable, ending balance (in dollars per share)	$ 16.60
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term
Outstanding, beginning balance	4 years 10 months 20 days	4 years 8 months 5 days	5 years 1 month 20 days	4 years 11 months 12 days
Outstanding, ending balance	4 years 10 months 20 days	4 years 8 months 5 days	5 years 1 month 20 days	4 years 11 months 12 days
Vested or expected to vest	4 years 8 months 1 day
Exercisable, ending balance	3 years 6 months 14 days
Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Outstanding, beginning balance	0	2,095,000	11,934,000
Exercised		759,000	5,668,000
Outstanding, ending balance	0	0	2,095,000	11,934,000
Vested or expected to vest	0
Exercisable, ending balance	0
Unrecognized pre-tax compensation expense	300,000
Weighted average period of unrecognized pre-tax compensation	2 years 1 month 6 days
Stock Options Outstanding [Abstract]
Shares (in shares)	655,875
Contractual Weighted Average Life	4 years 10 months 20 days
Weighted Average Price (in dollars per share)	$ 14.72
Stock Options Exercisable [Abstract]
Shares (in shares)	494,543
Weighted Exercise Price (in dollars per share)	$ 16.60
$ 4.00-$13.99 [Member]
Range of Exercise Prices [Abstract]
Range of Exercise Prices, Minimum (in dollars per share)	$ 4.00
Range of Exercise Prices, Maximum (in dollars per share)	$ 13.99
Stock Options Outstanding [Abstract]
Shares (in shares)	262,792
Contractual Weighted Average Life	7 years 1 month 10 days
Weighted Average Price (in dollars per share)	$ 9.63
Stock Options Exercisable [Abstract]
Shares (in shares)	115,792
Weighted Exercise Price (in dollars per share)	$ 11.96
$ 14.00-$19.99 [Member]
Range of Exercise Prices [Abstract]
Range of Exercise Prices, Minimum (in dollars per share)	$ 14.00
Range of Exercise Prices, Maximum (in dollars per share)	$ 19.99
Stock Options Outstanding [Abstract]
Shares (in shares)	277,083
Contractual Weighted Average Life	3 years 2 months 8 days
Weighted Average Price (in dollars per share)	$ 16.42
Stock Options Exercisable [Abstract]
Shares (in shares)	277,083
Weighted Exercise Price (in dollars per share)	$ 16.42
$ 20.00-$25.00 [Member]
Range of Exercise Prices [Abstract]
Range of Exercise Prices, Minimum (in dollars per share)	$ 20.00
Range of Exercise Prices, Maximum (in dollars per share)	$ 25.00
Stock Options Outstanding [Abstract]
Shares (in shares)	116,000
Contractual Weighted Average Life	3 years 10 months 20 days
Weighted Average Price (in dollars per share)	$ 22.19
Stock Options Exercisable [Abstract]
Shares (in shares)	101,668
Weighted Exercise Price (in dollars per share)	$ 22.37
Restricted Stock [Member]
Shares [Abstract]
Nonvested restricted stock outstanding (in shares)	501,551
Restricted stock awarded (in shares)	1,213,621
Restricted stock vested (in shares)	(374,088)
Nonvested restricted stock outstanding (in shares)	1,341,084	501,551
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value [Abstract]
Nonvested restricted stock outstanding (in dollars per share)	$ 16.10
Restricted stock awarded (in dollars per share)	$ 4.82
Restricted stock vested (in dollars per share)	$ 9.30
Nonvested restricted stock outstanding (in dollars per share)	$ 7.79	$ 16.10
Recognized restricted stock expense	4,000,000	3,100,000	2,000,000
Unrecognized restricted stock expense	8,600,000	6,800,000
Stock Options [Member]
Stock Options [Abstract]
Weighted average fair values of options granted (in dollars per share)	$ 2.52		$ 8.48
LTIP [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Decrease in equity due to payment of tax for employee	$ 500,000	$ 900,000	$ 1,000,000
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value [Abstract]
Net share settlement for restricted shares and stock options (in shares)	102,438	68,250	52,214
LTIP [Member] | Stock Options [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Net share settlement for restricted stock (in shares)	102,438	68,250	52,214

XML

FINANCIAL AID AND REGULATORY COMPLIANCE (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
FINANCIAL AID AND REGULATORY COMPLIANCE [Abstract]
Percentage of net revenues on cash basis indirectly derived from funds (in hundredths)	81.00%	84.00%	83.00%
Maximum specified percentage of net revenues on cash basis indirectly derived from funds (in hundredths)		90.00%
Percentage of net revenues on cash basis indirectly derived from funds by one institution	93.00%
Period over which entity became ineligible after receiving specified percentage as revenue from funds	2 years
Period for which entity may not reapply for eligibility	2 years
Number of institution violated 90/10 rule	1
Standard composite score for financial responsibility, minimum	-1
Standard composite score for financial responsibility, maximum	+3
Composite score for financial responsibility	1.6	2.1	1.8

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME [Abstract]
Net (loss) income	$ (37,186)	$ 17,540	$ 69,731
Other comprehensive (loss) income
Employee pension plan adjustments, net of taxes of $25, $1,321 and $102 for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 respectively	(60)	(1,968)	153
Comprehensive (loss) income	$ (37,246)	$ 15,572	$ 69,884

XML

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES [Abstract]

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Business Activities—Lincoln Educational Services Corporation and Subsidiaries (the "Company") is a provider of diversified career-oriented post-secondary education. The Company offers recent high school graduates and working adults degree and diploma programs in five principal areas of study: Automotive Technology, Health Science, Skilled Trades, Hospitality Services and Business and Information Technology. The Company currently has 38 schools and five training sites in 17 states across the United States.

Principles of Consolidation—The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Lincoln Educational Services Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

Revenue Recognition—Revenue is derived primarily from programs taught at the schools. Tuition revenue and one-time fees, such as nonrefundable application fees, registration fees, and course material fees are recognized on a straight-line basis over the length of the applicable program. If a student withdraws from a program prior to a specified date, any paid but unearned tuition is refunded. Other revenues, such as tool sales and contract training revenues are recognized as services are performed or goods are delivered. On an individual student basis, tuition earned in excess of cash received is recorded as accounts receivable, and cash received in excess of tuition earned is recorded as unearned tuition. Refunds are calculated and paid in accordance with federal, state and accrediting agency standards.

Cash and Cash Equivalents—Cash and cash equivalents include all cash balances and highly liquid short-term investments, which mature within three months of purchase.

Accounts Receivable—The Company reports accounts receivable at net realizable value, which is equal to the gross receivable less an estimated allowance for uncollectible accounts.  Noncurrent accounts receivable represent amounts due from graduates in excess of 12 months from the balance sheet date.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments—The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents approximates fair value at December 31, 2012 and 2011. In addition, the carrying value of all borrowings under the credit agreement approximates fair value at December 31, 2012 and 2011. The account receivable, net balances are presented within current and non-current assets on the consolidated balance sheets. It is not practicable to estimate the fair value of these financial instruments, since observable market data is not readily available, and no reasonable estimation methodology exists.

Allowance for uncollectible accounts—Based upon experience and judgment, an allowance is established for uncollectible accounts with respect to receivables. In establishing the allowance for uncollectible accounts, we consider, among other things, current and expected economic conditions, a student's status (in-school or out-of-school), whether or not a student is currently making payments, and overall collection history. Changes in trends in any of these areas may impact the allowance for uncollectible accounts. The receivables balances of withdrawn students with delinquent obligations are reserved for based on our collection history.

Inventories—Inventories consist mainly of textbooks, tools and supplies. Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market on a first-in, first-out basis.

Property, Equipment and Facilities—Depreciation and Amortization—Property, equipment and facilities are stated at cost. Major renewals and improvements are capitalized, while repairs and maintenance are expensed when incurred. Upon the retirement, sale or other disposition of assets, costs and related accumulated depreciation are eliminated from the accounts and any gain or loss is reflected in operating (loss) income. For financial statement purposes, depreciation of property and equipment is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, and amortization of leasehold improvements is computed over the lesser of the term of the lease or its estimated useful life.

Rent Expense—Rent expense related to operating leases where scheduled rent increases exist, is determined by expensing the total amount of rent due over the life of the operating lease on a straight-line basis. The difference between the rent paid under the terms of the lease and the rent expensed on a straight-line basis is included in accrued rent and other long-term liabilities on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Advertising Costs—Costs related to advertising are expensed as incurred and approximated $34.2 million, $40.8 million and $44.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. These amounts are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets— The Company tests its goodwill for impairment annually, or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate an impairment may have occurred, by comparing its reporting unit's carrying value to its implied fair value. Impairment may result from, among other things, deterioration in the performance of the acquired business, adverse market conditions, adverse changes in applicable laws or regulations, reductions in market value of the Company, including changes that restrict the activities of the acquired business, and a variety of other circumstances. If the Company determines that an impairment has occurred, it is required to record a write-down of the carrying value and charge the impairment as an operating expense in the period the determination is made. In evaluating the recoverability of the carrying value of goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets, the Company must make assumptions regarding estimated future cash flows and other factors to determine the fair value of the acquired assets. Changes in strategy or market conditions could significantly impact these judgments in the future and require an adjustment to the recorded balances.

At December 31, 2012, the Company tested goodwill for impairment and determined that an impairment of approximately $18.3 million existed for seven of its reporting units.  The Company concluded that the decrease in the Company's market capitalization as of June 30, 2012 was an indicator of potential impairment and, accordingly, the Company tested goodwill for impairment.  The tests indicated that five of the Company's reporting units were impaired as a result of lower than expected student population, which resulted in a pre-tax charge of $15.4 million in the second quarter of 2012 ($5.5 million included in discontinued operations).  The fair values of these reporting units were estimated using the expected present value of future cash flows.  No other reporting unit's carrying goodwill amount exceeded or approximated its implied value.

The Company concluded that the decrease in the Company's market capitalization as of September 30, 2011 was an indicator of potential impairment and, accordingly, the Company tested goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles for impairment.  The tests indicated that five of the Company's reporting units were impaired, which resulted in an expense of $9.3 million in the third quarter of 2011 ($1.0 million included in discontinued operations).  At December 31, 2011, the Company tested goodwill for impairment and determined it did not have an impairment.  At December 31, 2010, the Company tested goodwill for impairment and determined that an impairment of approximately $6.2 million existed for three of its reporting units ($1.4 million included in discontinued operations).

Concentration of Credit Risk—Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of temporary cash investments.  The Company places its cash and cash equivalents with high credit quality financial institutions. The Company's cash balances with financial institutions typically exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance limit of $0.25 million. The Company's cash balances on deposit at December 31, 2012, exceeded the balance insured by the FDIC by approximately $60.3 million. The Company has not experienced any losses to date on its invested cash.

The Company extends credit for tuition and fees to many of its students. The credit risk with respect to these accounts receivable is mitigated through the students' participation in federally funded financial aid programs unless students withdraw prior to the receipt of federal funds for those students. In addition, the remaining tuition receivables are primarily comprised of smaller individual amounts due from students.

With respect to student receivables, the Company had no significant concentrations of credit risk as of December 31, 2012 and 2011.

Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements—The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States ("GAAP') requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the period. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates the estimates and assumptions, including those related to revenue recognition, bad debts, impairments, fixed assets, income taxes, benefit plans and certain accruals.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Stock-Based Compensation Plans—The Company measures the value of stock options on the grant date at fair value, using the Black-Scholes option valuation model.  The Company amortizes the fair value of stock options, net of estimated forfeitures, utilizing straight-line amortization of compensation expense over the requisite service period of the grant.

The Company measures the value of service and performance-based restricted stock on the fair value of a share of common stock on the date of the grant. The Company amortizes the fair value of service based restricted stock utilizing straight-line amortization of compensation expense over the requisite service period of the grant.

The Company amortizes the fair value of the performance-based restricted stock based on determination of the probable outcome of the performance condition.  If the performance condition is expected to be met, then the Company amortizes the fair value of the number of shares expected to vest utilizing straight-line basis over the requisite performance period of the grant.  However, if the associated performance condition is not expected to be met, then the Company does not recognize the stock-based compensation expense.

Income Taxes—Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between financial statement carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of changes in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense.  During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the interest and penalties expense associated with uncertain tax positions are not significant to the Company's results of operations or financial position.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets—The Company reviews the carrying value of our long-lived assets and identifiable intangibles for possible impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. The Company evaluates long-lived assets for impairment by examining estimated future cash flows. These cash flows are evaluated by using weighted probability techniques as well as comparisons of past performance against projections. Assets may also be evaluated by identifying independent market values. If the Company determines that an asset's carrying value is impaired, it will record a write-down of the carrying value of the asset and charge the impairment as an operating expense in the period in which the determination is made.

The Company concluded that as of December 31, 2012 there was an indicator of potential impairment and, accordingly, the Company tested long-lived assets for impairment and determined that certain long-lived assets at four campuses were impaired.  This resulted in a pre-tax charge of $1.3 million for leasehold improvements.  The Company concluded that as of June 30, 2012 there was an indicator of potential impairment and, accordingly, the Company tested long-lived assets for impairment and determined that certain long-lived assets at 10 campuses were impaired.  This resulted in a pre-tax charge of $8.3 million which included leasehold improvements of $8.1 million and definite-lived intangible assets of $0.2 million ($4.0 million included in discontinued operations).

The Company recorded an impairment charge of $1.0 million in the third quarter of 2011 related to a regional accreditation indefinite intangible asset that is no longer being utilized and is included in discontinued operations.

Start-up Costs—Costs related to the start of new campuses are expensed as incurred.

New Accounting Pronouncements

In October 2012, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2012-04, which makes technical corrections, clarifications and limited-scope improvements to various topics throughout the Codification. The amendments in this ASU that do not have transition guidance and are effective upon issuance and the amendments that are subject to transition guidance will be effective for our interim and annual reporting periods beginning January 1, 2013. The adoption of this guidance will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In August 2012, the FASB issued ASU No. 2012-03, which amends and corrects various sections in the Codification pursuant to Staff Accounting Bulletin ("SAB") No. 114, SEC Release No. 33-9250 and ASU No. 2010-22. The amendments and corrections in this ASU are effective upon issuance. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In July 2012, the FASB issued ASU No. 2012-02, which is included in the Codification under ASC 350, "Intangibles – Goodwill and Other" ("ASC 350"). This update allows an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it must perform a quantitative impairment test. An entity would be required to calculate the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset, if the entity determines, based on a qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that the indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired. This guidance is effective for impairment tests performed for our interim and annual reporting periods beginning January 1, 2013. The adoption of this guidance will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In June 2011, issued an amendment to an existing accounting standard which requires companies to present net income and other comprehensive income in one continuous statement or in two separate, but consecutive, statements. In addition, in December 2011, the FASB issued an amendment to an existing accounting standard which defers the requirement to present components of reclassifications of other comprehensive income on the face of the income statement.  The Company early adopted this amendment and has presented statements of comprehensive (loss) income.

In September 2011, the FASB issued a revised standard on testing for goodwill impairment. The revised standard allows an entity to first assess qualitatively whether it is necessary to perform step one of the two-step annual goodwill impairment test. An entity is required to perform step one only if the entity concludes that it is more likely than not that a reporting unit's fair value is less than its carrying amount, a likelihood of more than 50 percent. An entity can choose to perform the qualitative assessment on none, some, or all of its reporting units. Moreover, an entity can bypass the qualitative assessment for any reporting unit in any period and proceed directly to step one of the impairment test, and then perform the qualitative assessment in any subsequent period. The revised standard is effective for the Company for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed beginning after January 1, 2012 for the Company. The adoption of this standard did not have any impact on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

XML

Schedule II-Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Schedule II-Valuation and Qualifying Accounts [Abstract]

Schedule II-Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

(in thousands, continuing and discontinued operations)

Description	Balance at Beginning of Period		Charged to Expense		Accounts Written-off			Balance at End of Period
Allowance accounts for the year ended:
December 31, 2012	$	21,858	$	21,056	$	(24,085	)	$	18,829
Student receivable allowance
December 31, 2011	$	26,993	$	30,553	$	(35,688	)	$	21,858
Student receivable allowance
December 31, 2010	$	26,859	$	39,106	$	(38,972	)	$	26,993
Student receivable allowance

XML

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES [Abstract]

Lease Commitments

Lease Commitments—The Company leases office premises, educational facilities and various equipment for varying periods through the year 2032 at basic annual rentals (excluding taxes, insurance, and other expenses under certain leases) as follows:

Year Ending December 31,	Finance Obligation			Operating Leases		Capital Leases
2013	$	1,516		$	22,546	$	2,506
2014		1,516			21,270		2,494
2015		1,516			19,594		2,494
2016		1,516			15,819		2,556
2017		-			14,626		2,678
Thereafter		-			48,456		39,815
		6,064			142,311		52,543
Less amount representing interest		(6,064	)		-		(26,188	)
	$	-		$	142,311	$	26,355

XML

PENSION PLAN

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

PENSION PLAN [Abstract]

PENSION PLAN

11. PENSION PLAN

The Company sponsors a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan covering substantially all of the Company's union employees. Benefits are provided based on employees' years of service and earnings. This plan was frozen on December 31, 1994 for non-union employees.

The following table sets forth the plan's funded status and amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2012			2011			2010
CHANGES IN BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS:
Benefit obligation-beginning of year	$	21,233		$	17,903		$	16,326
Service cost		35			117			91
Interest cost		872			939			918
Actuarial loss		1,926			3,008			1,210
Benefits paid		(897	)		(734	)		(642	)
Benefit obligation at end of year		23,169			21,233			17,903
CHANGE IN PLAN ASSETS:
Fair value of plan assets-beginning of year		14,639			15,087			13,134
Actual return on plan assets		1,807			12			1,773
Employer contributions		719			274			822
Benefits paid		(897	)		(734	)		(642	)
Fair value of plan assets-end of year		16,268			14,639			15,087
BENEFIT OBLIGATION IN EXCESS OF FAIR VALUE FUNDED STATUS:	$	(6,901	)	$	(6,594	)	$	(2,816	)

Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets consist of:

	At December 31,
	2012			2011			2010
Noncurrent liabilities	$	(6,901	)	$	(6,594	)	$	(2,816	)

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss consist of:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2012			2011			2010
Accumulated loss	$	(11,276	)	$	(11,191	)	$	(7,903	)
Deferred income taxes		4,500			4,475			3,155
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	$	(6,776	)	$	(6,716	)	$	(4,748	)

The accumulated benefit obligation was $23.2 million and $21.2 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

The following table provides the components of net periodic cost for the plan:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2012			2011			2010
COMPONENTS OF NET PERIODIC BENEFIT COST
Service cost	$	35		$	117		$	91
Interest cost		872			939			918
Expected return on plan assets		(1,021	)		(1,034	)		(1,041	)
Recognized net actuarial loss		1,056			742			732
Net periodic benefit cost	$	942		$	764		$	700

The estimated net loss, transition obligation and prior service cost for the plan that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic benefit cost over the next year is $1.0 million.

The following tables present plan assets using the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2012 and 2011.  The fair value hierarchy has three levels based on the reliability of inputs used to determine fair value.  Level 1 refers to fair values determined based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets.  Level 2 refers to fair values estimated using observable prices that are based on inputs not quoted in active markets but observable by market data, while Level 3 includes the fair values estimated using significant non-observable inputs.  The level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement falls is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety.

	Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets		Significant Other Observable Inputs		Significant Unobservable Inputs
	(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)		Total
Equity securities	$	7,455	$	-	$	-	$	7,455
Fixed income		5,835		-		-		5,835
International equities		2,957		-		-		2,957
Cash and equivalents		21		-		-		21
Balance at December 31, 2012	$	16,268	$	-	$	-	$	16,268

	Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets		Significant Other Observable Inputs		Significant Unobservable Inputs
	(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)		Total
Equity securities	$	6,798	$	-	$	-	$	6,798
Fixed income		5,289		-		-		5,289
International equities		2,538		-		-		2,538
Cash and equivalents		14		-		-		14
Balance at December 31, 2011	$	14,639	$	-	$	-	$	14,639

Fair value of total plan assets by major asset category as of December 31:

	2012			2011			2010
Equity securities		46	%		47	%		48	%
Fixed income		36	%		36	%		37	%
International equities		18	%		17	%		15	%
Cash and equivalents		0	%		0	%		0	%
Total		100	%		100	%		100	%

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations as of December 31:

	2012			2011			2010
Discount rate		3.55	%		4.10	%		5.75	%
Rate of compensation increase		1.75	%		4.00	%		4.00	%

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension cost for years ended December 31:

	2012			2011			2010
Discount rate		4.10	%		5.18	%		5.18	%
Rate of compensation increase		4.00	%		4.00	%		4.00	%
Long-term rate of return		7.00	%		7.00	%		8.00	%

As this plan was frozen to non-union employees on December 31, 1994, the difference between the projected benefit obligation and accumulated benefit obligation is not significant in any year.

The Company invests plan assets based on a total return on investment approach, pursuant to which the plan assets include a diversified blend of equity and fixed income investments toward a goal of maximizing the long-term rate of return without assuming an unreasonable level of investment risk. The Company determines the level of risk based on an analysis of plan liabilities, the extent to which the value of the plan assets satisfies the plan liabilities and the plan's financial condition. The investment policy includes target allocations ranging from 30% to 70% for equity investments, 20% to 60% for fixed income investments and 0% to 10% for cash equivalents. The equity portion of the plan assets represents growth and value stocks of small, medium and large companies. The Company measures and monitors the investment risk of the plan assets both on a quarterly basis and annually when the Company assesses plan liabilities.

The Company uses a building block approach to estimate the long-term rate of return on plan assets. This approach is based on the capital markets assumption that the greater the volatility, the greater the return over the long term. An analysis of the historical performance of equity and fixed income investments, together with current market factors such as the inflation and interest rates, are used to help make the assumptions necessary to estimate a long-term rate of return on plan assets. Once this estimate is made, the Company reviews the portfolio of plan assets and makes adjustments thereto that the Company believes are necessary to reflect a diversified blend of equity and fixed income investments that is capable of achieving the estimated long-term rate of return without assuming an unreasonable level of investment risk. The Company also compares the portfolio of plan assets to those of other pension plans to help assess the suitability and appropriateness of the plan's investments.

The Company expects to make $0.8 million in contributions to the plan in 2013.  However after considering the funded status of the plan, movements in the discount rate, investment performance and related tax consequences, the Company may choose to make additional contributions to the plan in any given year.

The total amount of the Company's contributions paid under its pension plan was $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 and $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Information about the expected benefit payments for the plan is as follows:

Year Ending December 31,
2013	$	1,002
2014		1,050
2015		1,167
2016		1,255
2017		1,320
Years 2018-2022		7,082

The Company has a 401(k) defined contribution plan for all eligible employees. Employees may contribute up to 25% of their compensation into the plan. The Company will contribute an additional 30% of the employee's contributed amount up to 6% of compensation. For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, the Company's expense for the 401(k) plan amounted to $2.0 million, $2.3 million and $2.2 million, respectively.